Galgotias College of Engineering & Technology

Department of Mechanical Engineering

COURSE FILE
FUNDAMENTAL OF MECHANICAL
ENGINEERING AND
MECHATRONICS
(Subject Code: KME-101)
I Year B.TECH. I Semester Prepared by Manish Sanserwal, Asst. Prof.

DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

GALGOTIA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
1, Knowledge Park, Phase II, Greater Noida, Uttar Pradesh 201306
(AffiliAted to AKTU, Approved by AiCte, NeW delHi, ACCREDITED BY NBA)
www.galgotiacollege.edu

2021-2022

1
Galgotias College of Engineering & Technology
Department of Mechanical Engineering

VISION OF INSTITUTE

To be a leading educational institution recognized for excellence in engineering education &

research producing globally competent and socially responsible technocrats.

MISSION OF INSTITUTE

 To provide state of the art infrastructural facilities that support achieving academic
excellence.
 To provide a work environment that is conducive for professional growth of faculty & staff.
 To collaborate with industry for achieving excellence in research, consultancy and
entrepreneurship development.

2
Galgotias College of Engineering & Technology
Department of Mechanical Engineering

VISION OF THE DEPARTMENT

To be recognized as a centre of excellence for mechanical engineering education.

MISSION OF THE DEPARTMENT

 To impart quality education aimed at producing competent professionals capable of

applying their knowledge of science & engineering fundamentals creatively in areas
related to mechanical engineering.

 To provide necessary support to the aspirants in their goal-oriented academic pursuits

through mentoring and value added curricular and co-curricular activities.

 To make students conscious of ethical values in pursuing their professions and to inculcate
a desire among them to contribute positively to the development of a sustainable
environment.

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOS)

The educational objectives of the ME undergraduate program are to:

 Transform and develop students into competent professionals capable of solving

technical and societal problems.
 Make the students fully aware of the way the mechanical engineering discipline is
currently practiced and to inculcate in them a thirst for further knowledge.
 Produce professionals with strong work ethics and high sensitivity to environmental and
sustainability issues.

Program specific outcomes (PSOs) for B. Tech. Mechanical Engineering

The students will be able to:

 Conceptualize, design, make / improve physical products, processes and systems using
principles of design, manufacturing and Industrial engineering.
 Design, develop and maintain various thermal engineering systems.

3
Galgotias College of Engineering & Technology
Department of Mechanical Engineering

Program Engineering graduate will be able to:

Outcome
PO1 Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering
fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex
engineering problems.
PO2 Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyse
complex engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first
principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.
PO3 Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering
problems and design system components or processes that meet the specific needs with
appropriate considerations for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal,
and environmental considerations.
PO4 Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and
research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data,
and synthesis of the information to provide conclusions.
PO5 Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and
modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modelling to complex
engineering activities with an understanding of the limitations.
PO6 The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to
assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent
responsibilities relevant to the professional engineering practices.
PO7 Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional
engineering solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the
knowledge of, and need for sustainable development.
PO8 Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities
and norm of the engineering practices.
PO9 Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member
or leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.
PO10 Communications: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with
the engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to
comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation, make effective
presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.
PO11 Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the
engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a
member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary
environments.
PO12 Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to
engage in independent and life learning in the broadest context of technological
change.

4
Galgotias College of Engineering & Technology
Department of Mechanical Engineering

FUNDAMENTAL OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING AND MECHATRONICS

KME-101T 3L:0T:0P 3 Credits

I Unit I: Introduction to Mechanics of Solid:

Normal and shear Stress, strain, Hookes’ law, Poisson’s ratio, elastic constants and their
relationship, stress-strain diagram for ductile and brittle materials, factor of safety. Basic
Numerical problems. Types of beams under various loads, Statically Determinate Beams, Shear
force and bending moment in beams, Shear force and bending moment diagrams, Relationships
between load, shear and bending moment. Basic Numerical problems.

Unit II: Introduction to IC Engines and RAC:

IC Engine: Basic Components, Construction and Working of Two stroke and four stroke SI & CI
engine, merits and demerits, scavenging process; Introduction to electric, and hybrid electric
vehicles.
Refrigeration: Its meaning and application, unit of refrigeration; Coefficient of performance,
methods of refrigeration, construction and working of domestic refrigerator, concept of heat pump.
Formula based numerical problems on cooling load.
Air-Conditioning: Its meaning and application, humidity, dry bulb, wet bulb, and dew point
temperatures, comfort conditions, construction and working of window air conditioner.

Unit III: Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Applications:

Introduction: Introduction: Fluids properties, pressure, density, dynamic and kinematic viscosity,
specific gravity, Newtonian and Non-Newtonian fluid, Pascal’s Law, Continuity Equation,
Bernaulli’s Equation and its applications, Basic Numerical problems.
Working principles of hydraulic turbines & pumps and their classifications, hydraulic
accumulators, hydraulic lift and their applications.

Unit IV: Measurements and Control System:

Concept of Measurement, Error in measurements, Calibration, measurements of pressure,
temperature, mass flow rate, strain, force and torques; Concept of accuracy, precision and
resolution, Basic Numerical problems.
System of Geometric Limit, Fit, Tolerance and gauges, Basic Numerical problems. Control System
Concepts: Introduction to Control Systems, Elements of control system, Basic of open and closed
loop control with example.

Unit V: Introduction to Mechatronics:

Evolution, Scope, Advantages and disadvantages of Mechatronics, Industrial applications of
Mechatronics, Introduction to autotronics, bionics, and avionics and their applications. Sensors
and Transducers: Types of sensors, types of transducers and their characteristics.
Overview of Mechanical Actuation System – Kinematic Chains, Cam, Train Ratchet Mechanism,
Gears and its type, Belt, Bearing, Hydraulic and Pneumatic Actuation Systems: Overview:
Pressure Control Valves, Cylinders, Direction Control Valves, Rotary Actuators, Accumulators,
Amplifiers, and Pneumatic Sequencing Problems.

5
Galgotias College of Engineering & Technology
Department of Mechanical Engineering

Books:
1. Basic Mechanical Engineering, G Shanmugam, S Ravindran, McGraw Hill
2. Basic Mechanical Engineering, M P Poonia and S C Sharma, Khanna Publishers
3. Mechatronics : Principles, Concepts and Applications, Nitaigour Mahalik,McGraw Hill
4. Mechatronics, As per AICTE: Integrated Mechanical Electronic Systems, K.P.
Ramachandran, G.K. Vijayaraghavan, M.S.Balasundaram, Wiley India
5. Mechanical Measurements & Control, Dr. D. S. Kumar. Metropolitan Book Company
6. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, Mahesh Kumar, Pearson India

COURSE OUTCOMES

Bloom’s
Knowledge
COURSE OUTCOMES
Level (KL)

At the end of this course, the students should be able to:

Understand the concept of stress and strain, factor

KME-101.1 K2
of safety, beams
KME-101.2 Understand the basic component and working of
internal combustion engines, electric and hybrid
K2
vehicles, refrigerator and heat pump, air
conditioning.
KME-101.3 Understand fluid properties, conservation laws,
K2
hydraulic machinery used in real life.
KME-101.4 Understand the working principle of different
measuring instrument with the knowledge of
K2
accuracy, error and calibration, limit, fit, tolerance
and control system.
KME-101.5 Understand concept of mechatronics with their
advantages, scope and Industrial application, the
K3
different types of mechanical actuation system, the
different types of hydraulic and pneumatic systems.
K1 – Remember, K2 – Understand, K3 – Apply, K4 – Analyze, K5 – Evaluate, K6 – Create

6
Galgotias College of Engineering & Technology
Department of Mechanical Engineering

CO-PO MAPPING
PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO
KME-
3 3 3 1 2
101.1
KME-
101.2 3 3 3 1 2

KME-
101.3 3 3 3 1 2

KME-
101.4 3 3 3 2

KME-
101.5 3 3 3 2

CO-PSO MAPPING
PSO1 PSO2
PSO

CO
KME-101.1 2 -
KME-101.2 - 2

KME-101.3 - 2

KME-101.4 2 -

KME-101.5 2 -

7
Galgotias College of Engineering & Technology
Department of Mechanical Engineering

Lesson Plan

Lecture Reference
Topics to be covered
No.
(Book)
1)
Normal and shear Stress, strain, Hookes’ law T1 & T3

Poisson’s ratio, elastic, constants and their relationship, T1 & T3

2)

stress-strain diagram for ductile and brittle materials, factor of T1 & T3

3) safety

Basic Numerical problems T1 & T3

4)

5)
Basic Numerical problems

Types of beams under various loads, Statically Determinate T1 & T3

6) Beams

Shear force and bending moment in beams T1 & T3

7)
Shear force and bending moment diagrams T1 & T3
8)
Relationships between load, shear and bending moment T1 & T3
9)
Basic Numerical problems T1 & T3
10)
Basic Numerical problems T1 & T3
11)
IC Engine: Basic Components, Construction and Working of T1 & T3
12) Two stroke and four stroke SI engine

Construction and Working of Two stroke and four stroke CI T1 & T3

13) engine

merits and demerits, scavenging process T1 & T3

14)
Introduction to electric, and hybrid electric vehicles T1 & T3
15)
Refrigeration: Its meaning and application T1 & T3
16)
unit of refrigeration, Coefficient of performance, methods of T1 & T3
17) refrigeration

8
Galgotias College of Engineering & Technology
Department of Mechanical Engineering

construction and working of domestic refrigerator T1 & T3

18)

19)
concept of heat pump, numerical problems T2 & T3
Formula based numerical problems on cooling load T2 & T3
20)
Air-Conditioning: Its meaning and application T2 & T3
21)
humidity, dry bulb, wet bulb, and dew point temperatures, T2 & T3
22) comfort conditions

construction and working of window air conditioner T2 & T3

23)

Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Applications T2 & T3

24)

Fluids properties, pressure, density, dynamic and kinematic T2 & T3

25) viscosity, specific gravity

Newtonian and Non-Newtonian fluid T2 & T3

26)

Pascal’s Law, Continuity Equation T2 & T3

27)

Bernaulli’s Equation and its applications T2 & T3

28)

Basic Numerical problems T2 & T3

29)
Basic Numerical problems T2 & T3
30)
Working principles of hydraulic turbines and their T2 & T3
31) classifications

Working principles of hydraulic pumps and their classifications T2 & T3

32)
hydraulic accumulators, hydraulic lift and their applications T2 & T3
33)
Concept of Measurement, Error in measurements, Calibration T2 & T3
34)
measurements of pressure, temperature, mass flow rate T2 & T3
35)
measurements of strain, force and torques T2 & T3
36)
Concept of accuracy, precision and resolution T2 & T3
37)
Basic Numerical problems T2 & T3
38)

9
Galgotias College of Engineering & Technology
Department of Mechanical Engineering

Basic Numerical problems T2 & T3

39)
System of Geometric Limit, Fit T2 & T3
40)
System of Geometric Tolerance and gauges T2 & T3
41)
Basic Numerical problems. T2 & T3
42)
Introduction to Control Systems, Elements of control system T2 & T3
43)
Basic of open and closed loop control with example. T2 & T3
44)
Introduction to Mechatronics: Evolution, Scope, Advantages T2 & T3
45) and disadvantages of Mechatronics

Industrial applications of Mechatronics T2 & T3

46)
Introduction to autotronics, bionics, and avionics and their T2 & T3
47) applications

Sensors and Transducers: Types of sensors, and their T2 & T3

48) characteristics

types of transducers and their characteristics T2 & T3

49)

Overview of Mechanical Actuation System – Kinematic T2 & T3

50)
Chains, Cam, Train Ratchet Mechanism

Gears and its type, Belt, Bearing T2 & T3

51)
Hydraulic and Pneumatic Actuation Systems: Overview T2 & T3
52)
Pressure Control Valves, Cylinders, Direction Control Valves T2 & T3
53)
Rotary Actuators, Accumulators T2 & T3
54)
Amplifiers, and Pneumatic Sequencing Problems T2 & T3
55)

10
Contents Beyond Syllabus (Topics),
delivery details

Sr. Topic Delivery Google Drive Link

No. detail
1. Thermodynamics
introduction
2.
General PPT
Mechanical
Engg-II
3. System, https://drive.google.com/file/d/1lZ79gLtUw_I7H1f7fA
Surroundings 8zqCVQBdPQWbs6/view?usp=sharing
and Boundary
4. Kinematic link &
Pairs
5. AKTU
EXAM-(2014-
15)
Engineering
Mechanics
AKTU EXAM-(2014-15)

ENGINEERING MECHANICS
QUESTION-1 Two forces of magnitude 20 N and 40 N are acting on
a particle such that the angle between two is 135degree. If both
these forces are acting away from the particle, calculate their
resultant and find its direction.

Solution-
135 ֺ
Given F1 = 20 N
F2= 40 N
Ø = 135
And find R=? , ß=?
R
F1
R2 = F12 + F22 +2F1 F2 COS Ø ß F2

R = ( F12 + F22 +2F1 F2 COS Ø)1/2

R = ( 202 + 402 + 2*20*40*COS135)1/2

R = 29.47 N
F1 sin Ø
Tan ß =
F2+ F1 COS Ø

20 sin135
Tan ß =
40+20cos135

ß = 28.67 degree
R
F1
ß F2
QUESTION-2
Determine the centroid of a uniform
lamina as shown in fig.
Solution-

Reference axis is already provided in fig

d
2
f e (X2,y2)
c
(X1,y1)
1
a
b
Different areas and centroid of their co-ordinates are tabulated form

Sr. Figure area(ai ) Co-ordinate of Co-ordinate (ai xi ) (ai yi )

No centroid (xi ) of centroid
. (yi )

1 Rectangle =100*50 X1 = 100/2 Y1 = 50/2 =5000*50 =5000*25

(abcef) =5000 = 50 = 25 =250000 =125000
2 Triangle =2*0.5*25 X2 = 50+25 Y2 = =1250*75 =1250*66.6
(cde) *50 = 75 50+50/3 =93750 =83325
=1250 =66.66

sum =6250 =343750 =208325

Centroid of the given composite fig .

(a1 x1 + a2 x2 )
x =
(a1 + a2 )

X = 55 mm

(a1 y1 + a2 y2 )
Y=
(a1 + a2 )

Y = 33.33 mm

(55.00,33.33)
QUESTION-3 Two spheres each of weight 1kN and
radius 25 cm rest in a horizontal channel of width
90cm as shown in fig . Find the reactions on the points
of contact A,B and C.
Solution-
90

O2
O

O1
P
40 25

Let O1 and O2 be the centre of the first and second spheres resp. Drop perpendicular O2P
to the horizontal line through O2 Let it make angle Ø with horizontal .
We know
O1P = 40
O1 O2 =50
O2

Cos Ø= O1P/ O1 O2

Ø
Ø= 36.87 degree
O1 P
FBD of the spheres and the coordinate directions are shown in the fig. since the
surfaces of the contact are smooth, reaction at 0 is the right angle to tangent at
O. it is in the radical direction.

From the equilibrium for sphere-2,

we get,
RC
-Rci – 1000 j + Ro cos 36.87 i + Ro sin 36.87 j =0 O2
Ø
And
(-Rc + Ro cos 36.87) i =0 (1)

(– 1000 + Ro sin 36.87) j =0 (2) RO

Solving the eq. 1 and eq.2

1kN

Rc =1333.33N , Ro =1666.66N
Consider the equilibrium of sphere -1

RAi – 1000 j + RB j - Ro cos 36.87 i - Ro sin 36.87 j =0

Ro

Ø
(RA - Ro cos 36.87) i =0 (3) RA

And
(– 1000 + RB - Ro sin 36.87) j =0
(4)
RB 1kN
Solving the eq. 3 and eq.4

RA =1333.33 N , RB = 2000 N , RC= 1333.33N and Ro =1666.66N

QUESTION-4
Find the moment of inertia of the shaded area shown in the fig about
axis AB.
R

P Q
A B

S
Solution-

The section is divided into a triangle PQR a Semicircle PSQ having on axis AB and a circle
having its centre on axis AB.

Now,

Moment of inertia of the section about axis AB =

(Moment of inertia of triangle PQR about AB) +
(Moment of inertia of semicircle PSQ about AB ) -
(Moment of inertia of circle about AB)

= (80*803/12) + (π/128) 804 - (π/64)* 404

IAB = 4292979 cm4

QUESTION-6
Determine the forces in all members of truss system
shown in fig and indicate the magnitudes and nature
of forces on the diagram of truss.
All inclined members have the same inclination to horizontal. Now, length
of an inclined member is
At this stage as no other joint is having only two unknowns, no further progress is
possible. Let us find the reactions at the supports considering the whole structure.
Let the reaction be as shown in Fig.
Note: When three members are meeting at an unloaded joint and out of them two are
collinear, then the force in third member will be zero. Such situations are illustrated in Fig.
A joint is analyzed the forces on the joint are marked on members in fig.
QUESTION-7
Draw the SFD and BMD for the overhanging as shown
in fig.
80N
Solution-

RAH A B C D E

RAV RDV

 ΣH = 0,
i.e RAH = 0

 ΣV = 0
i.e
RAV + RDV = 80 + (0.5*40*3)

= 140 (1)
 Σ MA = 0,
ACW = +ve

-20+ RDV *5.5 – 80*4 – 2(40*3*0.5)=0

RDV = 83.63 N
and
solving the eq …1

RAV = 56.37 N
Thank You
Thermodynamics
(Second Law of Thermodynamics)

Lecture

Second Law of Thermodynamics

1
Paddle-Wheel Experiment
 Consider a paddle-wheel mechanism that is operated by
the fall of a mass.

 The paddle wheel rotates as the mass falls and stirs a

fluid within an insulated container.

 As a result, the potential

energy of the mass decreases

 Which converts in internal

energy of the fluid (accordance
with the conservation of energy
principle.)
2
Paddle-Wheel Experiment

 However, the reverse process, raising the mass by

transferring heat from the fluid to the paddle wheel, does
not occur in nature.

 Although doing so would not violate the first law of

thermodynamics.

3
Limitation of the First Law of T.D.

 According to the first law of thermodynamics, energy is

the conserve properties in each process.

 However it does gives the direction for particular

process.

4
Limitation of the First Law of T.D.

 The first law places no restriction on the direction of a

process,

 but satisfying the first law does not ensure that the
process can actually occur.

 According to the first law of thermodynamics, energy is a

quantity and first law is also known as Quantitative law.

M = 1 kg
M =10 kg C = 2 KJ/kg-K T = 50 oC
C = 2 KJ/kg-oC
5 T = 500 oC
Introduction to Second Law of T.D.

 The direction of any particular process can be determine

with the help of second law of thermodynamics.

 Hence it is also known as directional law.

 It say that energy is the quantity as well as quality.

 The second law also emphasizes that energy has a

quality and also known as qualitative law.

 A process can occur when and only when it satisfies both

the first and the second laws of thermodynamics.

6
Introduction to Second Law of T.D.

 The second law of thermodynamics can be represented

be different ways:

 Kelvin-Plank Statement

 Clausius Statement

 With the help of entropy

7
Thermal Reservoir

 A body with a relatively large thermal energy capacity is

known as thermal reservoir.

 It can supply or absorb finite amounts of heat without

undergoing any change in temperature.

 Examples: Sun, Oceans, Lakes, atmospheric air

 Source: A thermal reservoir that supplies energy in the

form of heat is called a source.

 Sink: A thermal reservoir that absorbs energy in the form

of heat is called a sink.

8
Kelvin Plank Statement

 Kelvin Plank Statement: “It is impossible to construct a

device which operates on a cyclic process and the sole
effect of which is to absorb energy in the form of heat
from a single thermal reservoir and to deliver an
equivalent amount of work.”

High Temperature
TH Reservoir

QH

H.E. W
9
Types of Thermodynamics
Processes

 Cyclic process - when a system in a given initial state

goes through various processes and finally return to its
initial state, the system has undergone a cyclic process or
cycle.
 Reversible process - it is defined as a process that, once
having take place it can be reversed. In doing so, it leaves
no change in the system or boundary.

 Irreversible process - a process that cannot return both

the system and surrounding to their original conditions
Types of Thermodynamics
Processes

 Adiabatic process - a process that has no heat transfer into or out of the
system. It can be considered to be perfectly insulated.

 Isentropic process - a process where the entropy of the fluid remains

constant.
 Polytropic process - when a gas undergoes a reversible process in which
there is heat transfer, it is represented with a straight line, PVn = constant.

 Throttling process - a process in which there is no change in enthalpy, no

work is done and the process is adiabatic.
Thermodynamic Equilibrium

• Thermal equilibrium- Temperature should be same throughout

the system.
• Mechanical equilibrium-Unbalanced forces should be absent,
eg, change in pressure
• Chemical equilibrium –No chemical reaction and mass transfer
Quasi-static Process

 Any change that a system undergoes from one equilibrium state to another is called a process, and the
series of states through which a system passes during a process is called the path of the process.
 To describe a process completely, one should specify the initial and final states of the process, as well
as the path it follows, and the interactions with the surroundings.
 When a process proceeds in such a manner that the system remains infinitesimally close to an
equilibrium state at all times, it is called a quasi-static, or quasi-equilibrium, process.
 A quasi-equilibrium process can be viewed as a sufficiently slow process that allows the system to
adjust itself internally so that properties in one part of the system do not change any faster than those
at other parts.
Quasi-static Process
Quasi-static Process
The prefix iso- is often used to designate a process for which a
particular property remains constant.
•An isothermal process, for example, is a process during which the
temperature T remains constant.
•An isobaric process is a process during which the pressure P remains
constant.
•An isochoric (or isometric) process is a process during which the
specific volume v remains constant.
Thermodynamic Functions
There are two types of functions defined in thermodynamics,
path function and point function.
Path function depends on history of the system (or path by
which system arrived at a given state). Examples for path
functions are work and heat.
Point function does not depend on the history (or path) of the
system. It only depends on the state of the system. Examples
of point functions are: temperature, pressure, density, mass,
volume, enthalpy, entropy, internal energy etc.
Path functions are not properties of the system, while point
functions are properties of the system. Change in point function
can be obtained by from the initial and final values of the
function, whereas path has to defined in order to evaluate path
functions.
Thank You

17
GENERAL MECHANICAL
ENGG-II
GCET Greater Noida
Introduction
■ Thermodynamic can be defined as the science of energy. It deals with the most basic
processes occurring in nature.
■ Thermodynamics is made up from two Greek words:-
– 1)Thermo:- Hot or Heat
– 2)Dynamics:- study of matter in motion
■ The analysis of thermal systems is achieved through the application of the governing
conservation equations, namely Conservation of Mass, Conservation of
Energy (1st law of thermodynamics), the 2nd law of thermodynamics and the property
relations. Energy can be viewed as the ability to cause changes.
■ Whenever there is an interaction between energy and matter,
thermodynamics is involved. Some examples include heating and air‐conditioning
systems, refrigerators, water heaters, etc.
Energy

In thermodynamics, we deal with change of the total energy only. Thus, the total energy
of a system can be assigned a value of zero at some reference point. Total energy of a
system has two groups: macroscopic and microscopic.
■ Macroscopic forms of energy

■ Microscopic forms of energy

Macroscopic forms of energy
Forms of energy that a system posses as a whole with respect to some outside
reference frame, such as kinetic and potential energy. The macroscopic energy of a
system is related to motion and the influence of some external effects such as gravity,
magnetism, electricity, and surface tension.
■ Kinetic energy: energy that a system posses as a result of its relative motion relative
to some reference frame, KE
KE = m𝑽𝟐 /2 (kJ)
where V is the velocity of the system in (m/s).
■ Potential energy: is the energy that a system posses as a result of its elevation in a
gravitational field, PE
PE = mgz (kJ)
where g is the gravitational acceleration and z is the elevation of the center of gravity of
the system relative to some arbitrary reference plane.
Microscopic forms of energy

Are those related to molecular structure of a system. They are independent of outside r
eference frames. The sum of microscopic energy is called the internal energy, U.

■ The total energy of a system consists of the kinetic, potential, and internal energies:

E = U + KE + PE = U + m𝑽𝟐 /2 + mgz (kJ)

where the contributions of magnetic, electric, nuclear energy are neglected.
Heat and Work

■ Heat and work are both measured in energy units, so they must both represent
energy.
■ The term "heat" has a special meaning in thermodynamics: it is a process in which a
body (the contents of a tea kettle, for example) acquires or loses energy as a direct
consequence of its having a different temperature than its surroundings. Hence,
thermal energy can only flow from a higher temperature to a lower temperature. It is
this flow that constitutes "heat".
■ Transfer of thermal energy can be accomplished by bringing two bodies into physical
contact (the kettle on top of the stove, or through an electric heating element inside
the kettle). Another mechanism of thermal energy transfer is by radiation; a hot
object will convey energy to any body in sight of it via electromagnetic radiation in
the infrared part of the spectrum. In many cases, both modes will be active.
Heat and Work

Work refers to the transfer of energy some means that does not depend on
temperature difference.
Work, like energy, can take various forms, the most familiar being
mechanical and electrical.

•Mechanical work arises when an object moves a distance Δx against an

opposing force f:
w=f Δx
•Electrical work is done when a body having a charge q moves through a
potential difference ΔV.
Dimensions and Units

■ Any physical quantity can be characterized by dimensions. The arbitrary magnitudes

assigned to the dimensions are called units. There are two types of dimensions,
primary or fundamental and secondary or derived dimensions.
■ Primary dimensions are: mass, m; length, L; time, t; temperature, T
■ Secondary dimensions are the ones that can be derived from primary dimensions
such as: velocity (m/s2), pressure (Pa = kg/m.s2).
■ There are two unit systems currently available SI (International System) and USCS
(United States Customary System) or English system. The SI units are based on
decimal relationship between units.
QUANTITY OF HEAT

■ Heat capacity
■ Specific heat capacity
■ Change of states
■ Latent heat of fusion
■ Latent heat of vaporization
What is the temperature and specific heat
relationship?
• HEAT CAPACITY
It is defined as the amount of heat required to raise the temperature of a substance by
one °C or K.
• SPECIFIC HEAT CAPACITY or SPECIFIC HEAT
It is defined as the amount of heat required to raise the temperature of a one unit of
mass of a substance by 1 °C or 1K
As we know measuring of temperature is the measure of average kinetic energy of particles ,
Therefore specific heat is the amount of thermal or heat energy required to increase the
average kinetic energy of the particles in a substance i.e)amount of heat required to
increase the temperature of substance by 1°C or 1K.
Cont..

• Specific heat value varies for different substance and also varies for same substance at
different phase.

The relationship is
C= (dq/dt)
C = heat capacity
dq= Change in heat
dt= Temperature
Specific heat capacity (c)
• When comparing heat capacities of various substances we talk of specific heat capacities
.Specific in physics refers to unit quantity of a physical property.
Also called specific heat.
Quantity of heat required to raise the temperature of a unit mass of a substance by one
degree Celsius or Kelvin.
It is denoted as c.
Si unit is joule per kilogram kelvin. (J/kg K).
Heat capacity and Specific heat
capacity:
Sample Questions

Calculate the quantity of heat required to raise the

temperature of aluminium metal block with heat capacity of
460 Jk-1 from 150 to 450 .
Solution
Quantity of heat = C∆t
= 460 x 30
= 13 800 J.
Question:

■ A block of metal of mass 1.5 kg which is suitably insulated is heated from 30 C to

50 C in 8 minutes 20 seconds by an electric heater coil rated 54 watts. Find :
a) the quantity of heat supplied by heater.
b) The heat capacity of the block.
c) Its specific heat capacity.
Sol:

a)Quantity of heat supplied = power x time

Q = 54 x 500
= 27 000J
b) Heat capacity C = Q/Δt.
C= 27000/(50 – 30)
= 1 350J/K.
c) specific heat capacity
= C/m
c = 1 350/1.5 = 900 Jkg-1 K-1 .
CHANGE OF STATE:

Heating leads to a rise in temperature . Sometimes no

observable changes is noted.
When the ice is about -10◦C is heated, heat energy is used in
raising its temperature to 0◦C .
Heat energy supplied to the ice at 0 ◦C is used to change ice
from solid to liquid.
Heat supplied to ice does not change the temperature of ice but
change its state from solid to liquid.
LATENT HEAT

This is heat involved in change of state of a substance.

It can either be heat loss or heat gain.
This heat is ‘ latent’ means hidden or concealed because it does not show
its presence by change in temperature as the extra heat goes into change
in state.
There two types of latent heat:
a) Latent heat of fusion
b) Latent heat of vapourization
Latent of fusion:
This is heat required to change the state of a material from solid
to liquid or from liquid to solid without change in temperature.
As liquid changes to solid latent heat of fusion is given out and
the amount of heat is absorbed when a solid changes to liquid.
The graph below shows temperature vs time(s)
Temperature against time:
Question:
A beaker contains 200 g of water at 15 0 C. 25 g of ice at 00 C
is added to the water which is stirred until the ice is
completely melted.
a) How much heat is needed to melt all the ice.
b) What is the mass of water produced by melting all the ice.
c) Calculate the lowest temperature of all mixture, assuming
that all the heat to melt the ice is taken ice is taken from the
water and no heat enters or leaves the system. ( specific
latent heat of fusion of ice 336 000 J / kg.
LATENT HEAT OF VAPOURASATION:

Heat energy absorbed by a liquid as it changes its state to vapor without

change in
temperature.
OR
Heat energy given out by a vapor as it changes its state to liquid without
change in
temperature.
SPECIFIC LATENT HEAT OF
VAPORIZATION(Lv):
This the heat required to convert unit mass of a liquid, at
a boiling point, into vapour without change in
temperature.
The SI unit Jkg-1
Q = m Lv
Lv = Q/m
Thank You

25
System, Surroundings and
Boundary
GCET Greater Noida
System, Surroundings and Boundary

• System:
A system is defined as a quantity of matter
or a region in space chosen for study.
• Surroundings:
The mass or region outside the system is cal
led the surroundings.
• Boundary:
The real or imaginary surface that separates
the system from its surroundings. The b
oundaries of a system can be fixed or mov
able. Mathematically, the boundary has
zero thickness, no mass, and no volume.
Type of system
(isolated system)

 Isolated system – neither

mass nor energy can cross
the selected boundary

 Example (approximate): coffee in

a closed, well-insulated thermos
bottle
Type of system
(Closed system)

 Closed system – only energy

can cross the selected
boundary

 Examples: a tightly capped cup of

coffee
Type of system
(Open system)

 Open system – both mass and

energy can cross the selected
boundary

 Example: an open cup of coffee

Properties of a system
Properties of a system is a measurable characteristic of a system that is
in equilibrium.
Properties may be intensive or extensive.
 Intensive – Are independent of the amount of mass:
e.g: Temperature, Pressure, and Density,
 Extensive – varies directly with the mass
e.g: mass, volume, energy, enthalpy
Properties of a system
Specific properties – The ratio of any extensive property of a system to that of
the mass of the system is called an average specific value of that property (also
known as intensives property)
State, Equilibrium and Process

 State – a set of properties that describes the conditions of a

system. Eg. Mass m, Temperature T, volume V

 Thermodynamic equilibrium - system that

maintains thermal, mechanical, phase and
chemical equilibriums.
Thank You

9
KINEMATIC LINK & PAIRS

GCET Greater Noida

KINEMATIC LINK:

🞭 It is defined as the part of machine which has

a relative motion with respect to some other
part of same machine is called Kinematic link
or element.
KINEMATIC LINKS CAN BE DIVIDED INTO THREE
TYPES.
🞭 1. Rigid link- In this type of link there is
no deformation while transmitting the motion.
Motion between the piston and crank can be
considered as a rigid link.
🞭 2. Flexible link- In this type of link there is
partial deformation while transmitting the
motion. Belt drive is an example of flexible link.
🞭 3. Fluid link- In this type of link the motion is
transmitted with the help of fluid pressure.
Hydraulic brake is an example of fluid link.
KINEMATIC PAIRS

🞭 The two links or elements of a machine, when

in contact with each other, are said to form a
pair. If the relative motion between them is
completely or successfully constrained (i.e. in a
definite direction), the pair is known as
kinematic pair. Let us discuss the various types
of constrained motions.
CONSTRAINED MOTIONS

🞭 Types of Constrained Motions

🞭 • Completely constrained motion
🞭 • Incompletely constrained motion
🞭 • Successfully constrained motion
1. COMPLETELY CONSTRAINED MOTION
2. INCOMPLETELY CONSTRAINED MOTION
3. SUCCESSFULLY CONSTRAINED MOTION
TYPES OF KINEMATIC PAIRS
🞭 1. According to the type of relative motion
between the elements

🞭 Sliding pair

🞭 •Turning pair

🞭 •Cylindrical pair
CONTDD…

🞭 Rolling pair

🞭 •Spherical pair

🞭 •Helical pair or screw pair

(A) SLIDING PAIR.
🞭 When the two elements of a pair are connected in
such a way that one can only slide relative to the
other, the pair is known as a sliding pair.
🞭 The piston and cylinder, cross-head and guides of
a reciprocating steam engine, ram and its guides
in shaper, tail stock on the lathe bed etc.
🞭 are the examples of a sliding pair. A little
consideration will show that a sliding pair has a
completely
🞭 constrained motion.
(A) SLIDING PAIR [DOF = 1]
(B) TURNING PAIR.
🞭 When the two elements of a pair are connected in
such a way that one can only turn or revolve about
a fixed axis of another link, the pair is known as
turning pair.
🞭 A shaft with collars at both ends fitted into a
circular hole, the crankshaft in a journal bearing in
an engine, lathe
🞭 spindle supported in head stock, cycle wheels
turning over their axles etc. are the examples of a
🞭 turning pair. A turning pair also has a completely
constrained motion
(B) TURNING PAIR (REVOLUTE PAIR) [DOF = 1]
(C) ROLLING PAIR

🞭 . When the two elements of a pair are

connected in such a way that one rolls over
🞭 another fixed link, the pair is known as rolling
pair. Ball and roller bearings are examples of
rolling pair.
(C) ROLLING PAIR [DOF = 1]
(D) SCREW PAIR.

🞭 When the two elements of a pair are connected

in such a way that one element can turn about
the other by screw threads, the pair is known
as screw pair. The lead screw of a lathe with
nut, and bolt with a nut are examples of a
screw pair
(D) HELICAL PAIR OR SCREW PAIR [DOF = 1]
E) SPHERICAL PAIR

🞭 When the two elements of a pair are connected

in such a way that one element (with spherical
shape) turns or swivels about the other fixed
element, the pair formed is called a
🞭 spherical pair. The ball and socket joint,
attachment of a car mirror, pen stand etc., are
the examples of a spherical pair
(E) SPHERICAL PAIR [DOF = 3]
EG. BALL AND SOCKET JOINT
2. ACCORDING TO THE TYPE OF CONTACT
BETWEEN THE ELEMENTS

🞭 Lower pair

🞭 Higher pair
LOWER PAIR

🞭 When the two kinematic links are connected

such that they have a surface contact between
the two links it is called as lower pair.
🞭 Or
🞭 The joint by which two members are connected
has surface contact.
HIGHER PAIR

🞭 When the two kinematic links are connected

such that they have a line or point contact
between the two links it is called as higher pair
1. BALL BEARING 2. CAM AND FOLLOWER
3. ACCORDING TO THE TYPE OF CLOSURE OR
MECHANICAL CONNECTIONS
🞭 (A) Self closed pair. When the two elements of
a pair are connected together mechanically in
such away that only required kind of relative
motion occurs, it is then known as self closed
pair. The lower pairs are self closed pair
(B) FORCE - CLOSED PAIR

🞭 When the two elements of a pair are not

connected mechanically but are kept in contact
by the action of external forces, the pair is said
to be a force-closed pair.
🞭 The cam and follower is an example of force
closed pair, as it is kept in contact by the forces
exerted by spring and gravity
KINEMATIC CHAIN

🞭 When the kinematic pairs are coupled in such a

way that the last link is joined to the first
🞭 link to transmit definite motion (i.e. completely
or successfully constrained motion), it is called
a kinematic chain.
LECTURE :1

Topic :
Stress & Strain
By
Mr. Naveen Kumar
Stress:
Stress is the internal resistance offered by the body to the external load applied to it
per unit cross sectional area. Stresses are normal to the plane to which they act and
are tensile or compressive in nature.

Now stress is defined as the force intensity or force per unit area. Here we use a
symbol σ to represent the stress.
σ=P/A
Where A is the area of the X –X section
As a particular stress generally holds true only at a point, therefore it is defined
mathematically as

Units :
The basic units of stress in S.I units i.e. (International system) are N /m 2 (or Pa)
MPa = 10^6 Pa
GPa = 10^9 Pa
KPa = 10^3 Pa
Sometimes N/mm2 units are also used, because this is an equivalent to MPa. While US
customary unit is pound per square inch (psi).
s tress

Norma l
s hear stress
s tress

Bending Di rect Tors i onal

Axi a l s tress
s tress s hear stress s hear stress

Normal stresses : We have defined stress as force per unit area. If the stresses are
normal to the areas concerned, then these are termed as normal stresses. The normal
stresses are generally denoted by a Greek letter (σ)

Tensile or compressive Stresses: The normal stresses can be either tensile or

compressive whether the stresses acts out of the area or into the area
Sign convections for Normal stress
tensile +ve ,compressive –ve
Shear Stresses:
The cross – sectional area of a block of material is subject to a distribution of forces
which are parallel, rather than normal, to the area concerned. Such forces are
associated with a shearing of the material, and are referred to as shear forces. The
resulting stress is known as shear stress (τ)

τ=P/A
Where P is the total force and A the area over which it acts. As we know that the
particular stress generally holds good only at a point therefore we can define shear
stress at a point as
Bending stress is the normal stress that is induced at a point in a body subjected to
loads that cause it to bend.
Strain(ε)
A body is said to be strained when relative position of
the particles is changed or altered.
strain

Normal strain Shear strain

Longitudinal Lateral Volumetric

Tensile compressive
Normal strain: Change in a dimension /original dimension
Longitudinal strain: Gives the strain in a direction which is in the direction of applied
load.
Lateral strain: It gives the strain in a direction which is perpendicular to direction of
applied load.
➢ Every longitudinal strain is associated with two lateral strain.
➢ Longitudinal and lateral strain are always opposite in nature.

P d0 d df P

L0
Lf

εlong = εx= ∆L/L0 =( Lf-L0)/L0

εlateral = εy= εz = ∆D/d0 =( df-d0)/d0
εvol = ∆v/v =( vf-v0)/v0
Shear strain(γ): It is defined as the change in initial right angle between two line
elements; which are parallel to x and y axis.

Elasticity: The property of material by virtue of which it returns to its original

shape and size upon removal of load is known as elasticity.
Hooke’s Law: It states that within elastic limit stress is proportional to strain.
Mathematically
σ∝ε
σ =Eε
Where E = Young’s Modulus Hooks law holds good equally for tension and compression.
LECTURE :2

Topic :
Poisson’s ratio, Elastic constants and their
relationship
By
Mr. Naveen Kumar
Poisson's Ratio
• When two equal and opposite forces are applied to a body in a certain direction ,
the body extends along that direction and at the same time it contracts along the
perpendicular direction.
• The fractional change in length of the body in the direction of the applied forces is
longitudinal strain and fractional change in the perpendicular direction of the force
applied is called lateral strain.
• The ratio of lateral strain to the longitudinal strain is called Poisson's ratio which is
constant for material of that body.
Symbol used for poisson’s ratio is μ or 1/m(Unitless quantity & Scalar quantity)
Longitudinal strain=α=Δl/l lateral strain=β=ΔD/D
hence Poisson's ratio is μ = - lateral strain/ Longitudinal strain= - ΔD/D
Δl/l
0≤ μ ≤ ½
Poisson’s Ratio for metals -1/4 to
1/3

Negative sign indicates that lateral strain is opposite to the longitudinal strain
Elastic constants and their relationship
Young’s modulus, bulk modulus, and Rigidity modulus of an elastic solid are
together called as Elastic constants. When a deforming force is acting on a solid. It
results in the change in its original dimension. In such cases, we can use the relation
between elastic constants to understand the magnitude of deformation.
(i) Modulus of Elasticity / Young’s Modulus (E) : Young’s modulus is defined as
the ratio of Normal stress to longitudinal strain within elastic limit.
E= Normal stress/ longitudinal strain= σ/ϵ
Where,
• E is the Young’s Modulus of the material given in N/m2
• σ is the stress applied to the material
• ϵ is the strain corresponding to applied stress in the material
Young’s modulus is obtained by the slope of the stress- strain curve or diagram in the
elastic region.
• Units And Dimension
SI unit --------------- Pa
• Dimension----------- ML-1T-2
The Young’s Modulus values (x109N/m2) of different material are given below:
Steel – 200
Glass – 65
Wood – 13
Plastic (Polystyrene) – 3
(ii) Modulus of Rigidity/Shear modulus (G) : For elastic materials it is found that
shear stress is proportional to the shear strain within elastic limit. The ratio is called
modulus rigidity. It is denoted by the symbol ‘G’ or ‘C’.
G= shear stress /shear strain
= τ /θ = τ / γ
Mathematically, it is represented as follows:
Where γ(shear strain)= θ(shear angle
(iii) Bulk modulus (K):
The bulk modulus is defined as the proportion of volumetric stress related to the volumetric
strain of specified material, while the material deformation is within the elastic limit. To put in
more simple words, the bulk modulus is nothing but a numerical constant that is used to
measure and describe the elastic properties of a solid or fluid when pressure is applied on all
the surfaces.
It is defined as the ratio of uniform stress intensity to the volumetric strain or It is given by the
ratio of pressure applied to the corresponding relative decrease in the volume of the material.
It is denoted by the symbol K. It is used to determine volumetric strain under hydrostatic
stress.
Mathematically, it is represented as follows:
K= Stress intensity/Volumetric strain =σ/εv or K= ΔP /(ΔV/V)
SI Unit: N/m2
Relation between elastic constants:
Elastic constants: These are the relations which determine the deformations
produced by a given stress system acting on a particular material. These factors are
constant within elastic limit, and known as modulus of elasticity E, modulus of
rigidity G, Bulk modulus K and Poisson’s ratio μ.
Relationship between modulus of elasticity (E) and bulk modulus (K):
The relation between modulus of elasticity and modulus of rigidity

Relationship between modulus of elasticity (E) and modulus of rigidity (G):

Relation among three elastic constants:

Deformation of a Body Due to Force Acting on it
Consider a body subjected to a tensile stress.
Let P = Load or force acting on the body, l = Length of the body, A = Cross-sectional
area of the body, σ = Stress induced in the body, E = Modulus of elasticity for the
material of the body, ε = Strain, and δ l = Deformation of the body.
We know that the stress σ = P /A
Strain, ε = σ/E =P/AE
and deformation, δ l = ε.l = σl/E =PL/AE

P A,E P
L
LECTURE :3

Topic :
Stress-strain diagram for ductile and brittle
materials, factor of safety
By
Mr. Naveen Kumar
Stress-strain diagram
Stress – strain diagram for mild steel:
Standard specimen are used for the tension test (Dumble shape or Dog bone specimen)

Lg = gauge length i.e. length of the specimen on

which we want to determine the mechanical
properties.
• Stress-Strain Curves for Ductile Materials If a ductile bar of uniform cross-sectional
area is subjected to gradually increasing axial tensile force (generally is done in
Universal Testing Machine) till failure of the bar occurs, when the stress-strain
curve plots the curve may be divided into following parts:
A typical tensile test curve for the mild steel has been shown below:

σ = F(Resisting force)/A
The limit of proportionality or the proportionality limit (A):it is evident form the
graph that the strain is proportional to strain or elongation is proportional to the load
giving a st.line relationship. This law of proportionality is valid upto a point A.
(B) For a short period beyond the point A, the material may still be elastic in the sense
that the deformations are completely recovered when the load is removed. The limiting
point B is termed as Elastic Limit .
(C) and (D) - Beyond the elastic limit plastic deformation occurs and strains are not
totally recoverable. There will be thus permanent deformation when load is removed.
These two points are termed as upper and lower yield points respectively.
(E) A further increase in the load will cause marked deformation in the whole
volume of the metal. The maximum load which the specimen can with stand
without failure is called the load at the ultimate strength. The highest point ‘E'
of the diagram corresponds to the ultimate strength of a material.
su = Stress which the specimen can with stand without failure & is known as
Ultimate Strength or Tensile Strength.
(F) Beyond point E, the bar begins to forms neck. Beyond point E, the cross-
sectional area of the specimen begins to reduce rapidly over a relatively small
length of bar and the bar is said to form a neck. This necking takes place whilst
the load reduces, and fracture of the bar finally occurs at point F.
Strain energy:it is defined as the energy
absorbing capacity of a given component
when it is strained; due to loads acting on the
member
Resilience: it is defined as the energy
absorbing capacity of the given component
in the elastic region. (it represents elastic
recoverable energy)
Proof resilience:it is the maximum energy
absorbing capacity of the given component
in the elastic region.it is given by area of
load vs deformation curve up to elastic limit.
Modulus of resilience:proof resilience per
unit volume.it is given by the area of stress
vs strain curve up to elastic elastic limit.
Toughness:it is defined as the energy
absorbing capacity by a component just
before fracture.it is equal to total area of load
vs deformation curve.
Modulus of toughness:toughness per unit
volume.it is given by the total area of stress
Nominal stress – Strain or Conventional Stress – Strain diagrams:
Stresses are usually computed on the basis of the original area of the specimen;
such stresses are often referred to as conventional or nominal stresses.
True stress – Strain Diagram:
Since when a material is subjected to a uniaxial load, some contraction or
expansion always takes place. Thus, dividing the applied force by the
corresponding actual area of the specimen at the same instant gives the so
called true stress.
Percentage Elongation: '𝛿 ':
The ductility of a material in tension can be characterized by its elongation and
by the reduction in area at the cross section where fracture occurs.
It is the ratio of the extension in length of the specimen after fracture to its
initial gauge length, expressed in percentage.

l1 = gauge length of specimen after fracture(or the distance between the gage
marks at fracture)
lg= gauge length before fracture(i.e. initial gauge length)
Stress- strain curve for Brittle Materials:
A brittle material is one which exhibits a relatively small extensions or deformations to
fracture, so that the partially plastic region of the tensile test graph is much reduced.
Materials which show very small elongation before they fracture are called brittle
materials. The shape of curve for high carbon steel, concrete and high strength light
alloys or any brittle materials is shown in fig. below. For most brittle materials the
permanent elongation (i.e. increase in length) is less than 10%.

Ms CI

P P

For a given stress,longitudinal strain within elastic limit is inversely proportinal to

Young’s modulus. i.e. ϵ ∝ 1/E
As E(MS) = 200 Gpa & E(CI) =100 Gpa
For elastic deformation , δ CI > δ MS
But for total deformation δ MS > δ CI
Principal mechanical properties
The characteristics of the materials which describe their behaviour under external loads are known as
Mechanical Properties.
Some mechanical properties are:
(i) Elasticity:
Elasticity of a material is power of coming back to original position when the stress or load is removed. The
greatest stress that a material can withstand without permanent distortion is called elastic limit.
(ii) Plasticity:
The plasticity of a material is ability to undergo some permanent deformation without failure
(iii) Ductility:
Ductility of a material their enables to draw out into thin wire with application the load. Example: mild steel,
wires of gold, silver, copper, aluminium etc.
(iv) Strength:
It is the resistance offered by a material when subjected to external loading, so stronger the material can be
withstand with greater the load
(v) Brittleness:
The brittleness of a material is the property of breaking without much permanent distortion. There are many
materials, which break or fail before much deformation take place, such as glass, cast iron, etc.
(vi) Toughness:
The toughness of a material is ability to withstand both plastic and elastic deformations. It is a highly
desirable quality for structural and machine parts to withstand to shock and vibration.
(vii) Hardness:
Hardness is closely related to strength. It is the ability of a material to resist scratching, abrasion, penetration
with apply external load.
Factor of safety(FOS)
• Factor of safety is used to provide some amount of reserve strength (Failure stress-
permissible stress) in case of an accident (i.e due to unknown loading/environmental
conditions, imperfect workmanship, stress concentration effect etc).
FOS = Failure stress/permissible stress or allowable stress or working or safe or design
stress
FOS>1 ……….Safe design
FOS =1………..Failure design
• Failure stress= yield stress/ultimate stress
Condition for safe design :
Maximum stress induced ≤ Permissible stress (Failure stress/FOS)
LECTURE :4

Topic :
Basic Numerical problems
By
Mr. Naveen Kumar
1.A nylon string has a diameter of 2 mm, pulled by a force of 100 N. Determine the stress
SOLUTION:
Force (F) = 100 N
Diameter (d) = 2 mm = 0.002 m
Radius (r) = 1 mm = 0.001 m
A = π r2
A = (3.14)(0.001 m)2 = 0.00000314 m2
A = 3.14 x 10-6 m2
The stress :

2. A cord has original length of 100 cm is pulled by a force. The change in length of the cord
is 2 mm. Determine the strain.
SOLUTION:
Original length (l0) = 100 cm = 1 m
The change in length (Δl) = 2 mm = 0.002 m
The strain
3.A string has a diameter of 1 cm and the original length of 2 m. The string is pulled
by a force of 200 N. Determine the change in length of the string! Young’s modulus of
the string = 5 x 109 N/m2.
SOLUTION:
Young’s modulus (E) = 5 x 109 N/m2
Original length (l0) = 2 m
Force (F) = 200 N
Diameter (d) = 1 cm = 0.01 m
Radius (r) = 0.5 cm = 0.005 m = 5 x 10 -3 m
Area (A) = π r2 = (3.14)(5 x 10-3 m)2 = (3.14)(25 x 10-6 m2)
Area (A) = 78.5 x 10-6 m2 = 7.85 x 10-5 m2

The change in length :

4. A steel rod 1 m long and 20 mm × 20 mm in cross-section is subjected to a tensile force of 40
kN. Determine the elongation of the rod, if modulus of elasticity for the rod material is 200 GPa.
• Given : Length (l ) = 1 m = 1 × 103 mm ; Cross-sectional area (A) = 20 × 20 = 400 mm2 ;
Tensile force (P) = 40 kN = 40 × 103 N and modulus of elasticity (E) = 200 GPa = 200 × 103
N/mm2 .
We know that elongation of the road,
LECTURE :5

Topic :
Basic Numerical problems
By
Mr. Naveen Kumar
5. A hollow cylinder 2 m long has an outside diameter of 50 mm and inside diameter of 30 mm. If the
cylinder is carrying a load of 25 kN, find the stress in the cylinder. Also find the deformation of the
cylinder, if the value of modulus of elasticity for the cylinder material is 100 Gpa.
Given : Length (l ) = 2 m = 2 × 103 mm ; Outside diameter (D) = 50 mm ; Inside diameter (d) = 30 mm
; Load (P) = 25 kN = 25 × 10^3 N and modulus of elasticity (E) = 100 GPa = 100 × 10^3 N/mm2 .

6. If the values of modulus of elasticity and Poisson’s ratio for an alloy body is 150 GPa and 0.25
respectively, determine the value of bulk modulus for the alloy.
Given: E= 150 Gpa, μ =0.25
We have to find out K=?

From using the relation

E=3K(1-2 μ)
or K=E/3(1-2 μ) =150x 10^9/3(1-2x0.25)=100 Gpa
7. For a given material, Young’s modulus is 120 GPa and modulus of rigidity is 40 GPa.
Find the bulk modulus and lateral contraction of a round bar of 50 mm diameter and 2.5 m
long, when stretched 2.5 mm. Take poisson’s ratio as 0.25.
Given : Young’s modulus (E) = 120 GPa = 120 × 103 N/mm2 ; Modulus of rigidity (G) = 40
GPa = 40 × 103 N/mm2 ; Diameter (d) = 50 mm ; Length (l) = 2.5 m = 2.5 × 10^3 mm ;
Linear stretching or change in length (δl) = 2.5 mm and poisson’s ratio = 0.25
Solution: From using the relation
E=3K(1-2 μ) We get K= 80 Gpa
Lateral contraction of the bar
Let δd = Lateral contraction of the bar (or change in diameter)
Linear strain ε = δl/l=2.5/2.5X10^3=0.001
Lateral strain = δd/d= μE= 0.25X0.001 =0.25X10^-3
δd=0.25X10^-3 x50=0.0125 mm

8. What will be change in the volume of a steel bar of 20 mm diameter and 600 mm length
when a tensile stress of 180 Mpa is applied to it along its longitudinal axis?
E=205 Gpa, μ =0.3
Solution:
Volume of the bar V = π/4 x 20^2 x600 =60000 π mm^3
Change in volume =V(1-2 μ)/E =66.2 mm^3
% Change in volume =(66.2/60000 π) x 100 =0.035
LECTURE :6

Topic :
Types of beams under various loads,
Statically Determinate Beams
By
Mr. Naveen Kumar
➢ Beam is defined as a structural member which is subjected to transverse shear loads
during its functionality.
➢ Due to this Transverse shear load shear force and bending moment varies over the
length of the beam.
TYPES OF BEAMS
Beams can be classified into many types based on three main criteria. They are as
follows:
(i) Based on geometry:
– Straight beam – Beam with straight profile
– Curved beam – Beam with curved profile
– Tapered beam – Beam with tapered cross section
(ii) Based on the shape of cross section:
• I-beam – Beam with ‘I’ cross section
• T-beam – Beam with ‘T’ cross section
• C-beam – Beam with ‘C’ cross section
(iii) Based on equilibrium conditions:
– Statically determinate beam – For a statically determinate beam, equilibrium
conditions alone can be used to solve reactions.(No. of reactions in the beam =
No. of useful static equilibrium equations)
– Statically indeterminate beam – For a statically indeterminate beam, equilibrium
conditions are not enough to solve reactions. Additional deflections are needed
to solve reactions.(No. of reactions in the beam> No. of useful static equilibrium
>

equations)
Ʃ H =0, Ʃ V =0, Ʃ M =0……….. equilibrium conditions
(iv) Based on the type of support:
– Simply supported beam
– Cantilever beam
– Fixed beam
– Overhanging beam
– Continuous beam
TYPES OF LOADS
• point Load or Concentrated Load.
• Uniformly Distributed Loads.
• Uniformly Varying Loads.
• Externally Applied Moments.
TYPES OF SUPPORTS
• Simple Support.
• Roller Support.
• Hinged Pin Support.
• Fixed Support.
• Example of statically determinate beam
No of useful equilibrium equations =2
i.e. Ʃ V =0, Ʃ M =0
And no. of reactions =2

Ra Rb
LECTURE :8

Topic :
Shear force and bending moment diagrams
By
Mr. Naveen Kumar
Bending Moment and Shear Force Diagrams: SFD & BMD
• The diagrams which illustrate the variations in B.M and S.F values along the length
of the beam for any fixed loading conditions would be helpful to analyze the beam
further.
• Thus, a shear force diagram is a graphical plot, which depicts how the internal shear
force ‘F' varies along the length of beam. If x denotes the length of the beam, then F
is function x i.e. F(x).
• Similarly a bending moment diagram is a graphical plot which depicts how the
internal bending moment ‘M' varies along the length of the beam. Again M is a
function x i.e. M(x).
LECTURE :9

Topic :
Relationships between load, shear and
bending moment
By
Mr. Naveen Kumar
Basic Relationship Between The Rate of Loading, Shear Force and
Bending Moment:
The construction of the shear force diagram and bending moment diagrams is greatly
simplified if the relationship among load, shear force and bending moment is
established.
Fig. FBD of Differential element of the beam
Taking moments about the point ‘O’ [Bottom-Right corner of the differential element ]
- M + (M+dM) – V.dx – w.dx.dx/2 = 0
Neglecting the small quantity of higher order
dM
V.dx = dM 
v It is the relation between shear force and BM
dx
Fig. FBD of Differential element of the beam

Considering the Equilibrium Equation ΣFy = 0

dv
- V + (V+dV) – w dx = 0  dv = w.dx  w
dx
It is the relation Between intensity of Load and shear force
Conclusions: From the above relations, the following important conclusions may be
drawn
• The area of the shear force diagram between any two points, from the basic calculus is
the bending moment diagram

• The slope of bending moment diagram is the shear force, thus

Thus, if F=0; the slope of the bending moment diagram is zero and the bending moment
is therefore constant.
• The slope of the shear force diagram is equal to the magnitude of the intensity of the
distributed loading at any position along the beam.
Variation of Shear force and bending moments

Variation of Shear force and bending moments for various standard

loads are as shown in the following Table
Table: Variation of Shear force and bending moments

Type of load Between point Uniformly Uniformly

loads OR for no distributed load varying load
SFD/BMD load region
Shear Force Horizontal line Inclined line Two-degree curve
Diagram (Parabola)
Bending Inclined line Two-degree curve Three-degree
Moment (Parabola) curve (Cubic-
Diagram parabola)
LECTURE :10

Topic :

Basic Numerical Problems

By
Mr. Naveen Kumar
Example Problem 1

1. Draw shear force and bending moment diagrams [SFD

and BMD] for a simply supported beam subjected to
three point loads as shown in the Fig. given below.

5N 10N 8N
A B
C D E
2m 2m 3m 1m
5N 10N 8N
A B
C D E
2m 2m 3m 1m

RA RB
Solution: [Clockwise moment is Positive]
Using the condition: ΣMA = 0
- RB × 8 + 8 × 7 + 10 × 4 + 5 × 2 = 0  RB = 13.25 N
Using the condition: ΣFy = 0
RA + 13.25 = 5 + 10 + 8  RA = 9.75 N
Shear Force Calculation:

0 1 5N 10N 8N 9
2 3 4 5 6 7 8

0 1 2 3 4 5 7 8 9
6

2m 2m 3m 1m
RA = 9.75 N RB=13.25N

Shear Force at the section 1-1 is denoted as V1-1

Shear Force at the section 2-2 is denoted as V2-2 and so on...
V0-0 = 0; V1-1 = + 9.75 N V6-6 = - 5.25 N
V2-2 = + 9.75 N V7-7 = 5.25 – 8 = -13.25 N
V3-3 = + 9.75 – 5 = 4.75 N V8-8 = -13.25
V4-4 = + 4.75 N V9-9 = -13.25 +13.25 = 0
V5-5 = +4.75 – 10 = - 5.25 N (Check)
5N 10N 8N
A B
C D E
2m 2m 3m 1m

9.75N 9.75N
4.75N 4.75N

SFD 5.25N 5.25N

13.25N 13.25N
5N 10N 8N
A B
C D E
2m 2m 3m 1m

9.75N 9.75N
4.75N 4.75N

SFD 5.25N 5.25N

13.25N 13.25N
Bending Moment Calculation

Bending moment at A is denoted as MA

Bending moment at B is denoted as MB
and so on…
MA = 0 [ since it is simply supported]
MC = 9.75 × 2= 19.5 Nm
MD = 9.75 × 4 – 5 × 2 = 29 Nm
ME = 9.75 × 7 – 5 × 5 – 10 × 3 = 13.25 Nm
MB = 9.75 × 8 – 5 × 6 – 10 × 4 – 8 × 1 = 0
or MB = 0 [ since it is simply supported]
5N 10N 8N
A B
C D E
2m 2m 3m 1m
29Nm
19.5Nm
13.25Nm

BMD
VM-34 5N 10N 8N
A B
C D E
2m 2m 3m 1m
9.75N 9.75N
Example Problem 1
4.75N 4.75N

SFD 5.25N 5.25N

13.25N 13.25N
29Nm
19.5Nm 13.25Nm

BMD
5N 10N 8N
A B
C D E
2m 2m 3m 1m
9.75N 9.75N
4.75N 4.75N

SFD 5.25N 5.25N

13.25N 13.25N
29Nm
19.5Nm 13.25Nm

BMD
Example Problem 2
2. Draw SFD and BMD for the double side overhanging
beam subjected to loading as shown below. Locate points
of contraflexure if any.

5kN 10kN 5kN

2kN/m

C A D B E

2m 3m 3m 2m
5kN 10kN 5kN
2kN/m

C A D B E

2m RA 3m 3m RB 2m

Solution:
Calculation of Reactions:
Due to symmetry of the beam, loading and boundary
conditions, reactions at both supports are equal.
.`. RA = RB = ½(5+10+5+2 × 6) = 16 kN
5kN 10kN 5kN
0 1 2 3 4 5 2kN/m 6 7 8 9

2 3 4 5 7 8 9
0 1 6
2m 3m 3m 2m
RA=16kN RB = 16kN
Shear Force Calculation: V0-0 = 0
V1-1 = - 5kN V6-6 = - 5 – 6 = - 11kN
V2-2 = - 5kN V7-7 = - 11 + 16 = 5kN
V3-3 = - 5 + 16 = 11 kN V8-8 = 5 kN
V4-4 = 11 – 2 × 3 = +5 kN V9-9 = 5 – 5 = 0 (Check)
V5-5 = 5 – 10 = - 5kN
5kN 10kN 5kN
2kN/m

C A D B E

2m 3m 3m 2m

11kN
5kN 5kN 5kN
+
+

5kN 5kN 5kN

SFD 11kN
5kN 10kN 5kN
2kN/m

C A D B E

2m 3m 3m 2m
RA=16kN RB = 16kN

Bending Moment Calculation:

MC = ME = 0 [Because Bending moment at free end is zero]
MA = MB = - 5 × 2 = - 10 kNm
MD = - 5 × 5 + 16 × 3 – 2 × 3 × 1.5 = +14 kNm
5kN 10kN 5kN
2kN/m

C A D B E

2m 3m 3m 2m
14kNm

BMD
10kNm
10kNm
5kN 10kN 5kN
2kN/m

C A D B E
2m 3m 3m 2m
11kN
+ 5kN 5kN 5kN
+

5kN 5kN
SFD 14kNm 11kN

BMD
10kNm 10kNm
LECTURE :11

Topic :

Basic Numerical Problems

By
Mr. Naveen Kumar
Example Problem 3
3. Draw SFD and BMD for the single side overhanging beam
subjected to loading as shown below. Determine the
absolute maximum bending moment and shear forces and
mark them on SFD and BMD. Also locate points of contra
flexure if any.

10kN/m 2 kN 5kN

A
C B D

4m 1m 2m
10kN/m 2 kN 5kN

A B
RA 4m 1m RB 2m

Solution : Calculation of Reactions:

ΣMA = 0
- RB × 5 + 10 × 4 × 2 + 2 × 4 + 5 × 7 = 0  RB = 24.6 kN
ΣFy = 0
RA + 24.6 – 10 x 4 – 2 + 5 = 0  RA = 22.4 kN
10kN/m 2 kN 5kN
2 3 4 5 7
1 6

2 3 4 5 7
1 6

RA=22.4kN 4m 1m 2m
RB=24.6kN

Shear Force Calculations:

V1-1 = 22.4 kN V5-5 = - 19.6 + 24.6 = 5 kN
V2-2 = 22.4 – 10 × 4 = -17.6kN V6-6 = 5 kN
V3-3 = - 17.6 – 2 = - 19.6 kN V7-7 = 5 – 5 = 0 (Check)
V4-4 = - 19.6 kN
10kN/m 2 kN 5kN

A
C B D
RA=22.4kN 4m 1m 2m
RB=24.6kN
22.4kN

5 kN 5 kN

x = 2.24m
17.6kN
19.6kN 19.6kN
SFD
10kN/m 2 kN 5kN
X

A
x X C B D
RA=22.4kN
4m 1m 2m
RB=24.6kN

Max. bending moment will occur at the section where the shear force is
zero. The SFD shows that the section having zero shear force is available
in the portion AC. Let that section be X-X, considered at a distance x
from support A as shown above.
The shear force at that section can be calculated as
Vx-x = 22.4 - 10. x = 0  x = 2.24 m
10kN/m 2 kN 5kN

A
C B D
RA=22.4kN
4m 1m 2m
RB=24.6kN
Calculations of Bending Moments:
MA = M D = 0
MC = 22.4 × 4 – 10 × 4 × 2 = 9.6 kNm
MB = 22.4 × 5 – 10 × 4 × 3 – 2 × 1 = - 10kNm (Considering Left portion
of the section)
Alternatively
MB = -5 × 2 = -10 kNm (Considering Right portion of the section)
Absolute Maximum Bending Moment is at X- X ,
Mmax = 22.4 × 2.24 – 10 × (2.24)2 / 2 = 25.1 kNm
10kN/m 2 kN 5kN
X

A
x = 2.24m X C B D
RA=22.4kN
4m 1m 2m
RB=24.6kN
Mmax = 25.1 kNm

9.6kNm Point of
contra flexure

BMD 10kNm
10kN/m 2 kN 5kN
X

A D
x = 2.24m X C B
RA=22.4kN
4m 1m 2m
RB=24.6kN
22.4kN
5 kN 5 kN

x = 2.24m
17.6kN
19.6kN 19.6kN
SFD
Point of
contra flexure
9.6kNm

BMD 10kNm
10kN/m 2 kN 5kN
X

A
x X C B D
RA=22.4kN
4m 1m 2m
RB=24.6kN
Calculations of Absolute Maximum Bending Moment:
Max. bending moment will occur at the section where the shear force is
zero. The SFD shows that the section having zero shear force is available
in the portion AC. Let that section be X-X, considered at a distance x
from support A as shown above.
The shear force at that section can be calculated as
Vx-x = 22.4 - 10. x = 0  x = 2.24 m
Max. BM at X- X ,
Mmax = 22.4 × 2.24 – 10 × (2.24)2 / 2 = 25.1 kNm
10kN/m 2 kN 5kN
X

A
x = 2.24m X C B D
RA=22.4kN
4m 1m 2m
RB=24.6kN
Mmax = 25.1 kNm

9.6kNm Point of
contra flexure

BMD 10kNm
Let a be the distance of point of contra flexure from support B
Taking moments at the section A-A (Considering left portion)

A
a = 0.51 m
Mmax = 25.1 kNm

9.6kNm Point of
contra flexure

BMD 10kNm
a
A
I.C. Engine
By
Manish Sanserwal
Assistant Professor
Outline
• Introduction
• Classification of I.C. engines
• Engine details
• I.C. Engine terminology
• Two stroke SI Engine
• Four stroke SI Engine
• Two stroke CI Engine
• Four stroke CI Engine
• Difference between petrol engine and diesel engine
• merits and demerits, scavenging process
• Introduction to electric, and hybrid electric vehicles
Introduction
• In 1876 four stroke engine based on Otto cycle was developed by a
German engineer Nikolous Otto. Diesel Engine was developed by
another German engineer Rudolf Diesel in the year 1892.
• Engine refers as “Heat engine is a device which converts chemical
energy of fuel into Heat energy and this Heat energy further convert
into mechanical work”.
• Based on where the combustion of fuel take place. Whether outside
the working cylinder or inside the working cylinder
• (a) External combustion engines (E.C.ENGINES), (b) Internal
combustion engines (I.C.ENGINES)
Introduction cont..

Internal combustion engine:

If the combustion of fuel takes in a cylinder and the heat is converted in to mechanical energy, is
known as internal combustion engine,
Ex Engines of moped, scooter, bikes, cars, bus, trucks etc;

External combustion engine:

If the combustion of fuel takes place in a combustion chamber and the heat energy is taken to a
machine through pipe line there the heat energy is converted in to mechanical energy is known as
external combustion engines.
Ex, gas turbine and steam engine
Introduction cont..
I.C.ENGINES E.C.ENGINES

Fuel combustion take place inside the cylinder Fuel combustion take place outside the cylinder

Compact in size and more efficient Larger in size and less efficient

Low initial cost More initial cost

Working fluid is mixture of air and fuel Working fluid is steam

Easier and quick starting of these engines Starting is difficult and more time is required

Costly fuels are required like petrol and diesel Cheaper fuel may be used like coal.

More suitable for mobile applications Less suitable for mobile applications.
Classification of I.C.Engine
• Type of fuel used as (1)Petrol engine (2)Diesel engine (3)Gas engines (4)Bi-fuel
engine (two fuel engine)
• Nature of thermodynamic cycle as: (1)Otto cycle engine (2)Diesel engine cycle (3)
Duel or mixed cycle engine
• Number of stroke per cycle as : (1) Four stroke engine (2) Two stroke engine
• Method of ignition as : (1) Spark Ignition engines (Mixture of air and fuel is
ignited by electric spark) (2) Compression Ignition engines (The fuel is ignited as
it comes in contact with hot Compressed air)
• Method of Cooling as : (1) Air cooled engines (2) Water cooled engines
• Speed of the engines as : (1) Low speed engines (2) Medium speed engines (3)
High speed engines
• Number of cylinder as : (1) Single cylinder engines (2) Multi cylinder engines
• Position of the cylinder as : (1) Inline engines (2) V-engines (3) Radial engines (4)
Opposed cylinder engines (4) Opposed piston engines
Parts of internal combustion engine
Different type of piston cylinder arrangement
IC Engine Technology:
• Bore: The inside diameter of the engine cylinder is
termed as Bore.

• Stroke: It is the linear distance, measured parallel to

the axis of the cylinder, between extreme upper and
lower positions of the piston.

• Top Dead Centre (TDC):

• TDC in vertical engine is the extreme position of the
piston on the top of the cylinder (head side).

• The cylinder volume is at a minimum.

• In case of horizontal engine this position is known as

inner dead center (IDC).
IC Engine Technology Cont..

• Bottom Dead Centre (BDC):

• BDC in vertical engine is the extreme position of
the piston on the bottom of the cylinder.
• The cylinder volume will be maximum.
• In case of horizontal engine, this position is
known as outer dead center (ODC).

• Compression ratio:
• It is the ratio of the volume when the piston is at
BDC to the volume when the piston at TDC.
• Compression ratio = Maximum cylinder volume /
minimum cylinder volume. R = V/Vc Cylinder
volume.
IC Engine Technology Cont..

• Piston Area (A) It is the cross sectional area of

the cylinder.
• Displacement Volume/Swept volume (Vs):
Volume covered by the piston between TDC &
BDC. It is also called as stroke volume. Vs =
A L
• Clearance volume (Vc): Volume on the
combustion side of the piston at TDC
• Cylinder volume (V): V = Vs+Vc
Two Stroke petrol engine

• One cycle is completed in 2 strokes of the piston (in one revolution of the
crankshaft).
• It has only ports at the cylinder walls and has no valves.

• {Suction + compression }---- 1st stroke

• {power + exhaust } ----- 2nd stroke
Two Stroke petrol engine

1. Inlet Port: Through this inlet port only,

Fresh charge from the carburetor is taken
into the cylinder.
2. Transfer port: Through this Transfer port
only, fresh charge from the bottom of the
piston is supplied to the cylinder.
3. Exhaust port: The Hot exhaust gases are
pushed out from the combustion chamber.
The cycle beginning at the point when the
piston reaches TDC at the end of the
compression stroke.
Thank You
I.C. Engine
Lecture 2
By
Manish Sanserwal
Assistant Professor
Two Stroke petrol engine

• One cycle is completed in 2 strokes of the piston (in one revolution of the
crankshaft).
• It has only ports at the cylinder walls and has no valves.

• {Suction + compression }---- 1st stroke

• {power + exhaust } ----- 2nd stroke
Two Stroke petrol engine

1. Inlet Port: Through this inlet port only,

Fresh charge from the carburetor is taken
into the cylinder.
2. Transfer port: Through this Transfer port
only, fresh charge from the bottom of the
piston is supplied to the cylinder.
3. Exhaust port: The Hot exhaust gases are
pushed out from the combustion chamber.
The cycle beginning at the point when the
piston reaches TDC at the end of the
compression stroke.
Two Stroke petrol engine cont..

• Intake. The fuel/air mixture is first drawn • During the downward stroke the fuel
into the crankcase by the vacuum created mixture is compressed in the
during the upward stroke of the piston. crankcase.
• Compression. The piston then rises, • Power. At the top of the stroke
driven by flywheel momentum, and the spark plug ignites the fuel
compresses the fuel mixture. (At the mixture. The burning fuel
same time, another intake stroke is expands, driving the piston
happening beneath the piston). downward, to complete the
cycle.
• Transfer/Exhaust. Toward the end of
the stroke, the piston exposes the intake
port, allowing the compressed fuel/air
mixture in the crankcase to escape
around the piston into the main
cylinder.

• This expels the exhaust gasses out the

exhaust port, usually located on the
opposite side of the cylinder.

• Unfortunately, some of the fresh fuel

mixture is usually expelled as well.
Four Stroke petrol engine
•Cylinder
•Mechanically operated valves
•Inlet valves
•Exhaust valves
•Spark plug
•Connecting rod
•Crank
•Crank shaft
Works on the principle of Four Strokes are Otto cycle

• Suction stroke

• Compression stroke

• Power stroke

• Exhaust stroke
Suction stroke
• The inlet valve (I) opens and air fuel mixture (charge) is sucked into the cylinder.
• The piston moves downwards from top dead center (TDC) till it reaches bottom dead
center (BDC).
• During suction stroke exhaust valve (E) is closed.
• Due to the suction created by the downward motion of the piston, inside of the cylinder
pressure becomes slightly less than atmosphere. Due to the pressure deferential, fresh
charge will enter into the cylinder.
Compression stroke

• During compression stroke both inlet and exhaust valves are closed.
• In this stroke the piston travels from BDC to TDC.
• When the piston starts moving from BDC to TDC the mixture is
compressed, and the pressure increases in the cylinder.
• The line BC represents the compression stroke.
Compression stroke cont..

• Before the end of the compression stroke, the spark occurs, this spark ignites
the petrol and air mix.
• The combustion of mixture releases hot gases, which will increase pressure
at constant volume.
• The line CD represents increase in the pressure at constant volume.
Power stroke:
• During power stroke (expansion stroke) both inlet valve and exhaust valve
are in closed position.
• The high-pressure gases produced due to combustion, will exert pressure on
the top face of the piston, the piston moves rapidly in the down ward
direction performs power stroke.
Exhaust stroke:
• At the beginning of exhaust stroke, the exhaust valve opens, and the upward
movement of the piston pushes the exhaust gases out the cylinder.
• At the end of the exhaust stroke the exhaust valve closes.
Starting
position Compression
Suction
stroke stroke

Power
Ignition Expansion
stroke
stroke
I.C. Engine
Lecture 3
By
Manish Sanserwal
Assistant Professor
ENGINE CONSTRUCTION
1. Stationary Parts of and Engine
• Engine Cylinder Block
• Cylinder
• Cylinder Sleeve

• Crankcase
Stationary Parts of and Engine
Cylinder Head Exhaust Manifold Intake Manifold
Moving Parts of an Engine
• Piston Assembly
Moving Parts of an Engine cont..
Connecting Rods Crankshaft
Moving Parts of an Engine cont..
Flywheel Camshaft
Spark plug Fuel Injector
Working principle of four-stroke diesel engine is
diesel cycle

• Cylinder,
• Piston,
• Head,
• Crankcase,
• Connecting rod,
• Crankshaft,
• Fuel injector,
• Inlet and exhaust
valve.
Four strokes are

• The piston performs four

strokes to complete one
cycle. The four different
strokes are
• i) Suction stroke
• ii) Compression stroke
• iii) Power or Expansion
stroke
• iv) Exhaust stroke.
P-V diagram of Diesel engine
Comparison of 4 stroke & 2 stroke engine

Sl.No. 4 Stroke Engine 2 Stroke Engine

1 The cycle completes in 4 strokes of the The cycle completes in 2 strokes of
piston (or) in 2 revolution of the the piston (or) in 1 revolution of
crankshaft the crankshaft

2 Develops one power stroke in every 2 Develops one power stroke in one
revolution of the crankshaft revolution of the crankshaft

3 Due to more no. of strokes turning moment Due to lesser no.of strokes, turning
is less uniform and heavier flywheel is moment is more uniform and
needed lighter flywheel is needed
Comparison of 4 stroke & 2 stroke engine

Sl.No. 4 Stroke Engine 2 Stroke Engine

4 Power produced for same size of the engine is Power produced for the same size of
small due to one power stroke in 2 the engine is more due to one
revolutions. power stroke in 1 revolution.

5 Engine is heavy & bulky Engine is light & compact

6 Lesser cooling & lubrication requirement as one Greater cooling and lubrication
power stroke is produced in 2 revolution of requirement as one power stroke is
the crankshaft produced in 1 revolution of the
crankshaft

7 Engine contains complicated valves and value Engine contains simple ports
mechanism
Comparison between Petrol & Diesel Engine

Sl.No Details Petrol Engine Diesel Engine

1 Fuel Ignition By spark plug (SI Engine) By hot compressed air (CI
engine)
2 Charge during suction Air & fuel mixture are Air alone is admitted and
stroke admitted fuel is injected
3 Compression ratio Low (6 to 8) High (16 to 20)

4 Cycle of operations Otto Cycle Diesel Cycle

5 Weight Light Heavy

Scavenging:

The exhaust gases are removed from the cylinder with the help of fresh compressed charge. This process of
removing exhaust gases is called scavenging.
I.C. Engine
Lecture 4
By
Manish Sanserwal
Assistant professor
Introduction of electric vehicle (EV)
Why EV?
1. Pollution:
• Transportation accounts for one third of all energy usage.
• Use of 10% of ZEV cuts 1 million tons/year of air pollutants
• With 100% EV - CO2 emission would be cut by half
2. Capital Cost and Maintenance Cost:
• EV has a more capital cost
• But life cycle cost of EV is lesser than ICEV
Introduction of electric vehicle (EV)

3. Availability of Fuel Fast depletion of fossil fuel and dependence on

middle east countries for fuel.
4. Well to Wheel Efficiency The EV is found to have a better WTW
efficiency than ICEV
What is an EV?
It is a vehicle which has following features
• Portable energy source
• Traction effort provided by electric motor
Classification of Alternative Vehicle

1. Electric Vehicle
2. Hybrid Electric Vehicle
3. Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicle
Components of an EV
• Battery:
It powers the electric motor. Its capacity is defined in Ah. The design of
battery includes complex calculations which determines various battery
parameters
• Power convertor:
The electrical energy stored in battery is fixed DC which should be converted
to either variable DC or Variable AC which depends on the type of electric
motor used for power the wheels
• Electric Motor:
DC series, Induction motors were used at the earlier stage. Now the scope has
shifted towards special electrical machines
Components of an EV cont..

• Clutch:
The engine must be decoupled from the wheels to shift from low speed to
high speed gears or vice versa, this is done by the clutch.
• Transmission:
The gearbox is also called as transmission which allows transfer of power
from engine to wheels.
• Drivetrain:
The combination of Electric motor, Clutch, Gearbox is referred to as
drivetrain
Hybrid Electric Vehicle
• An Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV) uses both source of energy i.e.
conventional internal combustion engine and an electric source.
• This mainly facilitates regenerative braking.

Regenerative Braking
• A significant amount of energy is consumed by braking.
• Braking a 1500 kg vehicle from 100 km/h to zero speed consumes
about 0.16 kWh of energy.
• This energy lost in brake shoes can be utilized to charge the battery.
Classification of HEV
1. Based On Architecture
• Series
• Parallel
• Series – Parallel

2. Degree Of Hybridization
• Mild
• Power
• Energy
Classification of HEV cont..

Degree of Hybridization
• It is the progression from mild to energy hybrids is related to degree
of downsizing the engine and upsizing the electric motor.
• That is the traction power provided by the IC engine is reduced and
that of the electric motor is increased by varying the capacity of the
prime movers respectively.
Another classification
• Charge Depleting: The HEV which doesn’t have the onboard
electricity generation unit is called as charge depleting HEV.
• Charge Sustaining: The HEV which has onboard electricity generation
facility is called as charge sustaining HEV.
Series Hybrid

IC engine and Battery operate in series

i. The IC engine is fueled by diesel or petrol which acts as a prime mover to an on board
electric generator which generates electricity and charges the battery through a power
converter.

ii. The electric energy stored in the battery is used to drive the electric motor which
provides the
full propulsion power.
Series Hybrid cont..

• Advantage:
Simplicity of control algorithms used to control the power converters
and hence achieving speed control of electric motors
• Disadvantage
Power train components has to be rated for the full rating.
Parallel Hybrid

IC engine and battery operate in parallel

1. Based on the rating of the IC engine and battery, electric motor the propulsion power is
shared between the sources
2. The battery can be charged through wheels by increasing the power output of the IC
engine by using the control algorithm for regenerative braking
Parallel Hybrid cont..

• Advantage
Reduction in size of drive train components
• Disadvantage
Power blending from two sources becomes difficult and it requires
additional mechanical equipment like planetary gear arrangement.
Series- Parallel Hybrid
Series- Parallel Hybrid cont..
It combines both respective benefits

• A power splitter is used to feed a part of IC engine power to drive the

on board electric generator which is used to charge the battery
through a power converter when the SoC of the battery is below the
threshold value.
• PHEVs (Plug In Hybrid Electric Vehicle) are charge depleting HEV
• They operate in fully electric mode up to certain distance and then as
a regular hybrid vehicle for longer distances.
• It has a large rated storage system compared to HEVs
• It has to be plugged in for recharging the battery
Plug In Hybrid Electric Vehicle cont..
• They are designed for daily commute to work and for longer distances
the it is supplemented by the IC engine.
• This type of PHEV is also called as range extender.
• Hence this has high potential to replace ICEV for urban commuting.
National Mission for Electric Mobility (NMEM)
• Government of India approved the National Mission on Electric
Mobility in 2011.
• As part of the mission, Department of Heavy Industries has
formulated a scheme namely

• FAME – India
Faster Adoption and Manufacturing of Hybrid & Electric Vehicles in
India.
NMEM Contd., Phase - 1
Proposed to be implemented in 2 year period of 2015 -2017 Focus on
four Major Areas
• Technology Development
• Demand Creation
• Pilot Projects
• Charging Infrastructure
National Electric Mobility Mission Plan 2020
Launched in January 2013 by the Ministry of Heavy Industries and
Public Enterprises.
• Aims at ensuring vehicle population of 6-7 million electric/hybrid
vehicles in India by the year 2020 .
• To promote eco-friendly vehicles, the government has been offering
incentives on electric and hybrid vehicles of up to Rs.29,000 for bikes
and Rs.1.38 lakh for cars under the FAME India scheme.
• In Budget 2017-18, Rs.175 crore has been earmarked for the FAME
India scheme.
Current Status of NMEM
On 23rd February 2017 a meeting was scheduled by Govt., of India to
discuss several factors including ,

1. Higher cost of vehicles

2. Power outages
3. Lack of charging infrastructure
4. Dearth of facilities for eco-friendly disposal of batteries to curb
pollution
BHEL
BHEL: Pivoting from Power Sector to Transportation

• On 16th February 2017 BHEL signed an agreement with Ashok

Leyland Ltd and Tata Motors Ltd for developing a propulsion system
for buses.
• It is also seeking technical collaboration to manufacture metro rail
locomotives and has initiated separate talks with Hitachi
Transportation Systems, Mitsubishi Heavy Industries and Škoda
Transportation.
Global leaders in terms of total units sold
1. Renault – Nissan
2. Mitsubishi
3. General Motors
4. Toyota
5. Tesla
6. Ford
7. BYD
8. BMW
9. The Geely Group
10. Volkswagen
References
1. Electric and Hybrid Vehicles Design Fundamentals 2nd edition by
Iqbal Husain.
2. Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric, and Fuel Cell Vehicles by Mehrdad
Ehsani et al. 3. Energy World from Economic Times.
3. Ministry of Heavy Industries and Public Enterprises, Govt., of India.
4. http://kseboa.org/news/bhel-looks-to-pivot-frompower-sector-to-
transportation-electric-vehicles17024527.html
5. Krishnakumar R V, M.E Power Engineering And Management, Anna
University, Chennai, CEG Campus
Lecture 16
Refrigeration: meaning
It is a process of lowing the temperature of a space or system below ambient temperature. In
another word, it is a type of artificial cooling in a space. Heat extract from a system (whose cooling
is to be done) at low temperature and discharge to the atmosphere at high temperature.
It is a process in which a device consume energy for transferring the heat energy from a low
temperature reservoir to high temperature reservoir as show in the fig. 1.

High
Temperature
reservoir
.

Refriger Work
ation
Done

Low
Temperature
reservoir

Fig.1. Basic principle of refrigeration

In older times, main purpose of refrigeration is the production of ice for food and beverages
preservation. Now days it is not only used for food preservation but also for district cooling,
electricity production, chemical and petrochemicals, pharmaceutical, data centres and Other
industries.

Todays, lots of country try to make a central refrigeration system for cities. It also having a great
importance for transport industry in the current and coming scenario for food (vegetable and
fruits), essential medicines transportation from one city to another. Petrochemical industries
utilizes refrigeration for controlling the necessary reactions in their field. As the importance of
data retention increases continuously in these days. Servers gathering the data continuously heats
up during their operation and increasing temperature effect the performance of the servers. For
preventing this problem, refrigeration play an important role.
Application

1. Food processing, preservation and distribution

2. Chemical and process industries
3. Special Applications

1. Food processing, preservation and distribution

a) Storage of Raw Fruits and Vegetables
b) Fish
c) Meat and poultry
d) Dairy Products
e) Beverages
f) Processing and distribution of frozen food

2. Chemical and process industries

a) Separation of gases
b) Condensation of Gases
c) Dehumidification of Air
d) Solidification of Solute
e) Storage as liquid at low pressure
f) Removal of Heat of Reaction:
g) Cooling for preservation
h) Recovery of Solvents

3. Special Applications
a) Cold Treatment of Metals
b) Medical
c) Ice Skating Rink
d) Construction
e) Desalination of Water
f) Ice Manufacture

1. Application of refrigeration in Food processing, preservation and distribution

1.1 Storage of Raw Fruits and Vegetables: It is well-known that some bacteria are responsible for
degradation of food, and enzymatic processing cause ripening of the fruits and vegetables. The
growth of bacteria and the rate of enzymatic processes are reduced at low temperature. This helps
in reducing the spoilage and improving the shelf life of the food. Table 3.1 shows useful storage
life of some plant and animal tissues at various temperatures. It can be seen that the storage
temperature affects the useful storage life significantly. In general the storage life of most of the
food products depends upon water activity, which essentially depends upon the presence of water
in liquid form in the food product and its temperature. Hence, it is possible to preserve various
1.2 Fish: Icing of fish according to ASHRAE Handbook on Applications, started way back in
1938. In India, iced fish is still transported by rail and road, and retail stores store it for short
periods by this method. Freezing of fish aboard the ship right after catch results in better quality
than freezing it after the ship docks. In some ships, it is frozen along with seawater since it takes
months before the ships return to dock. Long-term preservation of fish requires cleaning,
processing and freezing.
1.3 Meat and poultry: These items also require refrigeration right after slaughter during processing,
packaging. C.o25-quires freezing and storage at term storage re-C. Longoterm storage is done at
0-Short
1.4 Dairy Products: The important dairy products are milk, butter, buttermilk and ice cream. To
maintain good quality, the milk is cooled in bulk milk coolers immediately after being taken from
cow. Bulk milk cooler is a C. Then it is transported to dairy farms, where it is olarge refrigerated
tank that cools it between 10 to 15C and holding it at this temperature for 20 seconds. opasteurized.
Pasteurization involves heating it to 73The dairies have to have a very large cooling capacity, since
a large quantity C.oThereafter, it is cooled to 3 to 4of milk has to be immediately cooled after
arrival. During the lean period, the refrigeration plants of dairies are used to produce ice that is
used during peak periods to provide cooling by melting. This reduces the required peak capacity
of the refrigeration plant.
Ice cream manufacture requires pasteurization, thorough mixing, emulsification and stabilization
and subsequently cooling to 4 to 5oC. Then it is cooled to temperature of about – 5 oC in a freezer
where it stiffens but still remains in liquid state. It is packaged and hardened at –30 to –25oC until
it becomes solid; and then it is stored at same temperature.
C for increase of shelf life. Use of ocurd and cottage cheese are stored at 4 to 10Buttermilk,
refrigeration during manufacture of these items also increases their shelf life. There are many
varieties of cheese available these days. Adding cheese starter like lactic acid and several
substances to the milk makes all C to make good quality cheese.Oand solid part is cured for a long
time at about 10 of these. The whey is separated
1.5 Beverages: Production of beer, wine and concentrated fruit juices require refrigeration. The
taste of many drinks can be improved by serving them cold or by adding ice to them. This has been
one of the favourite past time of aristocracy in all the countries. Natural or man-made ice for this
purpose has been made available since a very long time. Fruit juice concentrates have been very
popular because of low cost, good taste and nutritional qualities. Juices can be preserved for a
longer period of time than the fruits. Also, fruit juice concentrates when frozen can be more easily
shipped and transported by road. Orange and other citrus juices, apple juice, grape juice and
pineapple juice are very popular. To preserve the taste and flavor of juice, the water is driven out
of it by boiling it at low temperature under reduced pressure. The concentrate is frozen and
transported at –20oC.
Brewing and wine making requires fermentation reaction at controlled temperature, for example
lager-type of beer requires 8 to12oC while wine requires 27-30oC. Fermentation is an exothermic
process; hence heat has to be rejected at controlled temperature.
1.6 Candy: Use of chocolate in candy or its coating with chocolate requires setting at 5-10oC
otherwise it becomes sticky. Further, it is recommended that it be stored at low temperature for
best taste.
1.7 Processing and distribution of frozen food: Many vegetables, meat, fish and poultry are
frozen to sustain the taste, which nearly duplicates that of the fresh product. Freezing retains the
sensory qualities of colour, texture and taste apart from nutritional qualities. The refrigeration
systems for frozen food applications are very liberally designed, since the food items are frozen
in shortest period of time. The sharp freezing with temperature often below –30 oC, is done so
that the ice crystals formed during freezing do not get sufficient time to grow and remain small
and do not pierce the cell boundaries and damage them. Ready-to-eat frozen foods, packedinners
and bakery items are also frozen by this method and stored at temperatures of –25 to -20 oC for
distribution to retail stores during peak demands or off-season demands. Vegetables in this list
are beans, corn, peas, carrots, cauliflower and many others. Most of these are blanched before
freezing. There are various processes of freezing. Blast freezers give a blast of high velocity air
at – 30 oC on the food container. In contact freezing, the food is placed between metal plates and
metal surfaces that are cooled to −30 oC or lower. Immersion freezing involves immersion of
food in low temperature brine. Individual quick freezing (IQF) is done by chilled air at very high
velocities like 5-10 m/s that keeps the small vegetable particles or shrimp pieces floating in air
without clumping, so that maximum area is available for heat transfer to individual particles. The
frozen particles can be easily packaged and transported. The refrigeration capacities in all the
freezers are very large since freezing of large quantities is done in a very short time. Liquid
nitrogen and carbon dioxide are also used for freezing. Of late supermarket refrigeration is
gaining popularity all over the world. At present this constitutes the largest sector of refrigeration
in developed countries. In a typical supermarket a large variety of products are stored and
displayed for sale. Since a wide variety of products are stored, the required storage conditions
vary widely. Refrigeration at temperatures greater than 0 oC and less than 0 o C is required, as
both frozen and fresh food products are normally stored in the same supermarket
(B) Applications of refrigeration in chemical and process industries
The industries like petroleum refineries, petrochemical plants and paper pulp industries etc. require
very large cooling capacities. The requirement of each industry-process wise and equipment-wise
is different hence refrigeration system has to be customized and optimized for individual
application. The main applications of refrigeration in chemical and process industries involve the
following categories.
2.1. Separation of gases: In petrochemical plant, temperatures as low as –150oC with refrigeration
capacities as high as 10,000 Tons of Refrigeration (TR) are used for separation of gases by
fractional distillation. Some gases condense readily at lower temperatures from the mixtures of
hydrocarbon. Propane is used as refrigerant in many of these plants.
2.2. Condensation of Gases: some gases that are produced synthetically, are condensed to liquid
state by cooling, so that these can be easily stored and transported in liquid state. For example, in
synthetic ammonia plant, ammonia is condensed at –10 to 10oC before filling in the cylinders,
storage and shipment. This low temperature requires refrigeration.
2.3. Dehumidification of Air: Low humidity air is required in many pharmaceutical industries. It
is also required for air liquefaction plants. This is also required to prevent static electricity and
prevents short circuits in places where high voltages are used. The air is cooled below its dew point
temperature, so that some water vapour condenses out and the air gets dehumidified.
2.4. Solidification of Solute: One of the processes of separation of a substance or pollutant or
impurity from liquid mixture is by its solidification at low temperature. Lubricating oil is dewaxed
in petroleum industry by cooling it below –25oC. Wax solidifies at about –25oC.
2.5. Storage as liquid at low pressure: Liquid occupies less space than gases. Most of the
refrigerants are stored at high pressure. This pressure is usually their saturation pressure at
atmospheric temperature. For some gases, saturation pressure at room temperature is very high
hence these are stored at relatively low pressure and low temperature. For example natural gas is
stored at 0.7 bar gauge pressure and –130oC. Heat gain by the cylinder walls leads to boiling of
some gas, which is compressed, cooled and expanded back to 0.7 bar gauge.
2.6. Removal of Heat of Reaction: In many chemical reactions, efficiency is better if the reaction
occurs below room temperature. This requires refrigeration. If these reactions are exothermic in
nature, then more refrigeration capacities are required. Production of viscose rayon, cellular acetate
and synthetic rubber are some of the examples. Fermentation is also one of the examples of this.
2.7. Cooling for preservation: Many compounds decompose at room temperature or these
evaporate at a very fast rate. Certain drugs, explosives and natural rubber can be stored for long
periods at lower temperatures.
2.8. Recovery of Solvents: In many chemical processes solvents are used, which usually evaporate
after reaction. These can be recovered by condensation at low temperature by refrigeration system.
Some of the examples are acetone in film manufacture and carbon tetrachloride in textile
production.
(C) Special applications of refrigeration
In this category we consider applications other than chemical uses. These are in manufacturing
processes, applications in medicine, construction units etc.
3.1. Cold Treatment of Metals: The dimensions of precision parts and gauge blocks can be
stabilized by soaking the product at temperature around – 90oC. The hardness and wear resistance
of carburized steel can be increased by this process. Keeping the cutting tool at –100oC for 15
minutes can also increase the life of cutting tool. In deep drawing process the ductility of metal
increases at low temperature. Mercury patterns frozen by refrigeration can be used for precision
casting.
3.2. Medical: Blood plasma and antibiotics are manufactured by freeze-drying process where water
is made to sublime at low pressure and low temperature. This does not affect the tissues of blood.
Centrifuges refrigerated at –10oC, are used in the manufacture of drugs. Localized refrigeration
by liquid nitrogen can be used as anesthesia also.
3.3. Ice Skating Rinks: Due to the advent of artificial refrigeration, sports like ice hockey and
skating do not have to depend upon freezing weather. These can be played in indoor stadium where
water is frozen into ice on the floor. Refrigerant or brine carrying pipes are embedded below the
floor, which cools and freezes the water to ice over the floor.
3.4. Construction: Setting of concrete is an exothermic process. If the heat of setting is not removed
the concrete will expand and produce cracks in the structure. Concrete may be cooled by cooling
sand, gravel and water before mixing them or by passing chilled water through the pipes embedded
in the concrete. Another application is to freeze the wet soil by refrigeration to facilitate its
excavation.
3.5. Desalination of Water: In some countries fresh water is scarce and seawater is desalinated to
obtain fresh water. Solar energy is used in some cases for desalination. An alternative is to freeze
the seawater. The ice thus formed will be relatively free of salt. The ice can be separated and
thawed to obtain fresh water.
3.6. Ice Manufacture: This was the classical application of refrigeration. Ice was manufactured in
plants by dipping water containers in chilled brine and it used to take about 36 hours to freeze all
the water in cans into ice. The ice thus formed was stored inice warehouses. Now that small
freezers and icemakers are available. Hotels and restaurants make their own ice, in a hygienic
manner. Household refrigerators also have the facility to make ice in small quantities. The use of
ice warehouses is dwindling because of this reason. Coastal areas still have ice plants where it is
used for transport of iced fish.
Refrigeration systems are also required in remote and rural areas for a wide variety of applications
such as storage of milk, vegetables, fruits, foodgrains etc., and also for storage of vaccines etc. in
health centers. One typical problem with many of the rural and remote areas is the continuous
availability of electricity. Since space is not constraint, and most of these areas in tropical countries
are blessed with alternate energy sources such as solar energy, biomass etc., it is preferable to use
these clean and renewable energy sources in these areas. Thermal energy driven absorption
systems have been used in some instances. Vapour compression systems that run on photovoltaic
(PV) cells have also been developed for small applications. Figure 3.5 shows the schematic of
solar PV cell driven vapour compression refrigeration system for vaccine storage
Refrigeration
Lecture 2
By
Manish Sanserwal
Assistant Professor
Unit of refrigeration:
• Unit of refrigeration is Ton. Amount of heat required to remove from 1000
Kg (1Ton) of water at 0oC to convert it into ice at 0oC in 24 hours is known
as 1Ton of refrigeration or unit of refrigeration.
• In another words amount of heat absorbed during melting of 1000 kg of ice
at 0oC in 24 hours.
• Calculation of unit of refrigeration
• As we know latent heat for 1 kg of ice is 335 KJ
• And from the definition of 1 Ton of refrigeration
• 1 Ton = 1000 Kg of ice * Latent heat of 1 kg of ice / 24 hours
• = 1000×335)/ (24×60) in one minute
• = 232.6 kJ/min
However, for actual calculation, it is always taken as 210 kJ/min.
• So, 1 Ton ≈ 3.5kW or 12,000 BTU/h
Coefficient of Performance:
In case of heat engine, thermal efficiency (ηth) is defined as the ratio of
the work done by it (W) to the input energy (as heat energy) from high
temperature reservoir (QH). High
Temperature
reservoir

Heat
engine Work
Done
Low
Temperature
reserviour

Fig.1. Basic principle of heat engine

Coefficient of Performance Cont..

Mathematically,

From here, thermal efficiency representing the amount of heat converted into work
done

But in case of refrigeration, work is not come out as output. Here, thermal
efficiency representing the amount of work required for conversion of mechanical
work or electrical work into net heat output. An economic refrigeration cycle or
higher thermal efficiency refrigeration cycle is one that not only removes higher
amount of heat from the colder region but also consumes less amount of work for
doing so. So, ratio of net heat output to work input is refrigeration called coefficient
of performance (COP). In case of heat pumps, COP is the ratio of net heat added (to
the hot reservoir) to the work input.
Coefficient of Performance Cont..
• As the input energy fully conversion is not possible due to second law
of thermodynamics, COP always greater than 1, because, work done
act as an input and net heat output from low temperature reservoir
(in refrigerator) or net heat input in higher temperature reservoir (in
heat pump) as output and also pumping of heat consumes lots of
energy. High
Temperature
reservoir

Refrigerat
Work
ion Done

Fig.2. Basic principle of Low

Temperature
refrigeration reservoir
Coefficient of Performance Cont..

• From the above figure 2, COP is defined as the heat taken out from
the low temperature reservoir Qcold (area to be cool) divided by the
work done (W) for removing that heat (in refrigeration or heat pump
it is compressor work).
• Mathematically,
(1)
• We can write work done as W = Qhot - Qcold from the first law of
thermodynamics. Now equation no. 1 can be rewrite as:

(2)
Coefficient of Performance Cont..
In case of ideal refrigeration cycle, where any type of loss and
irreversibilities not taken under consideration. Here we can rewrite
equation 2 as:

As the refrigeration cycle is similar to air conditioning, these formulas

can be applied.

On the other hand, the COP for heating and cooling are different.
Methods of refrigeration:
Basically it is categorized as natural refrigeration and artificial refrigeration

• Natural refrigeration:

In the earlier day, ice or evaporative cooling is used for refrigeration process,
where ice is collected in different ways:

1. Transported from colder areas to nearby regions.

2. Harvested in winter days for storing in insulated ice houses for the use in
summer
3. Made up during night (cooling of water by radiation to stratosphere)
Methods of refrigeration cont..
Artificial refrigeration:
• Refrigeration methods used in these days are comes under the category of artificial refrigeration. It
is know that history of artificial refrigeration process began by a Scottish professor “William
Cullen” in the year 1755. He was able to make a small quantity ice in a laboratory by making a
first refrigeration machine. Based on the working principle, artificial refrigeration classified as:
• Vapour compression systems
• Domestic refrigeration systems
• Air conditioning systems
• Vapour absorption systems
• Solar energy based refrigeration systems
• Gas cycle systems
• Steam Jet Refrigeration System
• Thermoelectric Refrigeration Systems
• Vortex tube systems
Vapour absorption systems Introduction
• The major drawback of the vapour
compression refrigeration system is that
it requires large volume of refrigerant
vapour which requires large mechanical
power for its operation.
• If some methods are used to reduce
this volume before compression, there
would be considerable reduction in
weight of the system and power
requirement for its operation.
• Heat energy can be used instead of work
for producing refrigeration because it
gives high COP of the system with
machine operated with supply of work
energy.
• The absorption system differs
fundamentally from vapour compression
system only in the method of employed
for compressing the refrigerant.
Introduction Cont..
• In the absorption system, the
compressor is replaced by an
absorber, generator and a
pump.
• A French Scientist Ferdinand
Cane developed the first
absorption refrigeration
machine in early 1860.
• Nowadays, units are developed
upto 1500 tons capacity.
• The units which are generally
used for air conditioning
purposes are available from 100
tons capacity
PRINCIPLE OF ABSORPTION SYSTEM
• Here is the peculiar property of some
substances to have affinity for another
substances at some temperature and pressure
conditions and less affinity at another conditions.
• This idea for the working principle of a vapour
absorption system was generated by Michael
Faraday in 1824.
• He knew that silver chloride (AgCl)m a white
powder , had a property of absorbing large
amount of ammonia gas at the normal
temperature and pressure.
• Two chambers are combined with the help of a
tube.

• The white powder was kept

inside the first chamber to
which ammonia gas was  The powder was heated up while other end was
cooled using circulating water.
supplied and sealed.
PRINCIPLE OF ABSORPTION SYSTEM Cont..
• Liquid ammonia was obtained in
the cool end of the apparatus.
After stopping heat, it was
observed that, the liquid
ammonia instead of sitting
there, started boiling( bubbles
produced) and vapour was
reabsorbed by the white
powder.
• Upon touching the boiling end ,
it was astonished to find that the
vessel was very cold.
• He repeated the experiments
and cooling was observed again.
• This led to invention of the
intermittent Vapour absorption
system having solid as an
absorber.
Practical Vapor – Absorption Refrigeration System
Thank you
Lecture 18

Construction and Working of Domestic Refrigerator

Construction of Domestic Refrigerator:

The main components include:

1) Refrigerant: It is a working fluid flow through all working parts or internal parts of the
refrigerator. The main function of a refrigerant is to give the cooling effect in the evaporator. It
absorbs heat from the evaporator and reject it to the environment.
2) Compressor: It is located in the back of the refrigerator as shown in the figure above. It
compresses the refrigerant (coming from the evaporator) to the high temperature and pressure for
rejecting heat from the refrigerant. It is only part of the refrigerant which consume energy (electric
energy).
3) Condenser: It is copper pipe arrangement (as heat exchanger) commonly located in the back of
refrigerator. It rejects the refrigerant heat to the environment (by air cooling), which is absorbed
by the refrigerant in evaporator and compressor. For increasing the surface area of the copper pipe
arrangement it is finned externally, which ultimately increases the heat transfer.
4) Expansive valve or the capillary: Refrigerant coming from the condenser having high pressure
and for decreasing its pressure, volume of the passage increase by the help of capillary tubes or
expansion value. It is a thin copper pipe with number of turns. When refrigerant passed through
capillary tubes, pressure and temperature drops suddenly.
5) Evaporator or chiller or freezer: It is also a heat exchanger, where refrigerant enters at low
pressure and temperature and absorb the heat from the substance to be cooled. It is made up of
copper or aluminum tubes (plate type of evaporators also used in domestic refrigerator) having
number of turn in it. After evaporator, refrigerant flow to the compressor and repeats the cycle.
6) Temperature control device or thermostat: Thermostat is a device which control the
temperature inside the refrigerator with the help of a sensor connected to evaporator. Its control
present as a knob (older or small refrigerators) inside the refrigerator or push switch outside the
refrigerator (modern refrigerators). Whenever the temperature inside the refrigerator reaches to set
temperature of thermostat, it cut down the electricity supply to compressor and when temperature
goes above to certain level, thermostat resupply the electricity to compressor.
7) Defrost system: Defrost system available in old or small refrigerators which helps in removing
the excess amount of ice from the evaporator compartment. It can be manually control by the help
of thermostat button or by an automatic system which is a combination of electric heater and timer.
Working of Domestic Refrigerator:

Before going
to the
working of
domestic

refrigerator, one should know that cooling of a space is done by removing the heat from that space
to atmosphere (outside that space). From the PMM 2, it is not possible without any external
assistance. Here, this external assistance is done with the help of compressor (only element
consuming external energy i.e. electrical energy). Whereas, others component not consuming any
type of external energy.
Heat flows from refrigerating space to refrigerant (flowing in evaporator at low pressure) due to
high temperature of refrigerating space as compare to refrigerant. Heat conducted by the
refrigerant has to be removed to the environment and for this, its temperature should be more than
environment. Now, compressor help in increase the temperature and pressure of the refrigerant
(gaseous state). As we know that, with the increase of pressure, boiling point of the refrigerant also
increases. This high temperature and pressure refrigerant passes through condenser, where it loses
its latent heat (changes phase) to the environment due to its high temperature as compare to the
outside (environment) air and convert to liquid refrigerant. After condenser, refrigerant
temperature must be decreases below the temperature of refrigerating space (for the transfer of
heat from refrigerating space to refrigerant) and for this expansion of refrigerant is required.
Expansion value or capillary tube is used for the expansion of refrigerant, capillary tube is made
up of copper tube of thin diameter and longer length. Here, expansion process is acting as throttling
process and decreases the temperature and pressure of the refrigerant. Majority of cooling of
refrigerant is done under this process. This low temperature and pressure refrigerant passes through
evaporator, where refrigerant absorbs thermal energy in the foam of latent heat from food stuff
(available in refrigerating space) and converted into vapors. Here, boiling point of the liquid
refrigerant is -20 degree C and any food stuff having temperature more than this make the
refrigerant to boil. At last this low pressure vapor refrigerant flow to compressor and cycle
continuous till the compressor works.

Note: As the boiling point of refrigerant is the function pressure. This change in boiling point with
pressure is utilizes in compressor and capillary for changing the phase of refrigerant.

Some technical points of a domestic refrigerator

 Reciprocating type of compressor is utilized, which is hermetically sealed (electric motor

and compressor is enclosed in a single container).
 Capillary having very less diameter and longer length, which increases the friction (with
the increase of length of pipe friction increases) in flow of refrigerant and due to this high
pressure refrigerant converted to low pressure refrigerant.
 Except compressor, no other moving parts utilized, this is the reason for higher life of
refrigerator.
 In late 90s CFCs (chlorofluorocarbon) were used as refrigerant, which is replaced with
HCFCs (hydro chlorofluorocarbon) in starting of 20s due to its bad effect on environment
especially on ozone layer. Most common HCFC is “R-22”
 Refrigerator capacity is measured in 'Litre', that is why refrigerator volume or storage space
measured in liters.
Refrigeration
Lecture 4
By
Manish Sanserwal
Assistant Professor
Heat Pump

• Heat pumps are designed to move thermal energy opposite to the

direction of heat flow by absorbing heat from a cold space and
release it to a warmer one.

• A device which transfers heat from a cooler to a warmer body (by

receiving energy) is called a heat pump. A refrigerator is a special
case of heat pump. Just as efficiency was defined for a heat
engine, for a heat pump the coefficient of performance (COP) is a
measure of how well it is doing the job.
The Heat Pump Cycle
 m  h 2  h3 
The heat pump Performance
cycle IS a Qout
refrigeration cycle! COPH 
Wc

 m  h 2  h1 
h3  h 4

 m  h1  h 4 

3
Heat Pumps
How can the high temperature heat transfer be utilized? It
all happens at the condenser. A few possibilities are …
Heating Air Heating Water

Hot air out Cold water in Hot water out

Hot Hot
condensed refrigerant
Hot Hot
refrigerant vapor
condensed refrigerant
Cold air in refrigerant vapor

4
Coefficient of Performance (COP)
COP OF HEAT PUMP AND REFRIGERATOR
Types of Heat Pump
1. Air Source Heat Pump (ASHP)

2. Ground Source Heat Pump (GSHP)

3. Exhaust air Heat Pump (EAHP)

4. Water Source Heat Pump (WSHP)

5. Other type of Heat Pumps

Air source Heat Pump (ASHP)
• Atmospheric air is used as the source of heat.

• ASHP are relatively simple and easy to install.

• They are inexpensive.

• Hence they are widely used.

• The higher temperature differential during periods of extreme cold or

heat leads to declining COP.

• The average COP over seasonal variation is typically 2.5-2.8.

Ground Source Heat pump (GSHP)
Isothermal Source Heat Pump
Q out
Q

Q house

Sink

Toutside
In principle, this is a great idea! No auxiliary heat
However it is cost prohibitive to source needed.
circulate refrigerant through the Q in The heat pump
isothermal source. Source can always meet
the house load!

11
Isothermal Source Heat Pump Q
Q Q out

Q house

Evaporator

Toutside

Secondary heat transfer loop

(Some type of glycol mixture)
Q in

12
• Extracts heat from the ground or similar sources.

• Ground-source heat pumps, also called geothermal heat pumps.

• The temperature differential is lower therefore they have higher

COP compared to ASHP.

• They are expensive compared to ASHP.

Exhaust air heat pump (EAHP)
• An exhaust air heat pump extracts heat
from the exhaust air of a building and
transfers the heat to the supply air.

• This type of heat pump requires a certain

air exchange rate to maintain its output
power.
Air-Source Heat Pump
Q
Q house

Q out

Sink

Source
Ts Toutside

The heat pump is not able to meet the house heating

load. An auxiliary heat source is needed.

The heat pump is able to meet the house heating load.

15
Water Source Heat Pump (WSHP)
• Uses flowing water as source.

• This Heat pump has water heat exchanger which increases the
overall size.

• Therefore this heat pump is expensive compared to ASHP and

GSHP.

• The overall design is complex.

Other type of heat pumps

Hybrid (HHP)
• Hybrid (or twin source) heat pumps: when outdoor air is above 4 to 8 Celsius they use air.

• When air is colder, they use the ground source(depending on the ground temperature).

Solar assisted heat pump

• This system uses solar collectors which utilize the sun’s energy to heat water which
is used as source of heat.
Possible Isothermal Sources
• The Earth
• In-ground secondary loop needed
• Horizontal loop
• Vertical loop
• Ground water from a geothermal well
• Environmental issues?
• A contained mass of water
• Ice-making heat pump
• Others?

19
Representation of Heat pump cycle on P-V
chart
Representation of Heat pump cycle on P-H
chart
Applications of Heat Pump
1. Purification of water.

2. Concentration of dyes and chemicals.

3. Heat pump process for Drying.

4. For year round Air conditioning.

Comparison of heat engine, heat pump and
refrigeration
Numerical problems
A refrigeration circuit is to cool a room at 0°C using outside air at 30°C
to reject the heat. The refrigerant is R134a. The temperature difference
at the evaporator and the condenser is 5 K. Find the Carnot COP for the
process, the Carnot COP for the refrigeration cycle and the ideal vapour
compression cycle COP when using R134a.
Answer
Carnot COP for 0°C (273 K) to 30°C (303 K)

= 273/(303 273) = 9.1

Refrigeration cycle evaporating –5°C, condensing 35°C, Carnot COP
= 268/(308 268) = 6.7
For R134a
Cooling effect = 395.6 − 249.7 = 145.9 kJ/kg
Compressor energy input = 422.5 − 395.6 = 26.9 kJ/kg
Ideal R134a Vapour compression cycle COP
145.9/ 26.9= 5.4
Numerical Cont..
A cold storage is to be maintained at -5°C (268k) while the surroundings
are at 35°C. the heat leakage from the surroundings into the cold
storage is estimated to be 29kW. The actual C.O.P of the refrigeration
plant is one third of an ideal plant working between the same
temperatures. Find the power required to drive the plant.
Answer:
Numerical Cont..

Q2 = The heat removed from low temperature reservoir (cold storage) must be equal
to heat leakage from surroundings to the cold storage(which is 29kw)
Refrigeration
Lecture 5
By
Manish Sanserwal
Assistant Professor
Cooling load calculation – Cold room worked
example
• Lets consider a simplified example of a cooling load calculation for a
cold room. Now If you’re doing this for a real world example then I
recommend you use a design software such as the Danfoss cool
selector app for speed and accuracy.
Transmission load
• The dimensions of our cold store are 6m long, 5m wide and 4m high.
• The ambient air is 30°c at 50% RH, The internal air is 1°C at 95% RH
• The walls, roof and floor are all insulated with 80mm polyurethane
with a U value of 0.28W/m2.K
• The ground temperature is 10°C.
Cooling load calculation cont..
To calculate the transmission load we will be using the formula
Q = U x A x (Temp out – Temp in) x 24 ÷ 1000.
Q= kWh/day heat load

• U = U value of insulation (we already know this value) (W/m2.K)

• A = surface area of walls roof and floor (we will calculate this) (m2)
• Temp in = The air temperature inside the room (°C)
• Temp out = The ambient external air temperature (°C)
• 24 = Hours in a day
• 1000 = conversion from Watts to kW.
• To calculate “A” is fairly easy, its just the size of each internal walls, so drop the numbers
in to find the area of each wall, roof and floor.
Cooling load calculation cont..
• Side 1 = 6m x 4m = 24m2
Side 2 = 6m x 4m = 24m2
Side 3 = 5m x 4m = 20m2
Side 4 = 5m x 4m = 20m2
Roof = 5m x 6m = 30m2
Floor = 5m x 6m = 30m2
• Then we can run these numbers in the formula we saw earlier, you’ll
need to calculate the floor separately to the walls and roof as the
temperature difference is different under the floor so the heat
transfer will therefore be different.
Cooling load calculation cont..
• Walls and roof
• Q = U x A x (Temp out – Temp in) x 24 ÷ 1000
Q = 0.28W/m2.K x 113m2 x (30°C – 1°C) x 24 ÷ 1000
Q = 22 kWh/day
[113m2 = 24m2 + 24m2 + 20m2 + 20m2 + 30m2 + 30m2 ]
• Floor
• Q = U x A x (Temp out – Temp in) x 24 ÷ 1000
Q = 0.28W/m2.K x 30m2 x (10°C – 1°C) x 24 ÷ 1000
Q = 1.8 kWh/day
• If the floor isn’t insulated then you will need to use a different formula based on empirical
data.
• Total daily transmission heat gain = 22kWh/day + 1.8kWh/day = 23.8kWh/day
• Remember if your cold room is in direct sunlight you’ll need to account for the suns
energy also.
Cooling load calculation cont..
• Product load – Product exchange
• Next we will calculate the cooling load from the product exchange, that
being the heat brought into the cold room from new products which are at
a higher temperature.
• For this example we’ll be storing apples, we can look up the specific heat
capacity of the apples but do remember if you’re freezing products then
the products will have a different specific heat when cooling, freezing and
sub cooling so you’ll need to account for this and calculate this separately,
but in this example we’re just cooling.
• There are 4,000kg of new apples arriving each day at a temperature of 5°C
and a specific heat capacity of 3.65kJ/kg.°C.
Cooling load calculation cont..
• We can then use the formula
Q = m x Cp x (Temp enter – Temp store) / 3600.
• Q = kWh/day
• CP = Specific Heat Capacity of product (kJ/kg.°C)
• m = the mass of new products each day (kg)
• Temp enter = the entering temperature of the products (°C)
• Temp store = the temperature within the store (°C)
• 3600 = convert from kJ to kWh.

• Calculation
Q = m x Cp x (Temp enter – Temp store) / 3600
Q = 4,000kg x 3.65kJ/kg.°C x (5°C – 1°C) / 3600.
Q = 16kWh/day
Cooling load calculation cont..
• Product load – Product respiration
• Next we calculate the product respiration, this is the heat generated
by living products such as fruit and vegetables. These will generate
heat as they are still alive, that’s why we’re cooling them to slow
them down their deterioration and preserve them for longer.
• For this example I’ve used 1.9kJ/kg per day as an average but this rate
changes over time and with temperature. In this example we’re using
a rules of thumb value just to simplify the calculation since this
cooling load is not considered critical. If you were to calculate for a
critical load you should use greater precision. In this example
the store maintains a hold of 20,000kg of apples.
Cooling load calculation cont..
To calculate this we’ll use the formula
Q = m x resp / 3600
Q = kWh/day
• m = mass of product in storage (kg)
• resp = the respiration heat of the product (1.9kJ/kg)
• 3600 = converts the kJ to kWh.
Q = m x resp / 3600
Q = 20,000kg x 1.9kJ/kg / 3600
Q = 10.5kWh/day
• For the product section we’ll sum together the product exchange of
16kWh/day and respiration load of 10.5kWh/day to get a total product
load of 26.5 kWh/day.
Cooling load calculation cont..
• Internal heat load – People
• Next we’ll calculate the internal loads from people working in the cold
room, as people generate heat and we need to account for this.
• We’ll estimate 2 people working in the store for 4 hours a day and we
can look up and see at this temperature they will give off around 270
Watts of heat per hour inside.
Cooling load calculation cont..
• We’ll use the formula:
• Q = people x time x heat / 1000
Q = kWh/day
• people = how many people inside
• time = length of time they spend inside each day per person (Hours)
• heat = heat loss per person per hour (Watts)
• 1,000 just converts the watts into kW

Calculation:
• Q = people x time x heat / 1000
Q = 2 x 4 hours x 270 Watts / 1000
Q = 2.16 kWh/day
Cooling load calculation cont..
Internal heat load – Lighting
• Then we can calculate the heat generated by the lighting, this is fairly
simple to do and we can use the formula
• Q= lamps x time x wattage / 1000
Q = kWh/day,
• lamps = number of lamps within the cold room
• time = hours of use per day
• wattage = power rating of the lamps
• 1000 = converts the Watts to kW.
Cooling load calculation cont..
• If we have 3 lamps at 100W each, running for 4 hours a day, the
calculation would be:
• Q= lamps x time x wattage / 1000
Q= 3 x 4 hours x 100W / 1000
Q= 1.2kWh/day

• For the total internal load we then just sum the people load (2.16
kWh/day) and lighting load (1.2kWh/day) to get a value of
3.36kWh/day.
Cooling load calculation cont..
• Equipment load – fan motors
• Now we can calculate the heat generation of the fan motors in the
evaporator. For this we can the use the formula of:
• Q = fans x time x wattage / 1000
• Q = kWh/day
• fans = the number of fans
• time = fan daily run hours (hours)
• wattage = the rated power of the fan motors (Watts)
• 1000 = convert from watts to kw.
Cooling load calculation cont..
• In this cold room evaporator we’ll be using 3 fans rated at 200W each
and estimate that they will be running for 14 hours per day.
• Calculation:
• Q = fans x time x wattage / 1000
Q = 3 x 14 hours x 200W / 1000
Q = 8.4kWh/day
Cooling load calculation cont..
• Equipment load – fan motors
• Now we will calculate the heat load caused by defrosting the
evaporator. To calculate this we’ll use the formula:
• Q = power x time x cycles x efficiency
Q = kWh/day,
• power = power rating of the heating element (kW)
• time = defrost run time (Hours)
• cycles = how many times per day will the defrost cycle occur
• efficiency = what % of the heat will be transferred into the space.
Cooling load calculation cont..
• In this example our cold room uses an electric heating element rated
at 1.2kW, it runs for 30 minutes 3 times per day and the estimate that
30% of all the energy it consumes is just transferred into the cold
room.
• Q = power x time x cycles x efficiency
Q = 1.2kW x 0.5hours x 3 x 0.3
Q = 0.54kWh/day
• The total equipment load is then the fan heat load (8.4kWh/day) plus
the defrost heat load (0.54kWh/day) which therefore equals 8.94
kWh/day
Cooling load calculation cont..
Infiltration load
• Now we need to calculate the heat load from air infiltration. I’m going to use a simplified
equation but depending on how critical your calculation is then you may need to use
other more comprehensive formulas to achieve greater precision. We will use the
formula:
• Q = changes x volume x energy x (Temp out – Temp in ) / 3600
• Q = kWh/d
• changes = number of volume changes per day
• volume = the volume of the cold store
• energy = energy per cubic meter per degree Celsius
• Temp out is the air temperature outside
• Temp in is the air temperature inside
• 3600 is just to convert from kJ to kWh.
Cooling load calculation cont..
• We’ll estimate that there will be 5 volume air changes per day due to
the door being open, the volume is calculated at 120m3, each cubic
meter of new air provides 2kJ/°C, the air outside is 30°C and the air
inside is 1°C

Q = changes x volume x energy x (Temp out – Temp in ) / 3600

Q = 5 x 120m3 x 2kJ/°C x (30°C – 1°C ) / 3600
Q = 9.67 kWh/day
Cooling load calculation cont..
Total cooling load
• To calculate the total cooling load we will just sum all the values
calculated
• Transmission load: 23.8kWh/day
Product load: 26.5 kWh/day
Internal load: 3.36kWh/day
Equipment load: 8.94 kWh/day
Infiltration load: 9.67 kWh/day
Total = 72.27 kWh/day
Find the capacity of vapor compression refrigeration system to be used for the bulk milk cooler from
the following data.
i. Capacity of the bulk cooler: 1000 liters
ii. Initial temperature of supply milk: 37 ºC
iii. Temperature to which milk is to be cooled: 2 ºC
iv. Time for cooling: 3.5 hour
(Make necessary assumptions and indicate them clearly.)
Solution:
Given,
Capacity of the Bulk cooler (BC) = 1000 liters
Initial temperature of supply milk = 37 ºC
Temperature to which milk is to be cooled = 2 ºC
Time for cooling = 3.5 h

Assumptions made:
Specific gravity of milk = 1.032
Specific heat of milk = 3.89 kJ/kg ºC
1 TR = 12600 kJ/h
Question cont..
Total heat to be removed from the milk = Q = m s ΔT
= (1000 ×1.032) × 3.89 × (37 - 2)
= 140506.8 k J
Heat removed / hour = 140506.8 / 3.5
= 40144.8 kJ/h
Hence, Capacity of refrigeration system required = 40144.8 / 1260

= 3.186 TR
Air Conditioning
Lecture 1
By
Manish Sanserwal
Assistant Professor
Air Conditioning
• Air conditioning can be defined as the treatment of
indoor air in order to control certain conditions
required for human comfort. The desirable conditions
may be temperature, humidity, dust particle level,
odor level, and air motion.
• It is known that the physical properties of air can be
controlled by cooling, heating, humidification, and
dehumidification. These processes may be employed
to maintain specific conditions desirable for comfort.
Thus, simultaneous control of temperature, humidity,
air motion, and cleanliness is known as air
conditioning.
The four important factors for comfort conditioning are to be
observed and maintained

• Temperature,
• Humidity,
• Purity/cleanliness, and
• Air motion.
Equipments Used for Air Conditioning
Following are the important equipments used for air
conditioning:

(a) Air circulation fan.

(b) Air-conditioned unit-This will have cooling and
dehumidification system or heating and humidification
system.
(c) Supply duct
(d) Supply outlet (grill)
(e) Return outlet duct
(f) Filter
Types of Air Conditioners
There are mainly two types of air conditioners:
(a) Window air conditioner
(b) Central air conditioner
Window Air Conditioner
Window Air Conditioner cont..

• Window air conditioner is a simple air conditioning unit fitted with

the room wall or window. In this unit air is not supplied to the
room through duct system. This consists of a complete vapor
compression system having compressor, condenser, evaporator,
expansion device with motor, blower, fan, air filter, grills, fresh air
damper, and control panels as shown in Fig.
• The unit draws air continuously from the space to be cooled and it
is cooled by cooling the coil of the unit and delivered back into the
same space to be cooled. The process of drawing, cooling, and
recirculation cools the space at a lower temperature required for
the comfort. Regarding the installation of this unit, the evaporator
unit should be mounted inside the room and the condenser will
be mounted on the outer side of room wall.
• The air supply grills have adjustable louvers or deflectors for
changing the direction of air flow. It is generally operated with a
220-V single phase ac supply. The cooling capacities for such unit
are available in market between 0.5 TR and 3 TR.
Central Air Conditioning

(a) Summer air-conditioning for hot climate

(b) Winter air-conditioning system
Central Air Conditioning
cont..

• Centralized air conditioning system is a large-capacity

plant which has a cooling capacity of 30 TR or more.
This is also adopted when the air flow requirement is
more than 5 m3/s. The systems employed for air
conditioning of theater, restaurant, auditorium, and
public buildings
• There is a separate machine room and the conditioned
air is distributed to different places to be cooled by
means of a ducting system. The unit will have the
provision of cooling and dehumidification, heating and
humidification, and proper ventilation to the room.
The system will have the provision of return air
ducting system also. The system includes a complete
refrigeration system, blower, air ducts, and a plenum
where the outdoor air is mixed with indoor air.
Application of air conditioning
Air conditioning application can be divided in
two types, namely,
1. Industrial air-conditioning.
2. Comfort air-conditioning.
Industrial air-conditioning
1. Laboratories
2. Printing
3. Manufacture of Precision Parts
4. Textile Industry
5. Pharmaceutical Industries
6. Photographic Material
7. Farm Animals
8. Computer Rooms
9. Power Plants
10. Vehicular Air-conditioning
Comfort Air-Conditioning
• Energy of food is converted into chemical energy for
functioning of brain, lungs, heart and other organs and
this energy is ultimately rejected to the surroundings.
• The internal organs require a temperature close to 35
C for their efficient operation, and regulatory
mechanisms of human body maintain this
temperature by rejecting appropriate amount of heat.
• Human beings do not feel comfortable if some extra
effort is required by the body to reject this energy.
• The air temperature, humidity and velocity at which
human body does not have to take any extra action, is
called comfort condition.
• Comfort condition is also sometimes called as neutral
condition.
Comfort Air-Conditioning cont..

• The residences, offices, shopping centers, stores,

large buildings, theatres, auditorium etc. all have
slightly different requirements and require different
design.
• Hospitals require sterile atmosphere so that bacteria
emitted by one patient does not affect the other
persons.
• Restaurants, theatres and other places of
amusement require air-conditioning for the comfort
of patrons. All places where, a large number of people
assemble should have sufficient supply of fresh air to
dilute CO2 and body odours emitted by persons. In
addition, people dissipate large quantities of heat that
has to be removed by airconditioning for the comfort
of persons. These places have wide variation in
airconditioning load throughout the day
Thank you
PSYCHROMETRY
Psychrometric definition, properties, chart and processes
By Manish Sanserwal
Assistant Professor
Mechanical Engineering

Manish Sanserwal
ATMOSPHERIC MOISTURE
• Recall: The Hydrologic Cycle

Manish Sanserwal
PSYCHROMETRY
• Psychrometry is the science of studying the thermodynamic properties of
moist air and the use of these properties to analyze conditions and processes
involving moist air, for example
• Air conditioning
• Drying processes
• Flue gas condensation

Manish Sanserwal
Pressure in Moist Air - Daltons Law
• Daltons Law for moist air can be expressed as:
• p = pa + pw
• where p = total pressure of air (Pa)
• pa = partial pressure dry air (Pa)
• pw = partial pressure water vapor (Pa)

Manish Sanserwal
Air-Water Vapour Mixture

Manish Sanserwal
Water Vapor

• Saturation – air that contains as much water vapor as possible (at a given
temperature) such that additional water vapor would result in condensation
• Unsaturated – air that contains less water vapor (at a given temperature)
than possible
• Supersaturation – air that contains more water vapor than possible (at a
given temperature)

Manish Sanserwal
DRY AND ATMOSPHERIC AIR
Atmospheric air: Air in the atmosphere containing some
water vapor (or moisture).
Dry air: Air that contains no water vapor.
Water vapor in the air plays a major role in human comfort.
Therefore, it is an important consideration in air-
conditioning applications.

Water vapor in air behaves as if it existed alone and obeys The cp of air can be assumed
the ideal-gas relation Pv = RT. Then the atmospheric air to be constant at 1.005
can be treated as an ideal-gas mixture: kJ/kg·°C in the temperature
range 10 to 50°C with an
error under 0.2%.

Pa Partial pressure of dry air

Manish SanserwalP Partial pressure of vapor (vapor pressure)
v
SPECIFIC AND RELATIVE HUMIDITY OF AIR
Absolute or specific humidity (humidity
ratio): The mass of water vapor present in a
unit mass of dry air.

For saturated air, the vapor pressure is

equal to the saturation pressure of
water.

Saturated air: The air saturated with moisture.

Relative humidity: The ratio of the amount of
moisture the air holds (mv) to the maximum
amount of moisture the air can hold at the same
temperature (mg).

Manish Sanserwal
The difference between specific and
relative humidities.
What is the relative humidity of
dry air and saturated air?
In most practical applications, the
amount of dry air in the air–water-
vapor mixture remains constant, but
the amount of water vapor changes.
Therefore, the enthalpy of
atmospheric air is expressed per unit
mass of dry air.

Dry-bulb temperature: The enthalpy of moist (atmospheric) air is

The ordinary temperature of expressed per unit mass of dry air, not per unit
atmospheric air.
Manish Sanserwal
mass of moist air.
Relative Humidity

Manish Sanserwal
Relative Humidity
Interesting tidbits
• RH doesn’t tell you the amount of water vapor in the air
• RH does tell you the “evaporative” power of the air
• Explains why people need humidifiers indoors in cold climates

Manish Sanserwal
DEGREE OF SATURATION OR
PERCENTAGE HUMIDITY:

• We have already discussed that the degree of saturation is the ratio of actual mass of water vapour in a
unit mass of dry air to the mass of water vapour in the same mass of dry air when it is saturated at the
same temperature (dry bulb temperature). In other words, it may be defined as the ratio of actual
specific humidity to the specific humidity of saturated air at the same dry bulb temperature. It is,
usually, denoted by µ.

Notes:
a). The partial pressure of saturated air (Ps) is obtained from the steam tables corresponding to dry bulb temperature
b). If the relative humidity is equal to zero, then the humidity ratio, W = 0, i.e. for dry air, µ = 0.
c). If the relative humidity is equal to 1, then W = Ws and µ = 1 Thus µ varies between 0 and 1.
Manish Sanserwal
Measuring Humidity
• Dry bulb temperature (DBT) - It is the temperature of the moist air as measured by a
standard thermometer or other temperature measuring instruments.
• Wet bulb temperature (Tw) – WB temperature air would have, if water was evaporated
into it until saturation was reached
• Tw is always equal to or less than T
• Tw is always equal to or greater than the dew point

• Wet bulb depression – the difference between the dry bulb temperature and the wet bulb
temperature
• The wet bulb depression is large for dry air
• The wet bulb depression is small for moist air
• The wet bulb depression is zero for saturated air

Manish Sanserwal
DEW-POINT
TEMPERATURE
Dew-point temperature Tdp: The
temperature at which condensation begins
when the air is cooled at constant pressure
(i.e., the saturation temperature of
water corresponding to the vapor
pressure.)

Constant-presssure cooling of moist

air and the dew-point temperature on
the T-s diagram of water.
When the temperature of a cold drink
is below the dew-point temperature of
the surrounding air, it “sweats.”
Manish Sanserwal
ADIABATIC SATURATION
AND WET-BULB
TEMPERATURES

The specific humidity (and relative humidity) of air can be The adiabatic saturation
determined from these equations by measuring the pressure and process and its representation
temperature
Manish Sanserwal of air at the inlet and the exit of an adiabatic saturator. on a T-s diagram of water.
The adiabatic saturation
process is not practical.
To determine the
absolute and relative
humidity of air, a more
practical approach is to
use a thermometer
whose bulb is covered
with a cotton wick
saturated with water
and to blow air over the
wick.
The temperature A simple arrangement to
measured is the wet- measure the wet-bulb
bulb temperature Twb temperature. Sling psychrometer
and it is commonly used
in A-C applications. For air–water vapor mixtures at atmospheric
pressure, Twb is approximately equal to the
adiabatic saturation temperature.
Manish Sanserwal
Enthalpy
• The enthalpy of moist air is the sum of the enthalpy of the dry air and the enthalpy of the water vapour.
• Enthalpy values are always based on some reference value. For moist air, the enthalpy of dry air is given a
zero value at 0oC, and for water vapour the enthalpy of saturated water is taken as zero at 0oC
• The enthalpy of moist air is given by:

• where cp = specific heat of dry air at constant pressure, kJ/kg.K

• cpw = specific heat of water vapor, kJ/kg.K t = Dry-bulb temperature of air-vapor mixture, oC
• W = Humidity ratio, kg of water vapor/kg of dry air ha = enthalpy of dry air at temperature t, kJ/kg
• hg = enthalpy of water vapor3 at temperature t, kJ/kg hfg = latent heat of vaporization at 0oC, kJ/kg

Manish Sanserwal
Enthalpy Cont..
• The unit of h is kJ/kg of dry air. Substituting the approximate values of cp and hg, we obtain:

• Humid specific heat: From the equation for enthalpy of moist air, the humid specific heat of moist
air can be written as:

where cpm=humid specific heat, kJ/kg.K

• cp=specific heat of dry air, kJ/kg.K
• cpw=specific heat of water vapor, kJ/kg
• W=humidity ratio, kg of water vapor/kg of dry air
• Since the second term in the above equation (w.cpw) is very small compared to the first term, for all
practical purposes, the humid specific heat of moist air, cpm can be taken as 1.0216 kJ/kg dry air.K
Manish Sanserwal
THE PSYCHROMETRIC CHART
Psychrometric charts: Present moist air properties in a convenient form. They are
used extensively in A-C applications. The psychrometric chart serves as a valuable
aid in visualizing the A-C processes such as heating, cooling, and humidification.

For saturated air, the dry-bulb, wet-bulb, and

Manish Sanserwal
Schematic for a psychrometric chart. dew-point temperatures are identical.
Saturation Line
PSYCHROMETRIC CHART
Lexington, Kentucky USA 210
BAROMETRIC PRESSURE 28.874 inches of Mercury

200

190

180

170

160

150

HUMIDITY RATIO - GRAINS OF MOISTURE PER POUND OF DRY AIR

140

130

120

110

Staturation Line
100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120

Linric Company Psychrometric Chart, www.linric.com DRY BULB TEMPERATURE - °F

Constant Dry Bulb Temperature
PSYCHROMETRIC CHART
Lexington, Kentucky USA 210
BAROMETRIC PRESSURE 28.874 inches of Mercury

200

190

180

170

160

150

HUMIDITY RATIO - GRAINS OF MOISTURE PER POUND OF DRY AIR

140

130

Constant Dry Bulb Temperature 120

110

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120

Linric Company Psychrometric Chart, www.linric.com DRY BULB TEMPERATURE - °F

Constant Humidity Ratio
PSYCHROMETRIC CHART
Lexington, Kentucky USA 210
BAROMETRIC PRESSURE 28.874 inches of Mercury

200

190

180

170

160

150

HUMIDITY RATIO - GRAINS OF MOISTURE PER POUND OF DRY AIR

140

130

Constant Humidity Ratio 120

110

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120

Linric Company Psychrometric Chart, www.linric.com DRY BULB TEMPERATURE - °F

Constant Humidity Ratio
PSYCHROMETRIC CHART
Lexington, Kentucky USA 210
BAROMETRIC PRESSURE 28.874 inches of Mercury

200

190

180

170

160

150

HUMIDITY RATIO - GRAINS OF MOISTURE PER POUND OF DRY AIR

140

130

Constant Humidity Ratio 120

110

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120

Linric Company Psychrometric Chart, www.linric.com DRY BULB TEMPERATURE - °F

Constant Relative Humidity
PSYCHROMETRIC CHART
Lexington, Kentucky USA 210
BAROMETRIC PRESSURE 28.874 inches of Mercury

200

190

180

170

160

150

HUMIDITY RATIO - GRAINS OF MOISTURE PER POUND OF DRY AIR

140

130

Constant Relative Humidity 120

110

100

90

80

%
90
%
70

80
%
60

70
%
60 50

%
50
40
%
40
30
30%
20
20%

HUMIDITY
LATIVE 10
10% RE

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120

Linric Company Psychrometric Chart, www.linric.com DRY BULB TEMPERATURE - °F

Constant Specific Volume
PSYCHROMETRIC CHART
Lexington, Kentucky USA 210
BAROMETRIC PRESSURE 28.874 inches of Mercury

200

190

15.5
180

170

160

150

HUMIDITY RATIO - GRAINS OF MOISTURE PER POUND OF DRY AIR

140

130

15.0
Constant Specific Volume 120

110

100

90

14.5
80

SPE
CIFIC
70

VOL
U
60

ME
ft³/lb
50

14.0

OF D
RY A
40

IR
30

13.5
20

13.0
10
12.5

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120

Linric Company Psychrometric Chart, www.linric.com DRY BULB TEMPERATURE - °F

Constant Wet Bulb Temperature
PSYCHROMETRIC CHART
Lexington, Kentucky USA 210
BAROMETRIC PRESSURE 28.874 inches of Mercury

200

85
190

180
85
W
ET
BU 170
LB
TE
80 MP
ER
AT 160
UR
E
-°
F
150
80

HUMIDITY RATIO - GRAINS OF MOISTURE PER POUND OF DRY AIR

Constant Web Bulb Temperature 75
140

130

75
120
70

110

70
100
65

90

65
60
80

60 70
55

60
50 55

50
45 50

40 40
45

35
40 30
30
35
25
30 20
20
15 25
10 20
5 10
15
10
0 5

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120

Linric Company Psychrometric Chart, www.linric.com DRY BULB TEMPERATURE - °F

Constant Enthalpy
PSYCHROMETRIC CHART
Lexington, Kentucky USA 210
BAROMETRIC PRESSURE 28.874 inches of Mercury

200

190

180

170

160

150

HUMIDITY RATIO - GRAINS OF MOISTURE PER POUND OF DRY AIR

Constant Enthalpy 140

130

120

110

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120

Linric Company Psychrometric Chart, www.linric.com DRY BULB TEMPERATURE - °F

Constant Enthalpy and Web Bulb
PSYCHROMETRIC CHART
Lexington, Kentucky USA 210
BAROMETRIC PRESSURE 28.874 inches of Mercury

200

85
190

180
85
W
ET
BU 170
LB
TE
80 MP
ER
AT 160
U RE
-°
F
150
80

HUMIDITY RATIO - GRAINS OF MOISTURE PER POUND OF DRY AIR

Constant Enthalpy 75
140

and 75
130

Constant Web Bulb 70

120

110

70
100
65

90

65
60
80

60 70
55

60
50 55

50
45 50

40 40
45

35
40 30
30
35
25
30 20
20
15 25
10 20
5 10
15
10
0 5

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120

Linric Company Psychrometric Chart, www.linric.com DRY BULB TEMPERATURE - °F

Typical Chart With Enthalpy Lines
PSYCHROMETRIC CHART 55 60
210
Lexington, Kentucky USA 1.3
BAROMETRIC PRESSURE 28.874 inches of Mercury
50 200 65

85
85
190 1.2

180
45 85
W
ET 1.1
BU 170
LB 60
TE
80 MP
ER 80
AT 160
URE
40 1.0
-°
F

IR
150

YA
80

DR

HUMIDITY RATIO - GRAINS OF MOISTURE PER POUND OF DRY AIR

OF
140 .9
75

ND
75 55

°F
PO
35

E-

VAPOR PRESSURE - INCHES OF MERCURY

130

ENTHALPY - BTU PER POUND OF DRY AIR

R
PE

15.0
TU
U
.8

A
75

BT

ER
120

Y-

MP
70

TE
AL
70

TH

N
30

TIO
110

EN
.7

RA
50

TU
70

SA
100
65
65
.6
90
25
65

14.5
60
80 60

SPE
90
20 .5
45

CIFIC
%
60 70
55

80
55

VOL
%
.4

U
60

70
15

ME
50 55
50

ft³/lb
%
60

14.0
50

OF D
45 50 45 .3
%
50 40

RY A
10
40 40
45 40

IR
%
35 40
40 30 35 .2

DEW POINT - °F
13.5
30
5 35 30% 30
25
30 20 25
20 20%
15 25 20 .1
13.0

TY
10 20 HUMIDI 35
5 LATIVE 10 10
15 10% RE
10
12.5

5 0
0
-20
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120

Linric Company Psychrometric Chart, www.linric.com DRY BULB TEMPERATURE - °F

10 15 20 25 30

Manish Sanserwal
Typical Chart Without Enthalpy Lines
PSYCHROMETRIC CHART 55 60
210
Lexington, Kentucky USA 1.3
BAROMETRIC PRESSURE 28.874 inches of Mercury
50 200 65

85
85
190 1.2

180
45 85
W
ET 1.1
BU 170
LB 60
TE
80 MP
ER 80
AT 160
URE
40 1.0
-°
F

AIR
150
80

Y
DR

HUMIDITY RATIO - GRAINS OF MOISTURE PER POUND OF DRY AIR

OF
140 .9
75

ND
75 55

°F
PO
35

VAPOR PRESSURE - INCHES OF MERCURY

130

ENTHALPY - BTU PER POUND OF DRY AIR

R

RE
PE

15.0
TU
U
.8

A
75

BT

ER
120

Y-

MP
70

TE
AL
70

TH

N
30

TIO
110

EN
.7

RA
50

TU
70

SA
100
65
65
.6
90
25
65

14.5
60
80 60

SPE
90
20 .5
45

CIFIC
%
60 70
55

80
55

VOL
%
.4

U
60

70
15

ME
50 55
50

ft³/lb
%
60

14.0
50

OF D
45 50 45 .3
%
50 40

RY A
10
40 40
45 40

IR
4 0%
35
40 30 35 .2

DEW POINT - °F
13.5
30
5 35 30% 30
25
30 20 25
20 20%
15 25 20 .1

13.0
TY
10 20 HUMIDI 35
5 LATIVE 10 10
15 10% RE
10
12.5

5 0
0
-20
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120

Linric Company Psychrometric Chart, www.linric.com DRY BULB TEMPERATURE - °F

10 15 20 25 30

Manish Sanserwal
State Point
PSYCHROMETRIC CHART
Lexington, Kentucky USA 210
BAROMETRIC PRESSURE 28.874 inches of Mercury

200

190

180

170

160

150

HUMIDITY RATIO - GRAINS OF MOISTURE PER POUND OF DRY AIR

140

130

120

110

100

90

State Point 80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120

Linric Company Psychrometric Chart, www.linric.com DRY BULB TEMPERATURE - °F

Reading a Psychrometric Chart Practice
State Point

Sea Level Chart

Dry-bulb temperature = 70 F
Relative humidity = 60%
State Point 70 F
210

200

190

180

170

HUMIDITY RATIO - GRAINS OF MOISTURE PER POUND OF DRY AIR

160

150

140

130
Constant Dry Bulb Temperature 120

110

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120

Linric Company Psychrometric Chart, www.linric.com DRY BULB TEMPERATURE - °F

Dry Bulb 70
State Point 60%
Wet-bulb

Sea Level Chart

Dry-bulb temperature = 70 F
Relative humidity = 60%

Wet-bulb temperature = ? F
Wet-bulb
Wet-bulb

Sea Level Chart

Dry-bulb temperature = 70 F
Relative humidity = 60%

Wet-bulb temperature = 61 F
Dew Point

Sea Level Chart

Dry-bulb temperature = 70 F
Relative humidity = 60%

Dew point = ?
Dew Point

Dew Point
Dew Point

Sea Level Chart

Dry-bulb temperature = 70 F
Relative humidity = 60%

Dew point = 55.5 F

Specific Volume

Sea Level Chart

Dry-bulb temperature = 70 F
Relative humidity = 60%

Specific volume = ?
Specific Volume
Specific Volume

Sea Level Chart

Dry-bulb temperature = 70 F
Relative Humidity = 60%

Specific volume = 13.6 ft3 / lb dry air

Humidity Ratio

Sea Level Chart

Dry-bulb temperature = 70 F
Relative humidity = 60%

Humidity ratio = ?
Humidity Ratio
Humidity Ratio

Sea Level Chart

Dry-bulb temperature = 70 F
Relative humidity = 60%

Humidity ratio = 0.0094 lb water / lb dry air

or
7000 grains = 1 lb water
7000 x 0.0094 = 65.8
Enthalpy

Sea Level Chart

Dry-bulb temperature = 70 F
Relative humidity = 60%

Enthalpy = ?
Enthalpy

Manish Sanserwal
Enthalpy

Sea Level Chart

Dry-bulb temperature = 70 F
Relative humidity = 60%

Enthalpy = 27.0 Btu / lb dry air

HUMAN COMFORT
Today, modern air-conditioning systems can heat, cool, AND AIR-
humidify, dehumidify, clean, and even deodorize the air–in
other words, condition the air to peoples’ desires. CONDITIONING
The rate of heat generation by human body depends on the
level of the activity. For an average adult male, it is about 87
W when sleeping, 115 W when resting or doing office work,
and 440 W when doing heavy physical work.
When doing light work or walking slowly, about half of the
rejected body heat is dissipated through perspiration as
latent heat while the other half is dissipated through
convection and radiation as sensible heat.

We cannot
change the
weather, but we
can change the
climate in a
confined space A body feels comfortable when
by air- it can freely dissipate its waste
Manish Sanserwal
conditioning. heat, and no more.
In an environment at 10°C with 48 km/h winds The comfort of the human body depends
feels as cold as an environment at -7°C with 3 primarily on three factors: the (dry-bulb)
km/h winds as a result of the body-chilling temperature, relative humidity, and air
effect of the air motion (the wind-chill factor). motion.
The relative humidity affects the amount of heat
a body can dissipate through evaporation. Most
people prefer a relative humidity of 40 to 60%.
Air motion removes the warm, moist air that
builds up around the body and replaces it with
fresh air. Air motion should be strong enough to
remove heat and moisture from the vicinity of
the body, but gentle enough to be unnoticed.
An important factor that affects human comfort
is heat transfer by radiation between the body
and the surrounding surfaces such as walls and
windows.
Other factors that affect comfort are air
cleanliness, odor, and noise.
A comfortable environment.
Manish Sanserwal
AIR-CONDITIONING PROCESSES
Maintaining a living space or an
industrial facility at the desired
temperature and humidity requires
some processes called air-
conditioning processes.
These processes include simple
heating (raising the temperature),
simple cooling (lowering the
temperature), humidifying (adding
moisture), and dehumidifying
(removing moisture).
Sometimes two or more of these
processes are needed to bring the
air to a desired temperature and
humidity level.
Air is commonly heated and
humidified in winter and cooled and
dehumidified in summer. Various air-conditioning processes.
Manish Sanserwal
Most air-conditioning processes can be modeled as steady-flow
processes with the following general mass and energy balances:

Mass balance

Energy balance

The work term usually consists of the fan work input, which is
small relative to the other terms in the energy balance relation.
Manish Sanserwal
Simple Heating and Cooling ( = constant)
Many residential heating systems consist of a stove, a heat pump, or an electric resistance
heater. The air in these systems is heated by circulating it through a duct that contains the tubing
for the hot gases or the electric resistance wires.
Cooling can be accomplished by passing the air over some coils through which a refrigerant or
chilled water flows.
Heating and cooling appear as a horizontal line since no moisture is added to or removed from
the air.
During simple cooling, specific
Dry air mass balance humidity remains constant, but
Water mass balance relative humidity increases.
Energy balance

During simple
heating, specific
humidity remains
constant, but
relative humidity
decreases.
Manish Sanserwal
Humidification and
dehumidification operations
• Humidification operations:
• In this operation, water transfers from liquid phase to
gas phase. Hence, moisture content of air increases. Air
with particular moisture content is useful for drying of a
solid under controlled condition.
• Dehumidification operations:
• It is the reverse phenomena of humidification. A
portion of water vapour from moist warm air is
condensed by contacting cold water in air conditioning.

Manish Sanserwal
Heating with Humidification
Problems with the low relative humidity resulting from simple heating can be
eliminated by humidifying the heated air. This is accomplished by passing the air
first through a heating section and then through a humidifying section.

Manish Sanserwal
AN
EXAMPLE

Manish Sanserwal
Cooling with Dehumidification
The specific humidity of air remains constant during a simple cooling process,
but its relative humidity increases. If the relative humidity reaches undesirably
high levels, it may be necessary to remove some moisture from the air, that is,
to dehumidify it. This requires cooling the air below its dew-point temperature.

Manish Sanserwal
Evaporative Cooling
In desert (hot and dry) climates, we can avoid the This
high cost of conventional cooling by using process is
evaporative coolers, also known as swamp essentially
coolers. identical to
As water evaporates, the latent heat of adiabatic
vaporization is absorbed from the water body and saturation
the surrounding air. As a result, both the water and process.
the air are cooled during the process.

Water in a porous jug

left in an open,
breezy area cools as
a result of
evaporative cooling.

Manish Sanserwal
Adiabatic Mixing of Airstreams
Many A-C applications require the mixing of
two airstreams. This is particularly true for
large buildings, most production and process
plants, and hospitals, which require that the
conditioned air be mixed with a certain fraction
of fresh outside air before it is routed into the
living space.

When two airstreams at states 1 and 2 are mixed

adiabatically, the state of the mixture lies on the
Manish Sanserwal straight line connecting the two states.
Wet Cooling Towers
Power plants, large air-conditioning
systems, and some industries
generate large quantities of waste
heat that is often rejected to cooling
water from nearby lakes or rivers.
In some cases, however, the cooling
water supply is limited or thermal
pollution is a serious concern.
In such cases, the waste heat must
be rejected to the atmosphere, with
cooling water recirculating and
serving as a transport medium for
heat transfer between the source
and the sink (the atmosphere).
One way of achieving this is through An induced-draft counterflow cooling tower.
the use of wet cooling towers.
A wet cooling tower is essentially a
semi-enclosed evaporative cooler.
Manish Sanserwal
Natural-draft cooling tower: It looks like a large chimney and works like an ordinary
chimney. The air in the tower has a high water-vapor content, and thus it is lighter than the
outside air. Consequently, the light air in the tower rises, and the heavier outside air fills the
vacant space, creating an airflow from the bottom of the tower to the top.
Spray pond: The warm water is sprayed into the air and is cooled by the air as it falls into
the pond,
Cooling pond: Dumping the waste heat into a still pond, which is basically a large artificial
lake open to the atmosphere.

Two natural
Manish Sanserwal draft cooling towers on a roadside. A spray pond.
Sensible Heat Ratio

Sensible Heat Gain

SHR =
Sensible Heat Gain + Latent Heat Gain

Manish Sanserwal
Dew and Frost
• dew
• Frost is one of the few
• frost examples of deposition in
• frost point and deposition nature.

Manish Sanserwal
Fog
• radiation fog:
cooling from ground

• advection fog:
warm, moist air over cold surface

• upslope fog: cooling

• evaporation (mixing) fog
when moist air from your mouth or nose
meets the cold air and mixes with it

• haze: hygroscopic (`water seeking’)

condensation nuclei
allows water vapor to condense when
RH is below 100%

Manish Sanserwal
Air Conditioner
Lecture 3
By
Manish Sanserwal
Assistant Professor
Window Air Conditioner
• The low pressure and low temperature refrigerant vapour from
evaporator is sucked by compressor. The compressor compresses the
vapour to high pressure and high temperature and discharges to the
condenser. On the condenser the refrigerant vapour condenses by
dissipating heat to the cooling medium (air) the liquid refrigerant
coming out of condenser passes through filter, dryer into capillary
tube where it is again throated back to the evaporated pressure. The
low pressure low temp liquid refrigerant then flows to evaporator
which it boil off by extracting heat from air to be circuited to the
conditioned space.
Constructions detail
• Window air conditioner is sometimes referred to as room air
conditioner as well. It is the simplest form of an air conditioning
system and is mounted on windows or walls. It is a single unit that is
assembled in a casing where all the components are located.
• This refrigeration unit has a double shaft fan motor with fans
mounted on both sides of the motor. One at the evaporator side and
the other at the condenser side.
• The evaporator side is located facing the room for cooling of the
space and the condenser side outdoor for heat rejection. There is an
insulated partition separating this two sides within the same casing.
Constructions detail cont..
Indoor Side Components
The indoor parts of a window air conditioner include:
• Cooling Coil with a air filter mounted on it. The cooling coil is where
the heat exchange happen between the refrigerant in the system and
the air in the room.
• Fan Blower is a centrifugal evaporator blower to discharge the cool
air to the room.
• Capillary Tube is used as an expansion device. It can be noisy during
operation if installed too near the evaporator.
Indoor Side Components cont..
• Operation Panel is used to control the temperature and speed of the
blower fan. A thermostat is used to sense the return air temperature
and another one to monitor the temperature of the coil. Type of
control can be mechanical or electronic type.
• Filter Drier is used to remove the moisture from the refrigerant.
• Drain Pan is used to contain the water that condensate from the
cooling coil and is discharged out to the outdoor by gravity.
Outdoor Side Components
The outdoor side parts include:
• Compressor is used to compress the refrigerant.
• Condenser Coil is used to reject heat from the refrigeration to the
outside air.
• Propeller Fan is used in air-cooled condenser to help move the air
molecules over the surface of the condensing coil.
• Fan Motor is located here. It has a double shaft where the indoor
blower and outdoor propeller fan are connected together.
Working of Window Air Conditioner
Working of Window Air Conditioner cont..
• During operation, a thermostat is mounted on the return air of the
unit. This temperature is used to control the on or off of the
compressor. Once the room temperature has been achieved, the
compressor cuts off.
• Usually, it has to be off for at least 3 minutes before turning on again
to prevent it from being damaged. For mechanical control type, there
is usually a caution to turn on the unit after the unit has turned off for
at least 3 minutes. For electronic control, there is usually a timer to
automatically control the cut-in and cut-out of compressor.
Working of Window Air Conditioner cont..
• The evaporator blower fan will suck the air from the room to be
conditioned through the air filter and the cooling coil. Air that has been
conditioned is then discharge to deliver the cool and dehumidified air back
to the room. This air mixes with the room air to bring down the
temperature and humidity level of the room.
• The introduction of fresh air from outside the room is done through the
damper which is then mixed with the return air from the room before
passing it over the air filter and the cooling coil.
• The air filter which is mounted in front of the evaporator acts as a filter to
keep the cooling coil clean to obtain good heat-transfer from the coil.
Hence, regular washing and cleaning of the air filter is a good practice to
ensure efficient operation of the air conditioner.
Heat Pump Window Air Conditioner
• In temperate countries, heating of the room is required. A heat pump
window air conditioner unit is able to cool the room during summer
and heat the room during winter. A reversing valve (also known as 4-
Way-Valve) is used to accomplish this.
• During heating operation, it reverses the flow of the refrigerant which
results in the evaporator to act as a condenser and the condenser as
evaporator.
Vapor-Compression
Refrigeration Cycle
►Most common refrigeration cycle in use today
►There are four principal
control volumes involving
these components:
►Evaporator
►Compressor
►Condenser
►Expansion valve
Two-phase
liquid-vapor mixture

All energy transfers by work and heat are taken as positive in

the directions of the arrows on the schematic and energy
balances are written accordingly.
Manish Sanserwal
Manish Sanserwal
The Vapor-Compression
Refrigeration Cycle
►The processes of this cycle are
Process 4-1: two-phase liquid-vapor
mixture of refrigerant is evaporated
through heat transfer from the
refrigerated space.
Process 1-2: vapor refrigerant is
compressed to a relatively high
temperature and pressure requiring
work input.
Process 2-3: vapor refrigerant liquid-vapor
Two-phase
mixture
condenses to liquid through heat
transfer to the cooler surroundings.
Process 3-4: liquid refrigerant
expands to the evaporator pressure.
Manish Sanserwal
Fluid Mechanics: Fundamentals and Applications

LECTURE-01
INTRODUCTION AND APPLICATIONS
Objectives

• Understand the basic concepts of Fluid

Mechanics.
• Recognize the various types of fluid flow
problems encountered in practice.

2
■ INTRODUCTION
Mechanics: The oldest physical
science that deals with both stationary
and moving bodies under the influence
of forces.
Statics: The branch of mechanics that
deals with bodies at rest.
Dynamics: The branch that deals with
bodies in motion.
Fluid mechanics: The science that
deals with the behavior of fluids at rest
(fluid statics) or in motion (fluid
dynamics), and the interaction of fluids
with solids or other fluids at the
boundaries.
Fluid dynamics: Fluid mechanics is Fluid mechanics deals
also referred to as fluid dynamics by with liquids and gases in
considering fluids at rest as a special
case of motion with zero velocity. motion or at rest.
3
Hydrodynamics: The study of the motion of fluids
that can be approximated as incompressible (such as
liquids, especially water, and gases at low speeds).
Hydraulics: A subcategory of hydrodynamics, which
deals with liquid flows in pipes and open channels.
Gas dynamics: Deals with the flow of fluids that
undergo significant density changes, such as the flow
of gases through nozzles at high speeds.
Aerodynamics: Deals with the flow of gases
(especially air) over bodies such as aircraft, rockets,
and automobiles at high or low speeds.
Meteorology, oceanography, and hydrology: Deal
with naturally occurring flows.

4
What is a Fluid?
Fluid: A substance in the liquid
or gas phase.
A solid can resist an applied
shear stress by deforming.
A fluid deforms continuously
under the influence of a shear
stress, no matter how small.
In solids, stress is proportional
to strain, but in fluids, stress is
proportional to strain rate.
Deformation of a rubber block
When a constant shear force is
applied, a solid eventually stops placed between two parallel plates
deforming at some fixed strain under the influence of a shear
angle, whereas a fluid never force. The shear stress shown is
stops deforming and that on the rubber- an equal but
approaches a constant rate of opposite shear stress acts on the
strain. upper plate.
5
Stress: Force per unit area.
Normal stress: The normal
component of a force acting on a
surface per unit area.
Shear stress: The tangential
component of a force acting on a
surface per unit area.
Pressure: The normal stress in a
fluid at rest.
Zero shear stress: A fluid at rest is
at a state of zero shear stress.
When the walls are removed or a
liquid container is tilted, a shear
develops as the liquid moves to
re-establish a horizontal free The normal stress and shear stress at
surface. the surface of a fluid element. For
fluids at rest, the shear stress is zero
and pressure is the only normal stress.
6
In a liquid, groups of molecules can move relative to each other, but the
volume remains relatively constant because of the strong cohesive
forces between the molecules. As a result, a liquid takes the shape of the
container it is in, and it forms a free surface in a larger container in a
gravitational field.
A gas expands until it encounters the walls of the container and fills the
entire available space. This is because the gas molecules are widely
spaced, and the cohesive forces between them are very small. Unlike
liquids, a gas in an open container cannot form a free surface.

Unlike a liquid, a gas

does not form a
free surface, and it
expands to fill the
entire available
space. 7
Intermolecular bonds are strongest in solids and weakest in gases.
Solid: The molecules in a solid are arranged in a pattern that is repeated
throughout.
Liquid: In liquids molecules can rotate and translate freely.
Gas: In the gas phase, the molecules are far apart from each other, and
molecular ordering is nonexistent.

The arrangement of atoms in different phases: (a) molecules are at

relatively fixed positions in a solid, (b) groups of molecules move about each
other in the liquid phase, and (c) individual molecules move about at random
in the gas phase. 8
Gas and vapor are often used as synonymous words.
Gas: The vapor phase of a substance is customarily called a gas when it
is above the critical temperature.
Vapor: Usually implies that the current phase is not far from a state of
condensation.

Macroscopic or classical approach:

Does not require a knowledge of the
behavior of individual molecules and
provides a direct and easy way to
analyze engineering problems.
Microscopic or statistical approach:
Based on the average behavior of
large groups of individual molecules.

On a microscopic scale, pressure

is determined by the interaction of
individual gas molecules.
However, we can measure the
pressure on a macroscopic scale
with a pressure gage. 9
Application Areas of Fluid Mechanics

Fluid dynamics is used extensively

in the design of artificial hearts.
Shown here is the Penn State
Electric Total Artificial Heart. 10
11
12
Fluid Mechanics: Fluids Properties

LECTURE-02
Fluids properties: Pressure,density,dynamic
and kinemetic viscosity etc.
Objectives

• Understand the basic properties of fluid.

• To understand how the properties of fluid
varies with different parameters.

2
Properties of fluids
1. Density or mass density
2. Specific weight (or) weight
density
3. Specific gravity
4. Specific volume
5. Viscosity
6. Temperature
7. Pressure
1. DENSITY OR MASS DENSITY (ρ):

 It is the ratio of the mass of a fluid to its volume.

 Thus mass per unit volume of a fluid is called density.
ρ = Mass of fluid / Volume of fluid
 It is denoted by Greek symbol ρ (rho).
 The units of mass density in SI units is kg/m³.
 The density of a liquids may be consider as constant
while that of gases changes with the variation of pressure
and temperature.
 The density of most gases is proportional to pressure and
inversely proportional to temperature.
 Liquids and solids, on the other hand, are essentially
incompressible substances, and the variation of their
density with pressure is usually negligible.
2. Specific weight or weight density (w):

 It is the ratio between the weight of a fluid to its

volume.
 Thus weight per unit volume of a fluid is called
weight density.

 Its units, N/m3

3. SPECIFIC GRAVITY (s):
 It is defined as the ratio of the weight density (or density) of
a fluid to the weight density (or density) of a standard fluid.
 For liquids the standard fluid is water and for gases the
standard fluid is air.
 Specific gravity is also called relative density.
 It is dimensionless quantity.
 Specific gravity of mercury is 13.6.
4. SPECIFIC VOLUME (v):

 It is defined as the volume of a fluid occupied by a

unit mass
 Or Volume per unit mass of a fluid is called
specific volume.
 Its units is m³/kg.
 It is commonly applied to gases.
 Mathematically, it is expressed as-

 The specific volume is the reciprocal of mass

density.
Example: Calculate the specific weight, density and
specific gravity of one litre of a liquid which weighs
7N.
Example: Calculate the density, specific weight
and weight of one litre of petrol of specific gravity
=0.7
5.Viscosity
 It is the fluid property that determines the amount of
resistance of the fluid to shear stress.
 Viscosity is defined as the property of a fluid which
offers resistance to the movement of one layer of
fluid over another adjacent layer of the fluid.
 It is due to cohesion and molecular momentum
exchange between fluid layers.
 Its unit is N-s/m2.
 In a liquid, viscosity decreases with increase in
temperature. In a gas, viscosity increases with
increase in temperature.
Variation of Viscosity with Temperature

 Viscosity is affected by change in temperature.

 The viscosity of liquids decreases with the increase of
temperature while the viscosity of gases increases with
increase of temperature.
 This is due to reason that the viscous forces in a fluid are
due to cohesive forces and molecular momentum transfer.
 In liquids the cohesive forces predominates the molecular
momentum transfer due to closely packed molecules and
with the increase in temperature, the cohesive forces
decreases which results in decrease of viscosity.
 But in the case of gases the cohesive force are small and
molecular momentum transfer predominates. With the
increase in temperature, molecular momentum transfer
increases and hence viscosity increases.
Variation of Viscosity with Temperature cont.

12
6. Temperature:
 It is the property that determines the degree of
hotness or coldness or the level of heat
intensity of a fluid.
 Units for temperature is K ( Kelvin ), C (Celsius
or centigrade), F (Fahrenheit).

7. Pressure:
 Pressure of a fluid is the force per unit area of
the fluid.
 In other words, it is the ratio of force on a fluid
to the area of the fluid held perpendicular to the
direction of the force.
 Its unit is N/m2.
Fluid Mechanics: Classification of fluids

LECTURE-03
Classification of Fluids and Newtons
Laws of viscosity

Lecture by
Ashish Kumar
Department of Mechanical
Engineering
GCET Gr. Noida
Objectives

• To understand the classification of Fluids.

• Understand the Newton’s Law of Viscosity.
• Learn the basic terminology : Bulk Modulus,
Compressibility and Surface Tension.

2
Classification of Fluids
1. Ideal Fluid: No viscosity, No surface tension and
incompressible.
2. Real Fluid: Viscous, Surface tension and compressible.
3. Newtonian Fluid: obeys Newton’s laws of viscosity
4. Non- Newtonian Fluid: Does not obeys Newton’s laws of
viscosity.
5. Ideal Plastic Fluid: A fluid , in which shear stress is more than
the yield value and shear stress is proportional to the rate of
shear strain (or velocity gradient ), is known as ideal plastic
fluid.

3
Newton’s Law of Viscosity
 When two layers of a fluid, a distance ‘dy’ apart, move one over the other
at different velocities, say u and u+du.

Newton's Law of Viscosity.

 It states that the shear stress (τ) on a fluid
element layer is directly proportional to
the rate of shear strain. The constant of
proportionality is called the co-efficient
viscosity.
 Fluids which obey the above relation are
known as Newtonian fluids and the fluids
which do not obey the above relation are
called Non-newtonian fluids.
where μ is the constant of proportionality and is known as the
coefficient of dynamic viscosity or only viscosity.
represents rate of shear strain or rate of shear
deformation or velocity gradient.
Kinematic Viscosity
 It is defined as the ratio between the dynamic viscosity and
density of fluid. It is denoted by the Greek symbol (ν) called
'nu'. Thus, mathematically,

 The SI unit of kinematic viscosity is m2/s.

Units of Kinematic Viscosity

S.I units: m2/s

C.G.S units: stoke = cm2/sec
One stoke = 10-4 m2/s
The kinematic viscosity is also referred to as the
momentum diffusivity of the fluid, i.e. the ability of the
fluid to transport momentum.
BULK MODULUS
COMPRESSIBILITY
 The compressibility of a fluid is the reduction of the volume
of the fluid due to an external pressure acting on it.
 A compressible fluid will reduce (or) change in volume in the
presence of external pressure.
 Compressibility is the reciprocal of the bulk modulus of
elasticity (K) which is defined as the ratio of compressive
stress to volumetric strain.
 Compressibility is given by = 1/K
 Its unit in N/m2
 In nature all the fluids are compressible. Gases are highly
compressible but liquids are not highly compressible.
SURFACE TENSION
 Surface tension is defined as the tensile force acting on the
surface of a liquid in contact with a gas or on the surface
between two immiscible liquids such that the contact surface
behaves like a membrane under tension.
 Due to molecular attraction, liquids have properties of
cohesion and adhesion.
 Cohesion is due to the force of attraction b/w molecules of
same liquid. This force is very small.
 Adhesion is due to the force of attraction b/w the molecules
of two different liquid or between the molecules of the liquid
and solid surface.
 Surface tension is created due to the unbalanced cohesive
forces acting on the liquid molecules at the fluid surface.
 The phenomenon of surface tension is
explained by experiment as showing in
fig. A,B,C are the fluid molecule of a
liquid in a mass of liquid
 Molecules in the interior of the fluid
mass (e.g molecule A) are surrounded
by molecules that are attracted to each
other equally. Thus the resultant force
on molecule A is zero.

 Molecule B which is situated at near the free surface is acted

upon by up & downward forces which are unbalanced.
 The molecule C, situated on the half on free surface of the
liquid so the resultant force is in downward direction.
 Thus, the molecules along the surface are subjected to a net
force toward the interior.
Problem : A plate 0.025 mm distant from a fixed plate , moves at 60cm/s
and requires a force of 2N per unit area i.e 2 N/m2. to maintain this speed.
Determine the fluid viscosity between the plates.
Fluid Mechanics: Pascal’s Law and continuity Equations

LECTURE-04
Pascal’s Law and Continuity
Equation

Lecture by
Ashish Kumar
Department of Mechanical
Engineering
GCET Gr. Noida
Objectives

• To understand the principle of Pascal’s Law.

• Understand the Princple of Equation of
Continuity and its applications.

2
Pressure
• Pressure applied to any part of an enclosed fluid is transmitted
to every point of the fluid and to the walls of the container.
Pressure cont.
When a force is applied to a confined liquid, the
change in pressure transmitted equally to all
parts of the fluid.

4
Pascal’s Principle
• When a force is applied to a confined liquid, the change in
pressure is transmitted equally to all parts of the fluid.
• Draw a bottle of water with arrows to illustrate the regular
exerted pressure. Then draw a water bottle that you squeeze.
What happens to the pressure? What happens if you open
the top?

Transmitting Pressure
Applications of Pascal’s Law
• Hydraulic Lift
• Hydraulic Jack
• Hydraulic Brakes
• Hydraulic Pump
Continuity Equation in Fluid
Mechanics
• The product of cross sectional area of the pipe and the fluid
speed at any point along the pipe is constant.
• This product is equal to the volume flow per second or simply
flow rate.
• Mathematically it is represented as
AV= constant
Continuity equation derivation
Consider a fluid flowing through a pipe of non uniform size.The
particles in the fluid move along the same lines in a steady
flow.
If we consider the flow for a short interval of time Δt,the fluid
at the lower end of the pipe covers a distance Δ x1 with a
velocity v1 ,then:
Distance covered by the fluid = Δ x1 = v1 Δt
Let A1 be the area of cross section of the lower end then
volume of the fluid that flows into the pipe at the lower end
=V= A1Δ x1 = A1 v1 Δt
If ρ is the density of the fluid, then the mass of the fluid
contained in the shaded region of lower end of the pipe is:
Δ m1 =Density × volume
Δ m1 = ρ1A1v1 Δt ——–(1)
Now the mass flux defined as the mass of the fluid per
unit time passing through any cross section at lower
end is: Δ m1 /Δt =ρ1A1v1 . Mass flux at lower end
= ρ1A1v1 ———————(2)
If the fluid moves with velocity v2through the upper
end of pipe having cross sectional area A2 in time Δt,
then the mass flux at the upper end is given by: Δ m2
/Δt = ρ2A2v2 Mass flux at upper end
=ρ2A2v2 ———————–(3)
Since the flow is steady, so the density of the fluid
between the lower and upper end of the pipe does not
change with time. Thus the mass flux at the lower end
must be equal to the mass flux at the upper end so:
ρ1A1v1 = ρ2A2v2 ———————-(4)
 In more general form we can write :
ρ A v =constant .
 This relation describes the law of conservation of mass in
fluid dynamics.
 If the fluid is in compressible ,then density is constant for
steady flow of in compressible fluid so
ρ1 =ρ2
 Now equation (4) can be written as:
A1v1= A2v2
In general:
A v = constant
Question: Calculate the velocity if 10 m3/h of water
flows through a 100 mm inside diameter pipe.If the pipe
is reduced to 80 mm inside diameter.

Solution:
Given, Discharge at inlet = 10 m3/h
Initial diameter = 100mm
Final diameter = 80mm
First of all we have to convert discharge into m3/sec.
Then find the velocity at initial and final position
Applying continuity equation
A1v1= A2v2
Question: Water enters a typical garden hose of diameter 1.6cm
with a velocity of 3 m/s . Calculate the exit velocity of water from
garden hose when a nozzle of diameter 0.5 cm is attached to the
end of the hose.
Solution:
First , find the cross-sectional areas of the entry (A1) and exit (A2) side of the
hose.

Apply continuity equations

12
Fluid Mechanics: Bernaulli’s Equation

LECTURE-05
BERNAULLI’S EQUATION AND
APPLICATIONS

Lecture by
Ashish Kumar
Department of Mechanical
Engineering
GCET Gr. Noida
Objectives

• Understand the basic concepts of Bernaulli’s

Equation.
• Recognize the various types of Applications of
Bernaulli’s Equation.

2
Dynamics of Fluid Flow
 The various forces acting on a fluid mass may be classified as –
(i) Body or volume forces (e.g weight, centrifugal force, magnetic
force, electromotive force, etc)
(ii) Surface forces (e.g. pressure force, shear or tangential force,
force of compressibility, force due to turbulence etc)
(iii) Line forces (e.g. surface tension)

The dynamics of fluid is governed by Newton’s second law of

motion.
ΣF = Ma
where ΣF represents the resultant external force acting on the fluid
element of mass M and a is the total acceleration.

3
The various forces that may influence the motion of a fluid are-
 Gravity force, Fg (due to the weight of the fluid)
 Pressure force, Fp (due pressure gradient between the two points).
 Viscous force, Fv (due to the viscosity).
 Turbulent force, Ft (due to the turbulence of the flow)
 Surface tension force, Fs (due to the cohesive property of the fluid mass)
 Compressibility force, Fe (due to the elastic property of the fluid)

If a certain mass of fluid in the motion is influenced by all the above mentioned
forces, then according to Newton’s second law of motion the following equation
of motion may be written as-

ΣF = Ma = Fg + Fp + Fv + Ft + Fs + Fe

4
 In most of the problems of the fluids in motion the surface tension
forces and the compressibility forces are not significant. Hence these
forces may be neglected.
ΣF = Ma = Fg + Fp + Fv + Ft
above equation is known as Reynolds’ equations of motion which are
useful in the analysis of the turbulent flows.

 for laminar or viscous flows the turbulent forces also become less
significant and hence these may be neglected.
ΣF = Ma = Fg + Fp + Fv
above equation is known as Navier–Stokes equations which are useful in
the analysis of viscous flow.

 if the viscous forces are also of little significance in the problems of

fluid flows, then these forces may also be neglected
ΣF = Ma = Fg + Fp
above equation is known as Euler’s equations of motion.

5
Euler’s Equation of Motion

….(1)

Now,
Therefore,

(1)

But from fig., we have

The above equation is known as Euler’s Equation.

Bernoulli’s equation from euler’s equation

The above equation is known as Bernoulli’s Equation

where, /static head

/velocity head
/datum head
Assumptions in Bernoulli’s Equation

 The flow must be steady, i.e. the fluid properties (velocity,

density, etc...) at a point cannot change with time

 The flow must be incompressible – even though pressure

varies, the density must remain constant along a
streamline

 Friction by viscous forces has to be negligible.

 Flow is irrotational.
Applications of Bernaulli’s Equations

• Siezing of Pumps
• Flow Sensors
• Ejectors
• Carburator
• Siphon
• Pitot Tube

11
Fluid Mechanics: Hydraulic Turbine

LECTURE-06
Hydraulic Turbines and their classifications

Lecture by
Ashish Kumar
Department of Mechanical
Engineering
GCET Gr. Noida
Objectives

• To Understand the basic principle of Hydraulic

Turbines.
• To understand how the hydraulic Turbine are
classified.

2
Introduction
A water turbine is a rotary machine that converts kinetic
energy and potential energy of water into mechanical work
and rotates the shaft to produce electric energy.

Basic working principle:-

Hydraulic turbine converts the potential energy of water into
mechanical work.
Elements of Hydraulic Turbine
Gross Head is defined as the difference between the head race
level and the tail race level when no water is flowing. As such
the gross head is often termed as static as static head or total
head and it may be represented by H1.

Net or effective head is the head available at the entrance to the

turbine.
• It is obtained by subtracting from the gross head all the losses
of that may occur as flow from the head race to the entrance of
the turbine.
• The losses of head are mainly due to friction occurring in
penstock, canal etc.
• Thus if H represents the net head and hf is the total loss of
head between the head race and the entrance of the turbine
then
H= H1 - hf
Classification of Turbine
Based on head
a) High head turbines
b) Medium head turbines
c) Low head turbines
Based on hydraulic action of water
a) Impulse turbines
b) Reaction turbines
Based on direction of flow of water in the runner
a) Tangential flow turbines
b) Radial flow turbines
c) Axial flow turbines
d) Mixed flow turbines
Three most popular Turbine
•Pelton Wheel (Pelton Turbine)
•Kaplan Turbine (Propeller Turbine)
•Francis Turbine
Based on hydraulic action of water

Impulse turbine
One in which all the energy of water is converted to kinetic
energy before the water strikes the vanes of the runner
wheel. This is done by passing the flow through nozzle or
some guidelines. The runner is rotated by the force of water
and water passes over the wheel at atmospheric pressure.
Ex- Pelton Wheel
 Reaction Turbine
Here, water entering the runner wheel of the turbine has
both kinetic energy and pressure energy that is total head
of water striking the runner wheel, consist partly of
pressure head.
E.g- Francis turbine, propeller turbine, kaplan turbine
Based on direction of flow of water in the runner
Radial Flow Turbine
A radial flow turbine is a turbine in which the water as it move along the vane
towards the axis of rotation or away from it.
Radial flow turbine is of two types:
1) Inward flow turbine: If the flow of water is towards the axis of rotation, its called
inward flow turbine.
2) Outward flow turbine: If the flow of water is away from the axis of rotation, its
called outward flow turbine.
 Axial flow Turbine
It is the turbine in which water enters the runner wheel parallel to the direction of
axis of rotation of runner.
E.g- Kaplan Turbine, Propeller Turbine
 Tangential flow Turbine
It is the turbine in which water strikes the runner wheel tangentially to the path of
rotation.
E.g- Pelton Turbine
 Mixed flow Turbine
The direction of flow is partly radial and partly axial. Water enters the blade radially
and comes out axially parallel to the turbine shaft.
Based on head of water and quantity of flow

 High head turbine

Head is above 250m
E.g- Pelton wheel
Medium head turbine
When head is between 60m- 250m
E.g- Francis Turbine
Low head turbine
When head is between 15-60m
E.g- Kaplan turbine
 Very low head turbine
When is head is less than 15m
E.g- Propeller turbine
Based on specific speed

Specific speed Types of Turbine

10-35 Pelton wheel
with one nozzle
35-60 Multi jet pelton
wheel
60-300 Francis turbine
300-1000 Kaplan turbine
Pelton Wheel (Pelton turbine)
• The flow of water is tangential to the runner. So it is a
tangential flow impulse turbine.
• A Pelton’s runner consists of a single wheel mounted on a
horizontal shaft.
Kaplan turbine (Propeller turbine)
• Kaplan turbine is a type of propeller turbine which was
developed during 1900’s by the Austrian engineer Victor
Kaplan (1876 – 1934)
• Kaplan turbine is a low head turbine and used for heads of
less than 80 metres.
• The runner of a kaplan turbine resembles with propeller of
a ship. That is why, a Kaplan turbine is also called as
propeller turbine.

12
Francis turbine

• It is named after James B. Francis (1815 – 1892) an English

born inventor
who developed the turbine in the year 1849.
• It is used when the head is between 80 to 500 metres. i.e. it
is a medium head
turbine.
• It is a mixed flow reaction turbine
Fluid Mechanics: Hydraulic Pump

LECTURE-07
Working Principle of Hydraulic pump and
their classifications

Lecture by
Ashish Kumar
Department of Mechanical
Engineering
GCET Gr. Noida
Objectives

• To understand the basic principle of hydraulic

pump.
• To understand how the hydraulic pump are
classified.

2
Hydraulic Pumps

Pump – principle
The principle of a hydraulic pump is to convert
mechanical energy into hydraulic energy.
This is achieved by generating an increased volume
during intake and decreased volume on the delivery
side.
Pump characteristics
• Flow rating
• Pressure rating
• Volumetric efficiency
• Noise level
• Contamination level allowed
TYPES OF PUMPS

NON POSITIVE POSITIVE

DISPLACEMENT DISPLACEMENT
PUMPS PUMPS

ROTARY RECIPROCATORY

GEAR PUMP VANE PUMP AXIAL PISTON RADIAL PISTON

PUMP PUMP

5
Centrifugal Pump
Principle of Centrifugal Pump
Component part of a Centrifugal pump
Head of Pumps
10
Reciprocating pumps

 Reciprocating pumps are positive displacement pump, i.e.

initially, a small quantity of liquid is taken into a chamber
and is physically displaced and forced out with pressure by
a moving mechanical elements.

 useful where high heads are required with small discharge,

as oil drilling operations.

 For industrial purposes, they have become obsolete due to

their high initial and maintenance costs as compared to
centrifugal pumps
Main Components of Reciprocating Pump
Classification of Reciprocating Pump

 Single acting Reciprocating Pump:

If there is only one suction and one delivery pipe and
the liquid is filled only on one side of the piston, it is
called a single-acting reciprocating pump.

 Double acting Reciprocating Pump:

A double-acting reciprocating pump has two suction
and two delivery pipes, Liquid is receiving on both sides
of the piston in the cylinder and is delivered into the
respective delivery pipes.

13
Fluid Mechanics: Hydraulic Accumulator and Hydraulic Lift

LECTURE-08
Hydraulic Accumulators, Hydraulic lift and
their applications

Lecture by
Ashish Kumar
Department of Mechanical
Engineering
GCET Gr. Noida
Objectives

• To Understand the basic principle of hydraulic

accumulator.
• To Understand the basic principle of hydraulic
lift..

2
Hydraulic Accumulator
• The hydraulic accumulator is a device used for storing
energy of a liquid in the form of pressure energy, which may
be supplied for any sudden or intermittent requirement.
• In hydraulic lift or the hydraulic crane, a large amount of
energy is required when lift or crane is moved upward.
• This energy is supplied from hydraulic accumulator.
• when the lift is moving in the moving in the upward
direction, no large external energy is required and at that
time, the energy from the pump is stored in the
accumulator.
Construction of hydraulic accumulator

Hydraulic accumulator consists

of a fixed vertical cylinder
containing a sliding ram.
• The heavy weight is placed
on the ram.
• The inlet of the cylinder is
connected to the pump which
continuously supply water
under pressure to the cylinder.
• Outlet of the cylinder is
connected to the machine
which may be a lift or a crane.
Working of hydraulic accumulator

The ram is at the lower position in the beginning

.The pump supplies water under pressure continuously.
 If the water under pressure is not required by the machine
the water pressure will be stored in the cylinder.
 This will raise the ram on which the heavy weight is placed.
 When the ram is at the upper most position the cylinder is
full of water and the accumulator as stored the maximum
amount of pressure energy.
 When the machine requires large amount of energy the
hydraulic accumulator will supply this energy and the ram will
move in the downward direction.
Capacity of hydraulic accumulator
Applications of accumulator

• Energy power plants

• Energy is the topic of the future . Global energy demand is
rapidly raising.
• Plastic machinery
• Quick response
• Die casting machinery
• High pressure and flows in a short time period
• Steel industry
• High pressure and fast movements
Hydraulic lift
Hydraulic lift is a device used for carrying passenger or goods
from one floor to another in multi- storied building to raise
heavy objects.

A multiplication of force can be

achieved by the application of fluid
pressure according to Pascal’s
principle.
Working Principle of Hydraulic Lift

Pascal's law is a principle in fluid mechanics that states that

pressure exerted anywhere in a confined incompressible fluid
is transmitted equally in all directions throughout the fluid
such that the pressure variations (initial differences) remain
the same. This law is applied to lifts.

Types of Hydraulic Lift

1) Direct Acting Hydraulic Lift
2) Suspended Hydraulic Lift
Direct Acting Hydraulic Lift

When fluid under pressure is

forced into the cylinder, the ram
gets a push upward. The platform
carries loads or passengers and
moves between the guides. At
required height, it can be made to
stay in level with each floor so that
the good or passengers can be
transferred.
 In direct acting hydraulic lift,
stroke of the ram is equal to the lift
of the cage.
Suspended Hydraulic Lift
When fluid under pressure is
forced into the cylinder, the ram gets
reciprocate to the movable pulleys.
With the help of arrangement of
hydraulic jigger; pulley can rotates;
with the help of wire rope the cage is
maintain there pressure force with
there floor. At required height, it can
be made to stay in level with each
floor so that the good or passengers
can be transferred.
Working period of the lift is ratio
of the height of lift to the velocity of
lift.
Idle period of lift is the difference
of the total time for one operation
and the working period of the lift.
Applications of Hydraulic Lift

Wheel chair lift.

Industrial hydraulic applications.
 Material handling.
Truck trailers.

12
Unit 5
Introduction to Mechatronics
Mechatronics
• The word, mechatronics is composed of mecha from mechanics and
tronics from electronics.
• In other words, technologies and developed products will be
incorporating electronics more and more into mechanisms, intimately
and organically, and making it impossible to tell where one ends and
the other begins
• Mechatronics basically refers to
mechanical electronic systems
and normally described as a
synergistic combination of
mechanics, electrical,
electronics, computer and
control which, when combined,
make possible the generation of
simple, more economic, and
reliable systems. “

The term "mechatronics" was first assigned by Mr. Tetsuro Mori, a

senior engineer of the Japanese company Yaskawa, in 1969
Physically, a mechatronic system is composed of four prime components.
They are sensors, actuators, controllers and mechanical components.
Figure shows a schematic diagram of a mechatronic system integrated with
all the above components.
Mechatronics: Working Definition for us
• Mechatronics is the synergistic integration of sensors, actuators,
signal conditioning, power electronics, decision and control
algorithms, and computer hardware and software to manage
complexity, uncertainty, and communication in engineered systems.
Disciplinary Foundations of Mechatronics
• Mechanical Engineering
• Electrical Engineering
• Computer Engineering
• Electrical Systems
Examples of Mechatronics system
• Robot

• Motion and Force Control of an Indirect Drive Robot

• A computer disk drive is an example of a rotary mechatronic

system
• Washing Machine
• Autonomous flight control system
• Subsea Vehicle
• Cargo handling
Evolution Level of Mechatronics
• Primary Level Mechatronics: This level incorporates I/O devices such as
sensors and actuators that integrates electrical signals with mechanical
action at the basic control levels. Examples: Electrically controlled fluid
valves and relays.
• Secondary Level Mechatronics: This level integrates microelectronics
into electrically controlled devices. Examples: Cassette players
• Third Level Mechatronics: This level incorporates advanced feedback
functions into control strategy thereby enhancing the quality in terms of
sophistication called smart system.
The control strategy includes microelectronics, microprocessor and other ‘
Application Specific Integrated Circuits’ (ASIC)
Example: Control of Electrical motor used to activate industrial robots, hard
disk, CD drives and automatic washing machines
Fourth Level Mechatronics: This level incorporates intelligent control in
mechatronics system. It introduces intelligence and fault detection and
isolation (FDI) capability systems.
Evolution of Mechatronics as a Contemporary
Design Paradigm
Technological advances in design, manufacturing, and operation of
engineered products/devices/processes can be traced through: –
Industrial revolution-Allowed design of products and processes for
energy conversion and transmission thus allowing the use of energy to
do useful work
Semiconductor revolution-Led to the creation of integrated circuit (IC)
technology.
Information revolution-Development of VLSI technology led to the
introduction of microprocessor, microcomputer, and microcontroller
Advantages of Mechatronics
• It is cost effective and it can produce high quality products.
• Production of parts and products of international standards gives
better reputation and return.
• It serves effectively for high dimensional accuracy requirements.
• It provides high degree of flexibility to modify or redesign the
systems.
• It provides excellent performance characteristics.
• It Results in automation in production, assembly and quality control.
Advantages of Mechatronics
• Mechatronic systems provide the increased productivity in
manufacturing organization.
• Reconfiguration feature by pre supplied programs facilitate the low
volume production.
• It provides higher level of flexibility required for small product cycles.
• It provides the possibility of remote controlling as well as centralized
monitoring and control. .
• It has greater extend of machine utilization.
• Higher life is expected by proper maintenance and timely diagnosis of
the fault.
Disadvantages of Mechatronics
• The initial cost is high.
• Maintenance and repair may workout costly.
• Multi-disciplinary engineering background is required to design and
implementation.
• It needs highly trained workers to operate.
• Techno-economic estimation has to be done carefully in the selection
of mechatronic system.
• It has complexity in identification and correction of problems in the
systems.
Industrial Application of Mechatronics
Mechatronics has a wide range of applications, as discussed in the
following subsections:
1) Design & Modelling:
• Design and modelling are simplified to a large extent by the use of
mechatronic systems.
• Design involves drawing, analysis, and documentation.
• There are many designing tools such as AUTOCAD, IDEAS, and
PROENGG, through which 2D or 3D drawings can be made.
• The virtual modelling of a manufacturing plant gives an idea of the
time taken for a particular component to be manufactured
2. Software Integration
• Different kinds of software are used in manufacturing, design, testing,
monitoring, and control of the manufacturing process.
• Examples of such software include computer aided design (CAD), computer aided
testing (CAT), computer aided engineering (CAE), and computer aided processing
planning (CAPP).
• Software integration is not only used for manufacturing but also for
communication networks, economic analysis, etc.
3. Actuator & Sensor:
• Mechanical, electrical, hydraulic, and pneumatic actuators are widely used in the
industry.
• Toggle linkage and quick return mechanics are typical examples of mechanical
actuators.
• Switching devices, solenoid-type devices, and drives such as alternative current
(ac) and direct current (dc) motors can be used as electrical actuators.
• Hydraulic and pneumatic drives use linear cylinders and rotary motors as
actuators
4. Intelligent Control
• Feedback control systems are widespread not only in nature and the
home but also in industry.
• There are many industrial processes and machines which control many
variables automatically.
• Temperature, liquid level, fluid flow, pressure, speed, etc. are
maintained constant by process controllers.
• Adaptive control and intelligent manufacturing are the areas where
mechatronic systems are used for decision making and controlling the
manufacturing environment.
5. Robotics
• Robot technology uses mechanical, electronic, and computer systems.
• A robot is a multifunctional reprogrammable machine used to handle materials,
tools, or any special items to perform a particular task.
• Manipulation robots are capable of performing operations, assembly, spot
welding, spray painting, etc. Service robots such as mail service robots, household
servant robots, nursing robots in hospitals are being used nowadays.
6. Manufacturing
• In the domain of factory automation, mechatronics has had far-reaching effects in
manufacturing.
• Major constituents of factory automation include computer numerically
controlled (CNC) machines, robots, automation systems, and computer
integration of all functions of manufacturing.
• Low volume, more variety, higher levels of flexibility, reduced lead time in
manufacture, and automation in manufacturing and assembly are likely to be the
future needs of customers, and mechatronic systems will play an important role
in this context
7. Motion control
• A rigid body can have a very complex motion which might seem difficult to
describe. However, the motion of any rigid body can be considered to be
combinations of translational and rotational motions.
• By considering a three dimensional space, a translational movement can be
considered to be one which can be resolved into components along one or
more of three axes.
• The rotation of a rigid body has rotating components about one or more of
the axes. A complex motion may be a combination of translational and
rotational motion.
• Motion control is important in many industrial applications such as robots,
automated guided vehicles, NC machines, etc.
• If the robot arm cannot reach a particular location, then the movements of
work piece have to be analyzed further. Any body has six degrees of freedom,
three translations and three rotations.
• A point has only three translations. In a machine tool, the work piece has six
degrees of freedom and the tools also have six degrees of freedom. Thus, a
machine tool with twelve degrees of freedom can be manufactured. Such a
tool can perform a complicated machining operation.
Introduction to Autotronics,
bionics, and avionics and their
applications
Autotronics
Autotronics can be defined as the combination of automobile and electronics or we can say that the use of
electronics science in automobile vehicles is called autotronics. A lot of research and implementation had been
done in this context to make the design of automobiles easier.

The use of electronics in the automobile field makes the system safe, improved and efficient. In a vehicle almost
all significant parts are featured with electronic items.

New developments are coming very frequently in this field because there no limitations in the development of
new autotronics. It helps to improve overall automobile system.
The various systems of Autotronics
• Autotronic braking system/Electronic braking system

• Control of steering system

• Suspension system

• Transmission control

• Electronic control of fuel intake in engine

• Air Bag Deployment System

• Antilock or Antiskid Device

• Car Park Barrier

• Engine Temperature Measurement

BIONICS
Bionics is a common term for bio-inspired information technology, typically including three types of systems,
namely:
• Bio-morphic (eg neuromorphic) and bio-inspired electronic/optical devices,
• Autonomous artificial sensor-processor-activator prostheses and various devices built into the human body, and
• Living-artificial interactive symbioses, e.g. brain-controlled devices or robot

Application :
Glucose Detection and DNA Sensing
Drug Delivery
Photodynamic Therapy
Neuro-electronic Interface
Biotechnology
Avionics
Numerous and complex mechatronic systems are used in advanced commercial and military aircrafts. With the ever-
increasing emphasis on robustness and safety, there is a trend towards using more mechatronic systems in aerospace
industry. This has given rise to a new area of mechatronics in the form of avionics. The major applications of
mechatronic systems in aerospace industry can be classified as follows:
 Cockpit instrumentation
 Safety devices
 Wind tunnel instrumentation
 Sensors for fuel efficiency and safety
 Microgyroscope for navigation and stability
 Microsatellites
Sensor: Types of Sensor and
their characteristics
Sensor :
A sensor is defined as an element which when subjected to some physical change experiences a relative change.
A sensor in which the output energy is supplied entirely or almost entirely by its input signals is called a passive
element. An active element has an auxiliary source of power that supplies a major part of the output power. There
may or may not be a conversion of energy from one form to another.

Sensors are used in mechatronics for the following purposes:

1. To provide position, velocity, and acceleration information of the measuring element in a system which provides
feedback information

2. To act as protective mechanism for a system

3. To help eliminate mechanically complex and expensive feeding and sorting devices

4. To provide identification and indication of the presence of different components

5. To provide real time information concerning the nature of the task being performed.
Types of Sensor:
• Vision and Imaging Sensors • Particle Sensors • Electrical Sensors

• Temperature Sensors • Motion Sensors • Humidity Sensors

• Radiation Sensors • Metal Sensors • Gas and Chemical Sensors

• Proximity Sensors • Level Sensors • Force Sensors

• Pressure Sensors • Leak Sensors • Flow Sensors

• Position Sensors • Non-Contact Sensors • Flaw Sensors

• Photoelectric Sensors • Flame Sensors • Contact Sensors

Characteristics of Sensors
To choose an appropriate sensor for a particular need, we have to consider a number of different characteristics.

•These characteristics determine the performance, economy, ease of application, and applicability of the sensor.

•In certain situations, different types of sensors may be available for the same purpose.

Therefore, the following may be considered before a sensor is chosen:

1. Cost 8. Linearity

2. Size 9. Range

3. Weight 10. Response Time

4. Type of output (digital or analog) 11. Frequency response

5. Interfacing 12. Reliability

6. Resolution 13. Accuracy

7. Sensitivity 14. Repeatability

Transducer: Types of Transducer
and their characteristics
Transducer :
A device that converts variations in a physical quantity, such as pressure or brightness, into an electrical signal, or vice
versa. Transducer is a device which converts one form of energy into another form. It is also defined as a device that
converts a non electrical quantity into proportional electrical quantity.

For example –
1. An electric generator converts mechanical energy into equivalent electrical energy.
2. A solar cell used in calculators converts light energy into equivalent electrical energy.
3. A pencil cell converts chemical energy into equivalent electrical energy.
Classifications of Transducers
Broadly the transducers are classified into two main types

Active Transducers and Passive Transducers

Active transducers – An active transducer is defined as a transducer which generates its own electrical voltage during
conversion. It does not require any external battery supply for its working.
Examples –
1. Solar cell – when it is exposed to strong sunlight or any other light, it converts light energy into proportional DC voltage.
2. Piezo electric crystal – when it is subjected to changing pressure it produces proportional AC voltage.

Passive transducers – Passive transducer is defined as the transducer which requires externalbattery voltage to operate.
Also it only changes its parameter like change in resistance or capacitance during conversion.
Examples –
1. LDR (Light Dependent Resistor) – when LDR is exposed to light, its resistance decreases (less than 10W)
proportionally & when it is dark its resistance is very high(several MW).
2. Thermistor – when thermistor is exposed to heat its resistance decreases and when it is cooled its resistance increases.
Classification of Transducers
According to working principle of transducers they are classified into four main types –

1. Mechanical transducers – for example strain gauge, LVDT etc.

2. Thermal transducers – for example thermistor, thermocouple etc.

3. Magnetic transducers – for example search coil etc.

4. Radiation transducers – for example solar cell, photo diode etc.

Characteristics of Transducer
Following factors must be considered while selecting transducer for a particular work or system –

1. Physical quantity to be measured must be considered for –

2. The type of physical quantity whether it is electrical quantity (AC or DC) or nonelectrical quantity (pressure,
intensity, displacement, speed, heat etc.)

3. Range of quantity like pressure (0–10N), intensity (0–250L), temperature (–10°C to 200° C) etc.

4. The principle of transducer must be considered

5. The system and transducer must be compatible i.e. the output characteristics of transducer and input characteristics of
the system and must match.
Types of Transducer
• Temperature transducers

• Pressure transducers

• Active pressure transducers

• Passive pressure transducers

• Light transducers

• Active light transducers

• Passive light transducer

• Sound transducers

• Active sound transducer

• Passive sound transducers

Transducer Applications
The applications of transducers based on the electric parameter used and the principle involved is given below.

1. Passive Type Transducers

a. Resistance Variation Type
b. Capacitance Variation Type
c. Inductance Variation Type
d. Voltage and Current Type

2. Active Type

Photo-voltaic Cell – The voltage change that occurs across the p-n junction due to light radiation is known by its
corresponding solar cell value or light intensity.
Thermopile – The voltage change developed across a junction of two dissimilar metals is known by its corresponding
value of temperature, heat or flow.
Piezoelectric Type – When an external force is applied on to a quartz crystal, there will be a change in the voltage
generated across the surface. This change is measured by its corresponding value of sound or vibration.
Moving Coil Type – The change in voltage generated in a magnetic field can be measured using its corresponding
value of vibration or velocity.
Overview of Mechanical
Actuation System
Kinematic Chains
• When the kinematic pairs are coupled in such a way that the last link is joined
to the first link to transmit definite motion (i.e. completely or successfully
constrained motion), it is called a kinematic chain.
• A kinematic chain may be defined as a combination of kinematic pairs, joined
in such a way that each link forms a part of two pairs and the relative motion
between the links or elements is completely or successfully constrained.
• . If each link is assumed to form two pairs with two adjacent links, then the
relation between the number of pairs ( p ) forming a kinematic chain and the
number of links ( l ) may be expressed in the form of an equation :
l=2p–4
• Another relation between the number of links (l) and the number of joints ( j )
which constitute a kinematic chain is given by the expression
Types of Kinematic Chains
• 1. Four bar chain or quadric cyclic chain,
• 2. Single slider crank chain,
• 3. Double slider crank chain
Four bar chain or quadric cyclic chain
• The kinematic chain is a combination of four or more kinematic pairs,
such that the relative motion between the links or elements is
completely constrained. The simplest and the basic kinematic chain is
a four bar chain or quadric cycle chain. It consists of four links, each of
them forms a turning pair at A, B, C and D
Single slider crank chain
• A single slider crank chain is a modification of the basic four bar
chain. It consist of one sliding pair and three turning pairs.
• It is, usually, found in reciprocating steam engine mechanism. This
type of mechanism converts rotary motion into reciprocating motion
and vice versa.
• In a single slider crank chain, as shown the links 1 and 2, links 2 and 3,
and links 3 and 4 form three turning pairs while the links 4 and 1 form
a sliding pair. The link 1 corresponds to the frame of the engine,
which is fixed.
The link 2 corresponds to the crank; link 3 corresponds to the connecting rod and link 4 corresponds to cross-head. As
the crank rotates, the cross-head reciprocates in the guides and thus the piston reciprocates in the cylinder.
Double Slider Crank Chain
• A kinematic chain which consists of two turning pairs and two sliding
pairs is known as double slider crank chain. We see that the link 2 and
link 1 form one turning pair and link 2 and link 3 form the second
turning pair. The link 3 and link 4 form one sliding pair and link 1 and
link 4 form the second sliding pair.
CAM
• A cam may be defined as a rotating, reciprocating or oscillating
machine part, designed to impart reciprocating and oscillating motion
to another mechanical part, called a follower
• A cam and follower have, usually, a line contact between them and as
such they constitute a higher pair
Types of CAM
• CAM are classified according to
1. Shape
2. Follower
3. Manner of constraints of the follower
According to Shapes
• Wedge and Flat CAMS:A wedge cam has a wedge W which, in general, has a translational motion.

Radial or Disc Cams:cam in which the follower moves radially from

the centre of rotation of the cam is known as a
radial or a disc cam (Fig. (a) and (b)].
3. Spiral Cams A spiral cam is a face cam in which a groove is cut in the form of a
spiral as shown in Fig.

4. Cylindrical Cams: In a cylindrical cam, a cylinder which has a

circumferential contour cut in the surface, rotates about its axis

5. Conjugate Cams: A conjugate cam is a double-disc cam,

the two discs being keyed together and are in constant touch with
the two rollers of a follower (shown in Fig.).
According to Follower Movement
• Rise-Return-Rise (R-R-R)
• Dwell-Rise-Return-Dwell (D-R-R-D)
• Dwell-Rise-Dwell-Return-Dwell (D-R-D-R-D)
According to Manner of Constraint of the
Follower
1. Pre-loaded Spring Cam
2. Positive-drive Cam
3. Gravity Cam
Application
Cams are Used For
• Valve actuation in IC engines
• Motion control in machinery
• Force generation
• Precise positioning
• Event timing
Train Ratchet Mechanism
• A ratchet is a mechanical device that allows continuous linear or
rotary motion in only one direction while preventing motion in the
opposite direction.
• Ratchets are widely used in machinery and tools. The word ratchet is
also used informally to refer to a ratcheting socket wrench.
Theory of operation
Lecture 51
Gears and its type, Belt, Bearing
Gears
• Gears are machine elements that transmit motion by means of
successively engaging teeth
• Gears are mechanisms that mesh together via teeth and are used to
transmit rotary motion from one shaft to another
• They are typically mounted, or connected to other parts, via a shaft or
base
Types of Gears
• Spur gears Bevel gears

Helical gears

Worms and worm

gears
Application
• Aircrafts
• Automobiles
• Clocks
• Marine systems
• Material handling equipment
• Measuring instrumentation
• Power plants
• Pumps
Belt
• Belt is a loop of flexible material used to link two or more
rotating shafts mechanically, most often parallel.
• Belts may be used as a source of motion, to transmit power efficiently
or to track relative movement.
• In a two pulley system, the belt can either drive the pulleys normally
in one direction (the same if on parallel shafts), or the belt may be
crossed, so that the direction of the driven shaft is reversed (the
opposite direction to the driver if on parallel shafts).
Types of Belt
Flat belt

V-belt

Circular belt or rope

Applications
1.Drives to beaters on conventional blow rooms.
crossed flat-belt transmits drives from cylinder to flat on old cards.
2.Drives in high production cards such as the drive from motor to lickerin and
cylinder; drive to cleaner roller at the delivery side; drive from motor to flat-
stripper roller and crossed-flat-belt drive from cylinder to a pulley from where
further drive proceeds through double stage speed reduction using worm and
worm gears and a mechanical clutch to the driving-shaft of flat.
3.Drive to drafting rollers and other rolling elements on a single delivery
drawing machine.
4.Drives to opening rollers, friction drums and take-off rollers on friction
spinning machine.
5.Drive to rotor on rotor-spinning machine.
6.Main drive on draw-texturing machine.
7.Drive to creel-rollers of a high speed drawing machine.
Bearings
• A bearing is machine part, which support a moving element and
confines its motion.
• Since there is a relative motion between the bearing and the moving
element, a certain amount of power must be absorbed in overcoming
friction, and if the surface actually touches, there will be a rapid wear.
• Classification: Bearings are classified as follows:
.
1. Depending upon the nature of contact between the
working surfaces:
a) Sliding contact bearings
b) Rolling contact bearings.
• a) SLIDING BEARINGS:
 Hydro dynamically lubricated bearings
 Bearings with boundary lubrication
 Bearings with Extreme boundary lubrication.
 Bearings with Hydrostatic lubrication.
b) ROLLING ELEMENT BEARINGS:
 Ball bearings
 Roller bearings
 Needle roller bearings
• 2. Based on the nature of the load supported:
• Radial bearings - Journal bearings
• Thrust bearings
- Plane thrust bearings
- Thrust bearings with fixed shoes
- Thrust bearings with Pivoted shoes
• Bearings for combined Axial and Radial loads
Pressure Control Valves
Pressure Control Valves
• Pressure-control valves are used in hydraulic systems to control
actuator force
• To determine and select pressure levels at which certain machine
operations must occur.
Function of Pressure Control Valves
 Limiting maximum system pressure at a safe level.
 Regulating/reducing pressure in certain portions of the circuit.
 Unloading system pressure.
 Assisting sequential operation of actuators in a circuit with pressure
control.
 Any other pressure-related function by virtue of pressure control.
 Reducing or stepping down pressure levels from the main circuit to a
lower pressure in a sub-circuit
Types of Pressure Valves
 Pressure-relief valve.
 Pressure-reducing valve.
 Unloading valve
 Counterbalance valve.
 Pressure-sequence valve.
 Brake valve
Directional control valves
• Directional control valves are essentially used for distribution of
energy in a fluid power system. They establish the path through which
a fluid traverses a given circuit. For example they control the direction
of motion of a hydraulic cylinder or motor. These valves are used to
control the start, stop and change in direction of flow of pressurized
fluid.
• Directional control valves can be
• According to number of
classified in a number of ways:
Switching position:
• According to type of construction :
• • Two – position
• • Poppet valves
• • Three - position
• • Spool valves
• According to Actuating
• According to number of working mechanism:
ports:
• • Manual actuation
• • Two- way valves
• • Mechanical actuation
• • Three – way valves
• • Solenoid (Electrical) actuation
• • Four- way valves
• • Hydraulic (Pilot) actuation
• • Pneumatic actuation
• • Indirect actuation
Cylinders
• Both hydraulic and pneumatic actuators have the same principles,
differences being in size
• The cylinder consists of a cylindrical tube along which a piston/ram
can slide
Types of Cylinders
• Ram
• Single Acting Cylinders
• Double Acting Cylinder
• Double Rod Cylinder
• Telescopic Cylinder
Ram
Cylinders: Single acting
• Single acting: the control pressure is applied to one side of the piston
Cylinders: Double acting
• Are used when control pressure are applied to both side of the piston.
A different in pressure between the two sides results in motion of the
piston (No spring).
Double Rod Cylinder
Telescopic Cylinder
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Unit 5
Mechatronics
Lecture 1: Introduction to Mechatronics: Evolution, Scope, Advantages and disadvantages of
Mechatronics
The integration of mechanical engineering, electronics engineering and computer technology is
increasingly forming a crucial part in the design, manufacture and maintenance of a wide range
of engineering products and processes. As a consequence of the synergy of systems in industry,
it is becoming increasingly important for engineers and technicians to adopt an interdisciplinary
and
integrated approach towards engineering problems. The term ‘mechatronics’ is used to describe
this integrated approach. In the design of cars, robots, machine tools, washing machines,
cameras, microwave ovens, and many other machines, an integrated and interdisciplinary
approach to engineering design is increasingly being adopted.
The term ‘mechatronics’ was first coined by the Japanese scientist Yoshikaza in 1969. The
trademark was accepted in 1972. Mechatronics is a subject which includes mechanics,
electronics, and informatics.
The word, mechatronics is composed of mecha from mechanics and tronics from electronics. In
other words, technologies and developed products will be incorporating electronics more and
more into mechanisms, intimately and organically, and making it impossible to tell where one
ends and the other begins.

Mechatronics basically refers to mechanical electronic systems and normally described as a

synergistic combination of mechanics, electrical, electronics, computer and control which, when
combined, make possible the generation of simple, more economic, and reliable systems.
Physically, a mechatronic system is composed of four prime components. They are sensors,
actuators, controllers and mechanical components. Figure shows a schematic diagram of a
mechatronic system integrated with all the above components.

“Integration of electronics, control engineering, and mechanical engineering.” W. Bolton,

Mechatronics: Electronic Control Systems in Mechanical Engineering Longman, 1995.
“Application of complex decision making to the operation of physical systems.” D. M.
Auslander and C. J. Kempf, Mechatronics: Mechanical System Interfacing, Prentice-Hall, 1996.
“Synergistic integration of mechanical engineering with electronics and intelligent computer
control in the design and manufacturing of industrial products and processes.” F. Harshama, M.
Tomizuka, and T. Fukuda,

Evolution Level of Mechatronics

Primary Level Mechatronics: This level incorporates I/O devices such as sensors and actuators
that integrates electrical signals with mechanical action at the basic control levels. Examples:
Electrically controlled fluid valves and relays.
Secondary Level Mechatronics: This level integrates microelectronics into electrically
controlled devices. Examples: Cassette players
Third Level Mechatronics: This level incorporates advanced feedback functions into control
strategy thereby enhancing the quality in terms of sophistication called smart system.
The control strategy includes microelectronics, microprocessor and other ‘ Application Specific
Integrated Circuits’ (ASIC)
Example: Control of Electrical motor used to activate industrial robots, hard disk, CD drives and
automatic washing machines
Fourth Level Mechatronics: This level incorporates intelligent control in mechatronics system.
It introduces intelligence and fault detection and isolation (FDI) capability systems.
Evolution of Mechatronics as a Contemporary Design Paradigm
Technological advances in design, manufacturing, and operation of engineered
products/devices/processes can be traced through: –
Industrial revolution-Allowed design of products and processes for energy conversion and
transmission thus allowing the use of energy to do useful work
Semiconductor revolution-Led to the creation of integrated circuit (IC) technology.
Information revolution-Development of VLSI technology led to the introduction of
microprocessor, microcomputer, and microcontroller
Advantages of Mechatronics
• It is cost effective and it can produce high quality products.
• Production of parts and products of international standards gives better reputation and
return.
• It serves effectively for high dimensional accuracy requirements.
• It provides high degree of flexibility to modify or redesign the systems.
• It provides excellent performance characteristics.
• It Results in automation in production, assembly and quality control.
• Mechatronic systems provide the increased productivity in manufacturing organization.
• Reconfiguration feature by pre supplied programs facilitate the low volume production.
• It provides higher level of flexibility required for small product cycles.
• It provides the possibility of remote controlling as well as centralized monitoring and
control. .
• It has greater extend of machine utilization.
• Higher life is expected by proper maintenance and timely diagnosis of the fault.
Disadvantages of Mechatronics
• The initial cost is high.
• Maintenance and repair may workout costly.
• Multi-disciplinary engineering background is required to design and implementation.
• It needs highly trained workers to operate.
• Techno-economic estimation has to be done carefully in the selection of mechatronic
system.
• It has complexity in identification and correction of problems in the systems.

Lecture 2: Industrial applications of Mechatronics

Mechatronics has a wide range of applications, as discussed in the following subsections.

1. Design and Modelling

Design and modelling are simplified to a large extent by the use of mechatronic systems.
Basically, design involves drawing, analysis, and documentation. In earlier days, the processes of
design were performed manually and it took weeks or months together. Now, the computer is
used to complete processes of design faster. There are many designing tools such as AUTOCAD,
IDEAS, and PROENGG, through which 2D or 3D drawings can be made. There are a number of
tools to edit drawings at a faster rate. Analysis of the design involves working out the stress
distribution, temperature distribution, weight analysis, and animations. The virtual modelling of
a manufacturing plant gives an idea of the time taken for a particular component to be
manufactured and also shows virtually how the operations will be performed. The drum plotter,
x-y plotter, printer, etc. give complete documentation of design drawings. Important parameters
such as surface roughness and tolerance value can be incorporated in the drawing. Digitizers,
plotters, CD drives, and many such devices are mechatronic systems.

2 Software Integration
Different kinds of software are used in manufacturing, design, testing, monitoring, and control of
the manufacturing process. Examples of such software include computer aided design (CAD),
computer aided testing (CAT), computer aided engineering (CAE), and computer aided
processing planning (CAPP). The integration of the packets of software leads to computer
integrated manufacturing (CIM) or just-in-time (JIT) manufacturing. Software integration is not
only used for manufacturing but also for communication networks, economic analysis, etc.

3 Actuators and Sensors

Mechanical, electrical, hydraulic, and pneumatic actuators are widely used in the industry.
Toggle linkage and quick return mechanics are typical examples of mechanical actuators.
Switching devices, solenoid-type devices, and drives such as alternative current (ac) and direct
current (dc) motors can be used as electrical actuators. Hydraulic and pneumatic drives use linear
cylinders and rotary motors as actuators. The term sensor is used for an element which produces
a signal relating to the quantity being measured. For example, an electrical resistance
temperature device transforms the input of temperature into change in resistance. The term
transducer is often used in place of sensor. Transducers are defined as devices which when
subject to some physical change experience a related change. In the displacement transducer,
force is not an error. Addition of extra force into the system reduces backlash and play. For
example, in the dial gauge, an additional tension spring is provided on the rack so that the play
between the set of gear trains is minimized. Similarly, in a force-transmitting transducer, the
provision of more displacement is not an error. Reduction in the play in force transmitting
devices produces a loss in power due to friction.
4 Intelligent Control
Feedback control systems are widespread not only in nature and the home but also in industry.
There are many industrial processes and machines which control many variables automatically.
Temperature, liquid level, fluid flow, pressure, speed, etc. are maintained constant by process
controllers. Adaptive control and intelligent manufacturing are the areas where mechatronic
systems are used for decision making and controlling the manufacturing environment.

5 Robotics
Robot technology uses mechanical, electronic, and computer systems. A robot is a
multifunctional reprogrammable machine used to handle materials, tools, or any special items to
perform a particular task. Manipulation robots are capable of performing operations, assembly,
and spot welding, spray painting, etc. Service robots such as mail service robots, household
servant robots, nursing robots in hospitals are being used nowadays.
6 Manufacturing
In the domain of factory automation, mechatronics has had far-reaching effects in manufacturing.
Major constituents of factory automation include computer numerically controlled (CNC)
machines, robots, automation systems, and computer integration of all functions of
manufacturing. Low volume, more variety, higher levels of flexibility, reduced lead time in
manufacture, and automation in manufacturing and assembly are likely to be the future needs of
customers, and mechatronic systems will play an important role in this context.

7 Motion control
A rigid body can have a very complex motion which might seem difficult to describe. However,
the motion of any rigid body can be considered to be combinations of translational and rotational
motions. By considering a three dimensional space, a translational movement can be considered
to be one which can be resolved into components along one or more of three axes. The rotation
of a rigid body has rotating components about one or more of the axes. A complex motion may
be a combination of translational and rotational motion. Motion control is important in many
industrial applications such as robots, automated guided vehicles, NC machines, etc. If the robot
arm cannot reach a particular location, then the movements of work piece have to be analyzed
further. Anybody has six degrees of freedom, three translations and three rotations. A point has
only three translations. In a machine tool, the work piece has six degrees of freedom and the
tools also have six degrees of freedom. Thus, a machine tool with twelve degrees of freedom can
be manufactured. Such a tool can perform a complicated machining operation.

8 Vibration and Noise Control

When a machine member is subjected to a periodic dynamic force, it will vibrate. If the vibration
level ranges from a frequency of 20 Hz to 20,000 Hz, it produces noise. Vibration and noise
isolation are important in industry. Vibration isolation can be achieved by passive, semi-active,
or active dampers. In passive dampers the structure is mounted on damping materials with initial
spring loading. In semi-active dampers, both passive and active damping elements are used. In
active damping, extra energy is used to damp the structure. When a structure is subjected to a
pulse input, a shock is produced. Different types of shock absorbers are used to reduce the shock
amplitude. Noise isolation is equally important in industry since noise is harmful to human
beings. Adaptive control techniques are used for noise isolation. In this method, the system
predicts the noise level in each interval of time and noise is introduced through the speaker in
phase opposition. This adaptive control system reduces the noise level.
9 Microsystems
It is fair to say that microsystems are a major step towards the ultimate miniaturization of
machines and devices such as dust-size computers and needle type robots. The advancement of
nanotechnology will certainly result in the realization of super miniaturized machinery. The need
for miniaturization has increased manifold in recent years, and engineering systems and devices
have become more and more complex and sophisticated. Pico satellites, space crafts, table-top
manufacturing units, and micro electromechanical systems will become a reality in the future.
The knowledge of mechatronics is very useful for microsystems.
10 Optics
All slip gauge blocks are calibrated against light wavelength as a standard. Angle gauges can be
calibrated to an accuracy of 0.1 sec using a light wave standard—the angstrom unit. A
combination of optical and electronic principles has led to the development of instruments such
as the midarm which measures angular displacement with an accuracy of 0.05 sec. Optical angle
measurement systems for inertial guidance with an accuracy of 0.02 sec have been in use since
1961. Opto-electronic systems use a lens or telescope to form an optical image of an object under
study on a photocathode image detector tube. The motion of the object causes the motion of the
photocathode optical image and the corresponding motion of the electron image. The optical
image is obtained by a conventional videcon camera or a coupled charge device. The camera
converts an array of analog signals, in 236 \ 236 pixels in a square centimetre. The analog signals
are then converted into digital signals for each pixel and transmitted to an electron image grabber
to produce an electron image. As the image starts deviating from the neutral position, the photo
multiple layer output tends to drive back by means of a deflection coil. Thus, any main object
can be brought to the aperture continuously. The application of still and motion picture
photography often allows qualitative and quantitative analyses of complex motion. The
photoelastic method is
convenient to determine the stress distribution in a machine element. The basic phenomenon of
double refraction under load is used in photoelasticity. Double refraction takes place when light
travels at a different speed in a transparent material depending on the direction of travel relative
to the direction of the principle stress and also depending on the magnitude of the difference
between principle stresses for two-dimensional fields. Due to double refraction, light waves form
an interference pattern of fringes on a photograph. The photograph is then used to determine the
principal stresses. By the use of the frozen stress technique, the method can be extended to three-
dimensional problems. The cathode ray tube provides display devices for computers and other
entertainment devices such as the television, projector, etc. Electron guns with basic columns can
be obtained in a pixel. Cathode ray tubes for picture displays usually have 256 \ 256 pixels/cm2.
As the number of pixels increases per square centimetre, the clarity of the picture becomes
better. Systems are available which permit each pixel in grey levels (256 levels) in a black-and-
white display. Grey levels (light intensity levels) are called grey scaling. With the basic three
colours 2563 colour combinations can be obtained with grey scaling. In the ordinary film, only
the magnitude of intensity is recorded, which in turn gives two-dimensional images. By
recording the amplitude and phase of the reflected light from an object, a hologram can be
obtained. A hologram gives three-dimensional ghost images of three-dimensional objects. An
optical computer with a hologram will give faster computation in future. Coding and
decoding is not required as in conventional computer operation. A ghost image from the
hologram gives a grey-scaled image on each voxel. 2563 voxels can be accommodated in a cubic
centimetre of laser hologram. Sintering in each voxel can be obtained by packing the metal
particles in the ghost image. Thus in future any complicated article can be manufactured in
seconds using the laser hologram technique.

Lecture 3: Introduction to autotronics, bionics, and avionics and their applications

Autotronics: Autotronics can be defined as the combination of automobile and electronics
or we can say that the use of electronics science in automobile vehicles is called
autotronics. A lot of research and implementation had been done in this context to make
the design of automobiles easier. The use of electronics in the automobile field makes the
system safe, improved and efficient. In a vehicle almost all significant parts are featured
with electronic items.

New developments are coming very frequently in this field because there no limitations in
the development of new autotronics. It helps to improve overall automobile system.

At present, in the new generation automobiles almost 75%-85% of automobile parts are
embedded with electronics system. The main areas of automobiles using autotronics are
engine controlling system, airbags, antilock braking system, lightening interiors, GPS,
music systems etc. The application area of autotronics is very vast, brakes, steering
system, engine controlling unit, transmission and suspension in the vehicles are the main
phases where autotronics are used.The use of these technologies has given a phenomenal
revolution in the automobile industry from past few decades. The gradual improvements in
systems causes the new features in reduced cost.In the autotronic systems the use of
control units like sensors, motors and digital equipment establishes a communication
between the various essential system and components of the vehicle.The various systems
are given below

1. Autotronic braking system/Electronic braking system

The braking system in such a system is denoted s EBS (electronic braking system). A
braking system is defined by its stopping distance. The system with shortest stopping
distance is considered the best braking system. So the development phase in the brakin g
system is to minimize the stopping distance of vehicle but without compromising the
safety.
The ECB solve these purposes with an advance control system. The anti -lock braking
system and traction control system are the essential components of ECB.
ABS is responsible for maneuver control by deciding the braking pressure and wheel
rotation control.
Traction means providing movement or acceleration to a vehicle. So, to control the
acceleration the control on traction system should be applied. This system c ontrols the
movement of wheel and its steadiness.

2. Control of steering system

In the vehicle the power steering system is used. Which maintains the communication
between pressure applied by steering system on the hydraulic pump and the speed of the
automobile. The EPS (electric power steering) uses sensors and motors, which controls the
maneuver. Motor controls the steering motions and sensors gives signal to the wheels by
analyzing the speed and torque.

3. Suspension system

Suspension system makes the ride on vehicle shock free, comfortable and safe. There are
three types of suspension system 1. Passive, 2. Semi active, and 3. Active suspension
system. The important task of the system is to dissipate the heat produced in the system
due to friction. The conventional method of suspension is called passive suspension and
when we add electronic sensors and hydraulic system then its performance increases and it
is called active suspension system.

4. Transmission control

The transmission of gearing system controls the shifting of gears. Using the electronic
gear transmission improves the shifting operation and increases the fuel efficiency by
reducing the losses.
5. Electronic control of fuel intake in engine

The electronic system used to analyze the amount of fuel to supply to the cylinder of
engine so that the maximum efficiency can be achieved with minimum loss of energy.

6. Air Bag Deployment System

A sensor and an actuator embedded in a microsystem are used to operate the air bag deployment
system in an automobile. The impact of the car in a serious collision is felt by a micro-inertia
sensor built on the principle of micro-accelerometer. The sensor generates an appropriate signal
to actuate the deployment of an air bag to protect the driver and passengers from serious injuries
due to the impact of collision. Figure shows a micro-inertia sensor employed for rapid
deployment of an air bag. The sensor contains two micro-accelerometers mounted onto the
chassis of the car. The accelerometer on the left measures the deceleration in the horizontal
direction and the accelerometer on the right measures the deceleration in the transverse direction.
Both these accelerometers are mounted on the same integrated circuit chip along with a signal
transducer and processing unit.

7. Antilock or Antiskid Device

A vehicle stops more quickly when the brakes are applied just hard enough to get maximum
static friction between the tyres and the road. If the brakes are applied harder than this, the tyres
will skid or slide on the road and lesser kinetic friction will result. In this situation, applying
brakes is less effective. Several devices have been developed to prevent a vehicle from skidding
and thus provide maximum effective braking. Skid control is employed generally for the rear
wheel only. As long as the wheels are turning/rotating, the antiskid device permits normal
application of the brakes. But if the brakes are applied so hard that wheels stop turning, skid
starts to develop. At this point, the antiskid device starts operating and partially releases the
brakes so that the wheels continue to turn/rotate. However, intermittent braking
continues, but it is held to just below the point where a skid would start. The result is maximum
braking effect. The distance in which a vehicle can be brought to rest from a steady speed
depends upon the following factors:
Σ Braking efficiency
Σ Condition and inflation pressure of tyres
Σ Nature of road surface
Σ Air resistance encountered by the vehicle
Braking causes a retarding force on the vehicle, which in turn gives rise to deceleration. Braking
efficiency is measured in terms of the rate at which it will bring the vehicle to a stationary
position from a given speed. It is expressed in terms of the ratio of the deceleration rate to the
acceleration rate due to gravity.

9. Car Park Barrier

Consider the cam-operated barrier for a car park. The barrier opens and allows a car in when the
correct money is inserted into the collection box. The barrier opens again to allow the car out on
its detection on the park side of the barrier. Figure shows the type of the wall system that can be
used to lift and lower the pivoted barrier. When a current flows through the solenoid of valve A,
the piston in the cylinder moves upwards and causes the barrier to rotate about its pivot and raise
to let a car through. When the current through the solenoid of valve A ceases, the return spring of
the valve results in the valve position changing back to its original position. When the current
flows through the solenoid of valve B, pressure is applied to the lower barrier. Limit switches are
used to detect whether the barrier is in down or up position.
10. Engine Temperature Measurement
Consider the requirement for a temperature measurement system for measuring temperature in
the range 0–100oC, which is the case of the body temperature of the engine of an automobile.
The system gives an 8-bit binary output with a change in 1 bit corresponding to the temperature
change of 1oC. The output is intended for inputting to a microprocessor as part of a temperature
indicating system. Thermistor LM35 can be used since a linear temperature sensor is required.
LM35 gives an output of 10 mV/oC when fed with a supply voltage of 5 V. If one supplies from
LM35 with an 8-bit analog to digital converter (ADC), then a digital output can be obtained. The
resolution of the ADC should be 10 mV so that each strip of 10 mV can generate a change in the
output of 1 bit. If one uses a successive approximation ADC, ADC0801, then it requires an input
of the response voltage, which when subdivided into 256 bits gives 10 mV per bit.
This reference voltage input to the ADC0801 has to be Vref /2 and so an accurate input voltage
of 1.28 V is required. Such a voltage can be obtained by using a potentiometer circuit across the
5-V supply with a voltage follower to avoid loading problems. Because the voltage has to be
steady at 1.25 V even if the 5-V supply voltage fluctuates, a voltage regulator is likely to be used
for a 2.54-V supply, ZN458/B. Such a circuit is shown in Fig.
BIONICS
Bionics is a common term for bio-inspired information technology, typically including three
types of systems, namely:
• Bio-morphic (eg neuromorphic) and bio-inspired electronic/optical devices,
• Autonomous artificial sensor-processor-activator prostheses and various devices built into the
human body, and
• Living-artificial interactive symbioses, e.g. brain-controlled devices or robot
Bionics is poised to have significant stake in mechatronic sensors market in the near future.
Biomedical sensors are mainly used for diagnostic analyses. Because of its miniature size, a
biomedical sensor requires less amount of sample and can produce results significantly faster.
These sensors can be produced in batches, thus resulting low unit cost of the sensor. Another cost
cutting factor is that most of these sensors are disposable, thus manual labour involving cleaning
and proper treatment for reuse is saved. Biosensors are extensively used in analytical chemistry
and biomedical care as well as genetic engineering. These sensors usually involve biological
molecules such as antibodies or enzymes, which interact with analytes that are to be detected.
Major advantages of the use of mechatronic systems in biomedicine are as follows:
1. Functionality for biomedical operators
2. Adaptability to existing instruments and equipment
3. Compatibility with biological systems
4. Controllability, mobility, and easy navigation facilities for operators
5. Possibility of the fabrication of mechatronic structures with a high aspect ratio
(The ratio of the depth dimension to the surface dimension of the structure)

Application

Glucose Detection and DNA Sensing

Detection of glucose levels in human body is a classic case of bio sensing. Diabetic patients
cannot control their insulin level if the level of blood glucose fluctuates tremendously. If the
level gets either too high or too low, their condition can be life threatening. Currently such
patients must actually draw blood on a daily basis or even more often to monitor the blood
glucose level. Sensing the blood glucose level can be done in many ways, using optical,
conduction, or molecular recognition methods. None of these have yet been shown to be
compatible with an implantable simple device that could automatically show or continuously
sense the glucose level in the blood. This remains one of the major challenges in chemical
sensing and Nano scale structures. The DNA sensing is potentially an enormous area in which
the application of Nano science can prove to be path breaking. One can sense the structure with
the sequence GEGEAAG by using a strand GCGCAAG. This means that a single strand of, say,
six bases can contain 4096 different combinations. Consequently, a particular biological target
such as botulism or strap or scarlet always has a unique DNA sequence. It is possible to target a
short sector of the DNA sequence, say, a section of 10–15 bases. It can be uniquely sensed
without any error. The most important application of DNA sensing will probably come in the
generalization of a laboratory on a chip concept. By using the powerful analytic capability of
such dense micro-laboratories, it will be possible to include several screening sensors on a chip.
This chip can be used to recognize a viral or bacterial DNA associated with several different
diseases found in the body. This chip could also be used to sense the presence of toxic species,
either natural or artificial. Since the entire human genome is known, a biochip can be used to
sense either a particular DNA signature or a particular protein signature known to be
characteristic of a disease. It is also possible to create a sensor that takes advantage of the DNA
recognition technique. The simplest DNA recognition sensor works by introducing a strand of
DNA complimentary to the analyte into a solution to be tested. If the analyte is present, it will
hybridize with the test DNA and form a double strand. Hybridization confirms that the analyte is
present, or finding out that hybridization has occurred is trivial. One cannot see the double
strands without very sophisticated instruments. Therefore, one of the great challenges in DNA
sensing is to amplify the effect of hybridization so that it is easy for measurement. One way to
provide amplification is to change the optical properties of gold or silver nanodots that are
attached to the DNA. The change in the colour of gold upon changing the size of the gold cluster
and the molecular recognition is called quantum optical effect. The colour change is measured by
a device called calorimetric sensor, which can be read by simply looking at it. Nanosphere
lithography is used to prepare the tiny gold dots on a surface. A sensor is designed to recognize a
particular portion of the analyte appearing in the solution. If one wants to construct an explosive
detection sensor, the problem is much more complex. Nitrates, which are common to most
explosives, are common in household items including fertilizers. If one detects them to an
accuracy of a single molecule, then even fertilizers are carrying a bomb. A great deal of research
is underway in this direction.
Drug Delivery
The size of the human body is very large compared to the size of a molecule. It is important for
the thermofusion effectiveness that drug molecules find/reach the place in the body where they
are needed/effective. Bio-availability refers to the presence of drug molecules where they are
needed in the body and where they will do the most good. The issue of drug delivery aims at
maximizing bio-availability both over a period of time and at the specific place in the body.
Increasing the bioavailability is seldom as simple as increasing the amount of drug used. The
drugs used in chemotherapy are actually somewhat toxic and need to be target-specific to avoid
damage to the normal/healthy tissue. It is necessary to keep the drug doses to a minimum,
otherwise the amount used can adversely affect or even kill a patient. Taking these issues into
account, drug delivery assumes a lot of significance. Nanotechnology and Nano science are very
useful in developing entirely new ways for increasing bio-availability and improving the drug
delivery. Magnetic nanoparticles used for computer memory can be used for drug delivery also.
For drug delivery, the molecular recognition method is used to bind a Nano magnet to the drug to
be delivered. External control is exercised over the magnetic field created by magnetic
nanoparticles to improve local bio-availability of the drug. Effectively, a doctor can drag drug
molecules through the body in the same way as you drag an iron filing across a table with a hand
magnet. One interesting combination of smart materials and drug delivery is the triggered
response. This consists of placing drug molecules within the body in an inactive form that works
upon encountering a particular signal. A simple example is antacid implored in a coating of a
polymer that dissolves in a highly acidic spot. The antacid is released only when the outer
polymer coat encounters a highly acidic spot in the digestive track.
Photodynamic Therapy
In photodynamic therapy, a particle is placed within the patient’s body. This particle is
illuminated with a light source from outside of the body. The light may come from outside from
a laser or light bulb. The light is absorbed by the particle, after which several things might
happen. If the particle is simply a metal nanodot, the energy from the light will heat the dot,
which, in turn, will heat any tissue within its neighborhood. With the same particular molecular
dot, light can also be used to produce highly energetic oxygen molecules. Such oxygen
molecules are very reactive and will chemically react with (and, therefore, destroy) many organic
molecules that are next to them. The photodynamic therapy is attractive for many reasons. One
reason is that, unlike the traditional chemotherapy, it is directed at the damaged/diseased cell.
The chemically reactive excited oxygen or quantum data is released only where such cells are
present and where the light is illuminated. This ensures that, unlike the traditional chemotherapy,
the photodynamic therapy does not leave a fixed trail of highly aggressive and reactive
molecules throughout the body.

Neuro-electronic Interface
The neuro-electronic interface involves the idea of constructing nano devices that can permit
computers to be joined and linked to the neuro system. The construction of a neuro-electronic
interface system requires the building of a molecular structure that will permit control and
detection of nerve impulses by an external computer. The real challenge is to combine
computational technology and bio-nanotechnology. The nerves in the human body convey
messages by permitting electrical current to flow between the brain and nerve centre throughout
the body. The most important ions for signals are sodium and potassium ions. These ions move
along sheets and channels that have evolved specially to permit special, controllable, rapid ion
motion. This is the mechanism that allows you to feel sensation. For example, when you put your
foot in hot water, a signal is transmitted by the local nerve through the nervous system to the
brain. The brain interprets the transmitted signal and processes it for a suitable reaction. Often
this process results in a response being filtered into the muscular system. The aim of the neuro-
electronic interface technology is to permit the registration and interpretation of these signals as
well as response to them to be handled by a computer. The sensor must be able to sense ionic
currents and cause current to flow backward so that the muscular system can be instructed to
perform a desired motion. The most obvious structure will be a molecular conductor or molecule
whose own conduction process, ions, or electrons can link with the ionic motion in a nerve fibre.
Biotechnology
Mechatronics plays an important role in biotechnology even though it is a small subdomain of
biotechnology. Biotechnology includes all techniques that use living organisms or substances
obtained from them to make or modify a product. It involves improvement of microbe, plant, and
animal species. Genes and gene products are the basic tools in biotechnology. Biotechnology
aims at harnessing the genetic diversity in the living organisms for the benefit of the humankind.
Understanding of genes and the possibility to manipulate them are the very bases of modern
biotechnology. Classical genes and manipulation of the genes at cellular level have played a
major role in enhancing the productivity of crops, plants, and animals. Molecular manipulation
of genes to obtain better products requires input from specialists in many different areas of
biology, besides from specialist in other branches of science, especially mechatronics. The
splendors of biotechnology are so much that it almost seems to be the science of wish
fulfillment. Bigger fruits, bright flowers, higher yields, super cattle, exotic colours and flavours,
cheaper medicines, and more efficient vaccines are the products of biotechnology.
Avionics
Considerable effort and progress have been made in recent years in the development of
mechatronic systems in the aerospace industry. Numerous and complex mechatronic systems are
used in advanced commercial and military aircrafts. With the ever-increasing emphasis on
robustness and safety, there is a trend towards using more mechatronic systems in aerospace
industry. This has given rise to a new area of mechatronics in the form of avionics. The major
applications of mechatronic systems in aerospace industry can be classified as follows:
 Cockpit instrumentation
 Safety devices
 Wind tunnel instrumentation
 Sensors for fuel efficiency and safety
 Microgyroscope for navigation and stability
 Microsatellites
Cockpit Instrumentation
Air-data systems vary in complexity from a light airplane to advanced commercial or military
aircrafts. However, all air-data computations are based upon four sensed parameters, namely,
static pressure, total pressure, temperature, and the angle of attack. Pressure and temperature of
the atmosphere are functions of the altitude above the sea level, latitude, season, and time of day.
Static pressure can be easily and accurately measured because the actual altitude for a given
pressure varies only slowly with respect to time and distance. A Pitot tube is a pressure
measuring instrument used to measure fluid flow velocity and, more specifically, to determine
the airspeed of an aircraft The opening on the smooth side of the Pitot-static tube provides a
source of the atmospheric pressure, termed static pressure. The open end of the Pitot-static tube
is headed into the stream and provides a source of the total pressure resulting from the impact of
a body travelling through the atmosphere. The difference between the total pressure and the
static pressure gives the dynamic force, which contains the velocity term. The speed of the
aircraft can thus be determined. Most of the Pitot-static tubes are electrically heated to melt off
any ice that might form. Otherwise, ice might partly or completely seal off the opening and the
instrument will give erroneous results. Air-speed indicators work on the principle that the
difference between the total pressure and the static pressure is the measure of the indicated air
speed. The indicated air speed at which a given aircraft with a given load stalls is a constant over
a wide range of pressure and temperature The angle of attack transducer measures the acute
angle between the velocity vector of the aircraft through the surrounding air and some reference
such as the force-opt axis of the aircraft or the chord of an aircraft. The lift developed by an
aircraft wing increases as a function of the angle of attack and the airplane velocity. The air-data
computers centralize the computation of air data from a number of inputs, e.g., static pressure,
total pressure, air stagnation temperature, and angle of attack. This information is used to
ascertain the true air speed, temperature, Mach number, air density, and rate of climb. The
information is then transmitted to indicators and displays and is used by various aircraft
subsystems such as the flight control system, fire control system, and navigation system.
Alarms and Safety Devices
An alarm is a protective device for maintaining critical points in a system under constant
surveillance. In basic principles, alarm differs little from other forms of indication and control
instruments. Strong emphasis is placed on reliable performance of alarms. Such devices must
remain operable over long periods of inactivity and need periodic, scheduled check, because the
equipment does not function except in case of emergency. Most alarm installations are of
audiovisual type, with illuminated name plates or bull-eye lights. There is a means to silence the
alarm and switch the light to steady state. Another push button usually is provided for testing
other components of the system. Micro-accelerometers or micro-inertial sensors are used to eject
the pilot seat from the aircraft, especially in military airplanes. The use of the seat eject system
protects the pilot in the event of an emergency. The sensor opens the latch where the seat is
loaded with a spring, which throws the seat along with the pilot a distance away from the
aircraft. When it is detached from the aircraft, a parachute automatically opens to ensure safe
landing of the pilot.
Aircraft Guidance and Control
To guide and control an aerospace vehicle successfully is a matter of measuring position,
determining path errors, and controlling to correct the path. These three functions usually are
called navigation, guidance, steering, and control. Navigation determines the position, guidance
determines the error from the indicated path, steering is used to select a proper series of changes
in the path, and control changes the forces on the vehicle to adjust them with the direct path
changes. Initial guidance predicts the ballistic path. The aircraft guiding system measures
accelerator and recalls the reference angle, computes velocity and position, predicts the
destination, determines a preferred path to correct the error and controls the forces to change the
path from steering instructions, all can be automated. Aerospace vehicle systems have many
degrees of automation. Almost all aerospace vehicle systems use combinations of all or many of
automatic, manual, remote, self-contained, and preprogrammed corrections. Aerospace vehicles
may be piloted by a human being or an automatic flight control system. Gyroscope instruments
are among the most important elements of the flight instrumentation and control systems whether
for assisting a human pilot or for providing input to a fully automatic flight control system. A
wide variety of gyroscope instruments are used in aircrafts. The rate gyroscope is a device
designed to measure the instantaneous angular velocity component of a body with respect to the
inertial space. Its typical applications include autopilot damping, rate of turn indicator, limiting
antenna stabilization, and telemetry instrumentation. The rate integrating gyroscope or floated
gyroscope can be designed as either a single- or two-axis device. It is designed so that the fluid
damping between gimbals and housing is the predominant torque, which balances the input rate
precessional torque.
Air Traffic Control
Position reporting by the pilot to the air traffic controller over a voice radio link is the basic
source of air traffic control position data. The ground controller can ascertain the aircraft location
independently using the following methods.
Method 1 It can use the primary radar, which operates on the reflection by the aircraft of the
pulse signals that the radar transmits.
Method 2 It can use the secondary radar, which operates on replies from pulsed radio and is
verified by the secondary radar pulses. Some airports are equipped for precision approach radius.
There are primary radars that use two very narrow beams to scan a relatively narrow section
aligned with the approach course to a particular runway. One beam is broad in the vertical
dimension and narrow in the horizontal dimension. It scans at a relatively high rate in the
horizontal dimension. The controller watching the cathoderay- tube display is able to tell the
pilot whether the pilot is to the right or left of the true approach course.

Aircraft Engine Control

The extent and sophistication of engine instrumentation vary widely with the type of the aircraft
and intended use. In a small-engine plane, most instruments are simple and a mechanically
connected throttle suffices. It is highly desirable to keep fuel and oil under pressure out of the
cockpit. Thus most engine parameters are remotely indicated in the cockpit from a transmitter
mounted near or on the engine. Instrumentation for a typical jet engine will provide for
controlling and monitoring of the following:
1. Low-pressure rotor speed
2. High-compressor rotor speed
3. Fuel flow
4. Exhaust gas temperature
5. Engine pressure
6. Engine inlet air pressure
7. Engine inlet air temperature
8. Fuel pump inlet temperature
9. Fuel decreasing air shut off valve position
10. Fuel pump inlet pressure
11. Fuel filter pressure difference warning
12. Engine oil pressure
13. Engine oil and inlet temperature
14. Engine radial vibration
Lecture 4: Sensors and Transducers: Types of sensors, and their characteristics
Sensor: A sensor is defined as an element which when subjected to some physical change
experiences a relative change. A sensor in which the output energy is supplied entirely or almost
entirely by its input signals is called a passive element. An active element has an uxiliary source
of power that supplies a major part of the output power. There may or may not be a conversion
of energy from one form to another.
Sensors are used in mechatronics for the following purposes:
1. To provide position, velocity, and acceleration information of the measuring element in a
system which provides feedback information
2. To act as protective mechanism for a system

3. To help eliminate mechanically complex and expensive feeding and sorting devices
4. To provide identification and indication of the presence of different components
5. To provide real time information concerning the nature of the task being performed.
Types of Sensor:
Vision and Imaging Sensors

Vision and Imaging Sensors/Detectors are electronic devices that detect the presence of objects
or colors within their fields of view and convert this information into a visual image for display.
Key specifications include sensor type and intended application, along with any particular
transducer features.

Temperature Sensors

Temperature Sensors/Detectors/Transducers are electronic devices that detect thermal parameters

and provide signals to the inputs of control and display devices. A temperature sensor typically
relies on an RTD or thermistor to measure temperature and convert it to an output voltage. Key
specifications include sensor/detector type, maximum and minimum measurable temperatures, as
well as the dimensions of diameter and length. Temperature sensors are used to measure the
thermal characteristics of gases, liquids, and solids in many process industries and are configured
for both general- and special-purpose uses.

Radiation Sensors

Radiation Sensors/Detectors are electronic devices that sense the presence of alpha, beta, or
gamma particles and provide signals to counters and display devices. Key specifications include
sensor type and minimum and maximum detectable energies. Radiation detectors are used for
surveys and sample counting.

Proximity Sensors

Proximity Sensors are electronic devices used to detect the presence of nearby objects through
non-contacting means. A proximity sensor can detect the presence of objects usually within a
range of up to several millimeters, and, doing so, produce a usually dc output signal to a
controller. Proximity sensors are used in countless manufacturing operations to detect the
presence of parts and machine components. Key specifications include sensor type, maximum
sensing distance, minimum & maximum operating temperatures, along with dimensions of
diameter and length. Proximity sensors are generally short-range devices but are available too in
designs that can detect objects up to several inches away. One commonly used type of proximity
sensor is known as a capacitive proximity sensor. This device uses the change in capacitance
resulting from a reduction in the separation distance between the plates of a capacitor, one plate
of which is attached to the object being observed, as a means of determining motion and position
of the object from the sensor.

Pressure Sensors

Pressure Sensors/Detectors/Transducers are electro-mechanical devices that detect forces per

unit area in gases or liquids and provide signals to the inputs of control and display devices. A
pressure sensor/transducer typically uses a diaphragm and strain gage bridge to detect and
measure the force exerted against a unit area. Key specifications include sensor function,
minimum and maximum working pressures, full-scale accuracy, along with any features
particular to the device. Pressure sensors are used wherever information about the pressure of a
gas or liquid is needed for control or measurement.

Position Sensors

Position Sensors/Detectors/Transducers are electronic devices used to sense the positions of

valves, doors, throttles, etc. and supply signals to the inputs of control or display devices. Key
specifications include sensor type, sensor function, measurement range, and features that are
specific to the sensor type. Position sensors are used wherever positional information is needed
in a myriad of control applications. A common position transducer is a so-called string-pot, or
string potentiometer

Photoelectric Sensors

Photoelectric sensors are electrical devices that sense objects passing within their field of
detection, although they are also capable of detecting color, cleanliness, and location if needed.
These sensors rely on measuring changes in the light they emit using an emitter and a receiver.
They are common in manufacturing and material handling automation for purposes such as
counting, robotic picking, and automatic doors and gates.

Particle Sensors

Particle Sensors/Detectors are electronic devices used to sense dust and other airborne
particulates and supply signals to the inputs of control or display devices. Particle sensors are
common in bin and baghouse monitoring. Key specifications include transducer type, minimum
detectable particle size, operating temperature range, sample volume, and response time. Particle
detectors used in nuclear engineering are referred to as radiation detectors

Motion Sensors

Motion Sensors/Detectors/Transducers are electronic devices that can sense the movement or
stoppage of parts, people, etc. and supply signals to the inputs of control or display devices.
Typical applications of motion detection are detecting the stalling of conveyors or the seizing of
bearings. Key specifications include the intended application, sensor type, sensor function, and
minimum and maximum speeds.
Metal Sensors

Metal Detectors are electronic or electro-mechanical devices used to sense the presence of metal
in a variety of situations ranging from packages to people. Metal detectors can be permanent or
portable and rely on a number of sensor technologies with electromagnetics being popular. Key
specifications include the intended application, maximum sensing distance, and certain feature
choices like handheld and fixed systems. Metal detectors can be tailored to explicitly detect
metal in specific manufacturing operations such as sawmilling or injection molding..

Level Sensors

Level Sensors/Detectors are electronic or electro-mechanical devices used for determining the
height of gases, liquids, or solids in tanks or bins and providing signals to the inputs of control or
display devices. Typical level sensors use ultrasonic, capacitance, vibratory, or mechanical
means to determine product height. Key specifications include sensor type, sensor function, and
maximum sensing distance. Level sensors/detectors can be of the contacting or non-contacting
type.

Leak Sensors

Leak Sensors/Detectors are electronic devices used for identifying or monitoring the unwanted
discharge of liquids or gases. Some leak detectors rely on ultrasonic means to detect air leaks, for
example. Other leak detectors rely on simple foaming agents to measure the soundness of pipe
joints. Still, other leak detectors are used to measure the effectiveness of the seals in vacuum
packages

Humidity Sensors

Humidity Sensors/Detectors/Transducers are electronic devices that measure the amount of water
in the air and convert these measurements into signals that can be used as inputs to control or
display devices. Key specifications include maximum response time and minimum and
maximum operating temperatures.

Gas and Chemical Sensors

Gas and Chemical Sensors/Detectors are fixed or portable electronic devices used to sense the
presence and properties of various gases or chemicals and relay signals to the inputs of
controllers or visual displays. Key specifications include the intended application,
sensor/detector type, measurement range, and features. Gas and chemical sensors/detectors are
used for confined space monitoring, leak detection, analytical instrumentation, etc. and are often
designed with the capability of detecting multiple gases and chemicals.

Force Sensors

Force Sensors/Transducers are electronic devices that measure various parameters related to
forces such as weight, torque, load, etc. and provide signals to the inputs of control or display
devices. A force sensor typically relies on a load cell, a piezoelectric device whose resistance
changes under deforming loads. Other methods exist for measuring torque and strain. Key
specifications include sensor function, number of axes, minimum and maximum loads (or
torques), minimum and maximum operating temperature, as well as the dimensions of the sensor
itself. Force sensors are used in load measuring applications of all kinds, from truck scales to bolt
tensioning devices.

Flow Sensors

Flow Sensors/Detectors are electronic or electro-mechanical devices used to sense the movement
of gases, liquids, or solids and provide signals to the inputs of control or display devices. A flow
sensor can be all electronic—using ultrasonic detection from outside a pipeline, say—or partially
mechanical—a paddlewheel, for instance, that sits and spins directly in the flow stream itself.
Key specifications include sensor/detector type, sensor function, maximum flowrate, maximum
working pressure, and minimum and maximum operating temperatures. Flow sensors are used
extensively in the processing industries. Some designs for panel mounting allow quick indication
of flow conditions to process operators

Flaw Sensors

Flaw Sensors/Detectors are electronic devices used in a variety of manufacturing processes to

uncover inconsistencies on surfaces or in underlying materials such as welds. Flaw detectors use
ultrasonic, acoustic, or other means to identify defects in materials and can be portable or fixed
installations. Key specifications include sensor type, detectable defect or thickness range, and
intended application.

Flame Sensors

Flame Detectors are optoelectronic devices used to sense the presence and quality of fire and
provide signals to the inputs of control devices. A flame detector typically relies on ultraviolet or
infrared detection of the presence of flame and finds use in many combustion control
applications such as burners. A key specification is detector type. Flame detectors find
applications in safety settings too, such as in under-the-hood fire suppression systems

Electrical Sensors

Electrical Sensors/Detectors/Transducers are electronic devices that sense current, voltage, etc.
and provide signals to the inputs of control devices or visual displays. Electrical sensors often
rely on hall effect detection but other methods are used as well. Key specifications include sensor
type, sensor function, minimum and maximum measurement ranges, and operating temperature
range. Electrical sensors are used wherever information on the state of an electrical system is
needed and are employed in everything from railway systems to fan, pump, and heater
monitoring.

Contact Sensors

Contact sensors refer to any type of sensing device that functions to detect a condition by relying
on physical touch or contact between the sensor and the object being observed or monitored. A
simple type of contact sensor is used in alarm systems to monitor doors, windows, and other
access points. When the door or window is closed, a magnetic switch provides an indication to
the alarm control unit so that the status of that entry point is known. Similarly, when a door or
window is opened, the contact sensor alerts the alarm controller of the state of that access point
and may trigger an action such as engaging an audible siren. There are many uses of contact
sensors such as temperature monitoring and as proximity sensors in robotics applications and
automated machinery.
Non-Contact Sensors

In contrast to contact sensors, non-contact sensors are devices that do not require a physical
touch between the sensor and the object being monitored in order to function. A familiar
example of this type of sensor is the motion detector used in security lights. Detection of objects
within the range of a motion detector is accomplished using non-mechanical or non-physical
means, such as via detection of passive infrared energy, microwave energy, ultrasonic waves,
etc. Radar guns used by law enforcement to monitor the speed of vehicles is another example of
a form of non-contact sensor. Other types of devices that fall under the category of non-contact
sensors include Hall-effect sensors, inductive sensors, LVDTs (linear variable differential
transformers), RVDTs (rotary variable differential transformers), and Eddy current sensors, to
name a few.

Characteristics of Sensors

To choose an appropriate sensor for a particular need, we have to consider a number of different
characteristics.

•These characteristics determine the performance, economy, ease of application, and

applicability of the sensor.

•In certain situations, different types of sensors may be available for the same purpose.

•Therefore, the following may be considered before a sensor is chosen:

1. Cost: The cost of a sensor is an important consideration, especially when many sensors are
needed for one machine. However, the cost must be balanced with other requirements of the
design such as reliability importance of the data they provide accuracy, life, and so on.

2. Size: Depending on the application of the sensor, the size may be of primary importance. For
example, the joint displacement sensors have to be adapted into the design of the joints and move
with the robot's body elements. The available space around the joint may be limited. Therefore, it
is important to ensure that enough room exists for the joint sensors.
3. Weight:
Since robots are dynamic machine, the weight of a sensor is very important. A heavy sensor
adds to the inertia of the arm and reduces its overall payload.
4. Type of output (digital or analog):
The output of a sensor may be digital or analog and depending on the application, this output
may be used directly or have to be converted.
For example, the output of a potentiometer is analog, whereas that of an encoder is digital.
If an encoder is used in conjunction with a microprocessor, the output may be directly routed to
the input port of the processor, while the output of a potentiometer has to be converted to digital
signal with an analog-to-digital converter (ADC).
The appropriateness of the type of output must be balanced with other requirements.
5. Interfacing: Sensors must be interfaced with other devices such as microprocessors and
controllers. The interfacing between the sensor and the device can become an important issue if
they do not match or if other add-on components and circuits become necessary (including
resistors, transistor switches, power source, and length of wires involved).
6. Resolution: Resolution is the minimum step size within the range of measurement of the
sensor

7. Sensitivity: Sensitivity is the ratio of a change in output in response to a change in input.

Highly sensitive sensors will show larger fluctuations in output as a result of fluctuations in
input, including noise.

8. Linearity. Linearity represents the relationship between input variations and output variations.
This means that in a sensor with linear output, the same change in input at any level within the
range will produce a similar change in output. Almost all devices in nature are somewhat
nonlinear, with varying degrees of nonlinearity.
9. Range: Range is the difference between the smallest and the largest outputs the sensor can
produce, or the difference between the smallest and largest inputs with which it can operate
properly.

10. Response rime: Response time is the time that a sensor's output requires to reach a certain
percentage of the total change. It is usually expressed in percentage of total change, such as 95%.
It is also defined as the time required to observe the change in output as a result of a change in
input. For example, the response time of a simple mercury thermometer is long, whereas a digital
thermometers response time, which measures temperature based on radiated heat, is short.

11. Frequency response: Suppose you attach a very high-quality radio tuner to a small, cheap
speaker. Although the speaker will reproduce the sound, its quality will be very low, whereas a
high-quality speaker system with a woofer and tweeter will reproduce the same signal with much
better quality. This is because the frequency response of the two-speaker system is very different
from the single, cheap speaker.
12. Reliability:
Reliability is the ratio of how many times a system operates properly, divided by how many
times it is used. For continuous, satisfactory operation it is necessary to choose reliable sensors
that last a long time while considering the cost and other requirements.
13. Accuracy:
Accuracy is defined as how close the output of the sensor is to the expected value. If for a given
input, the output is expected to be a certain value, accuracy is related to how close the sensor's
output is to this value.
14. Repeatability:
If the sensor's output is measured a number of times in response to the same input, the output
may be different each time. Repeatability is a measure of how varied the different outputs are
relative to each other.
Lecture 5: Types of transducers and their characteristics
Transducer: A device that converts variations in a physical quantity, such as pressure or
brightness, into an electrical signal, or vice versa. Transducer is a device which converts one
form of energy into another form. It is also defined as a device that converts a non electrical
quantity into proportional electrical quantity.
For example –
1. An electric generator converts mechanical energy into equivalent electrical energy.
2. A solar cell used in calculators converts light energy into equivalent electrical energy.
3. A pencil cell converts chemical energy into equivalent electrical energy.

Classifications of transducers – broadly the transducers are classified into two main types:
Active trans ducers and passive transducers. The active transducer generates its own electrical
voltage during conversion. Thus it does not require any battery supply for conversion (e.g. solar
cell, thermocouple etc.). In passive transducer, it requires externalbattery supply. It only changes
its parameter during conversion like change in resistance or capacitance etc. (e.g. LDR,
thermistor etc.)
Active transducers –
Definition – an active transducer is defined as a transducer which generates its own electrical
voltage during conversion. It does not require any external battery supply for its working.
Examples –
1. Solar cell – when it is exposed to strong sunlight or any other light, it converts light energy
into proportional DC voltage.
2. Piezo electric crystal – when it is subjected to changing pressure it produces proportional AC
voltage.
Passive transducers –
Definition – passive transducer is defined as the transducer which requires externalbattery
voltage to operate. Also it only changes its parameter like change in resistance or capacitance
during conversion.
Examples –
1. LDR (Light Dependent Resistor) – when LDR is exposed to light, its resistance decreases
(less than 10W) proportionally & when it is dark its resistance is very high(several MW).
2. Thermistor – when thermistor is exposed to heat its resistance decreases and when it is
cooled its resistance increases.
According to working principle of transducers they are classified into four main types –
1. Mechanical transducers – for example strain gauge, LVDT etc.
2. Thermal transducers – for example thermistor, thermocouple etc.
3. Magnetic transducers – for example search coil etc.
4. Radiation transducers – for example solar cell, photo diode etc.

Characteristics of Transducer

Following factors must be considered while selecting transducer for a particular work or system
–
1. Physical quantity to be measured must be considered for –
2. The type of physical quantity whether it is electrical quantity (AC or DC) or nonelectrical
quantity (pressure, intensity, displacement, speed, heat etc.)
3. Range of quantity like pressure (0–10N), intensity (0–250L), temperature (–10°C to 200° C)
etc.
4. The principle of transducer must be considered for –
5. The system and transducer must be compatible i.e. the output characteristics of transducer and
input characteristics of the system and must match.
1. This means that principle of maximum power transfer theorem must be satisfied.
2. The measurement accuracy of the transducer must be considered which depends on
3. Type and range of quantity under measurement.
4. Physical conditions like mechanical and electrical connections, mounting style of transducer.
5. Surrounding conditions like nonlinearity effect and frequency response etc.
6. Environmental conditions like temperature effects, shocks or vibrations etc.
7. Compatibility of some associated equipment’s like zero balancing provision, sensitivity
tolerance, impedance matching etc.
Types of transducers
· Temperature transducers – this transducer converts heat energy into its equivalent electrical
energy. They are of two types –
Active temperature transducers – thermo-couple which converts heat energy into equivalent
electrical voltage.
Passive temperature transducers – thermistor or resistance thermometer is a passive
transducer. It only changes its resistance due to change in temperature.
Pressure transducers – these are of two types: the stress and strain types. When either stress or
strain is applied, they produce a proportional electrical voltage.
Active pressure transducers – piezo electric crystal is a good example of active pressure
transducer. It produces proportional electrical voltage when pressure is applied on it.
Passive pressure transducers – strain gauge, capacitive transducer. When either stress or strain
is applied, their passive parameter like resistance or capacitance proportionally changes.
Light transducers – it converts light energy into equivalent electrical energy. There are two
types of light transducers –
Active light transducers – in this photo–voltaic cell, photo multiplier tubes (made up within
vacuum tubes) and solar cells (made up of semiconductor material) are used. They convert light
into electrical energy.
Passive light transducer – this contains LDR – light dependent resistor. Its resistance changes
as light on it changes.
Sound transducers – it converts sound energy into equivalent electrical energy and vice versa.
Active sound transducer – carbon microphone is good examples of active transducer. It
converts sound into proportional AC voltage. This happens because carbon granules in it vibrate
and produce proportional voltage across two dissimilar metal plates.
Passive sound transducers – capacitive microphone is passive transducer. Its capacity (C)
changes proportionally due to change in sound intensity.

Transducer Applications
The applications of transducers based on the electric parameter used and the principle involved is
given below.
1. Passive Type Transducers
a. Resistance Variation Type
Resistance Strain Gauge – The change in value of resistance of metal semi-conductor due to
elongation or compression is known by the measurement of torque, displacement or force.
Resistance Thermometer – The change in resistance of metal wire due to the change in
temperature known by the measurement of temperature.
Resistance Hygrometer – The change in the resistance of conductive strip due to the change of
moisture content is known by the value of its corresponding humidity.
Hot Wire Meter – The change in resistance of a heating element due to convection cooling of a
flow of gas is known by its corresponding gas flow or pressure. Displacement transducer
Photoconductive Cell – The change in resistance of a cell due to a corresponding change in light
flux is known by its corresponding light intensity.
Thermistor – The change in resistance of a semi-conductor that has a negative co-efficient of
resistance is known by its corresponding measure of temperature.
Potentiometer Type – The change in resistance of a potentiometer reading due to the movement
of the slider as a part of an external force applied is known by its corresponding pressure or
displacement.
b. Capacitance Variation Type
Variable Capacitance Pressure Gauge – The change in capacitance due to the change of
distance
between two parallel plates caused by an external force is known by its corresponding
displacement or pressure.
Dielectric Gauge – The change in capacitance due to a change in the dielectric is known by its
corresponding liquid level or thickness.
Capacitor Microphone – The change in capacitance due to the variation in sound pressure on a
movable diagram is known by its corresponding sound.
c. Inductance Variation Type
Eddy Current Transducer – The change in inductance of a coil due to the proximity of an eddy
current plate is known by its corresponding displacement or thickness.
Variable Reluctance Type – The variation in reluctance of a magnetic circuit that occurs due to
the change in position of the iron core or coil is known by its corresponding displacement or
pressure.
Proximity Inductance Type – The inductance change of an alternating current excited coil due
to the change in the magnetic circuit is known by its corresponding pressure or displacement.
Differential Transformer – The change in differential voltage of 2 secondary windings of a
transformer because of the change in position of the magnetic core is known by its corresponding
force, pressure or displacement.
Magnetostrictive Transducer – The change in magnetic properties due to change in pressure
and stress is known by its corresponding sound value, pressure or force.
d. Voltage and Current Type
Photo-emissive Cell – Electron emission due to light incidence on photo-emissive surface is
known by its corresponding light flux value.
Hall Effect – The voltage generated due to magnetic flux across a semi-conductor plate with a
movement of current through it is known by its corresponding value of magnetic flux or current.
Ionisation Chamber – The electron flow variation due to the ionisation of gas caused by radio-
active radiation is known by its corresponding radiation value.
2. Active Type
Photo-voltaic Cell – The voltage change that occurs across the p-n junction due to light radiation
is known by its corresponding solar cell value or light intensity.
Thermopile – The voltage change developed across a junction of two dissimilar metals is known
by its corresponding value of temperature, heat or flow.
Piezoelectric Type – When an external force is applied on to a quartz crystal, there will be a
change in the voltage generated across the surface. This change is measured by its corresponding
value of sound or vibration.
Moving Coil Type – The change in voltage generated in a magnetic field can be measured using
its corresponding value of vibration or velocity.
Lecture 6: Overview of Mechanical Actuation System
Kinematic Chains: When the kinematic pairs are coupled in such a way that the last link is joined to the

first link to transmit definite motion (i.e. completely or successfully constrained motion), it is called a

kinematic chain.

In other words, a kinematic chain may be defined as a combination of kinematic pairs, joined in such a

way that each link forms a part of two pairs and the relative motion between the links or elements is
completely or successfully constrained. For example, the crank- shaft of an engine forms a kinematic pair

with the bearings which are fixed in a pair, the connecting rod with the crank forms a second kinematic

pair, the piston with the connecting rod forms a third pair and the piston with the cylinder forms a fourth

pair. The total combination of these links is a kinematic chain. If each link is assumed to form two pairs

with two adjacent links, then the relation between the number of pairs ( p ) forming a kinematic chain and

the number of links ( L ) may be expressed in the form of an equation :

L=2p–4

Another relation between the number of links (l) and the number of joints ( j ) which constitute a

kinematic chain is given by the expression

Types of Kinematic Chains: The most important kinematic chains are those which consist of

four lower pairs, each pair being a sliding pair or a turning pair. The following three types of

kinematic chains with four lower pairs are important from the subject point of view

1. Four bar chain or quadric cyclic chain,

2. Single slider crank chain,

3. Double slider crank chain

Four bar chain or quadric cyclic chain: The kinematic chain is a combination of four or more

kinematic pairs, such that the relative motion between the links or elements is completely

constrained. The simplest and the basic kinematic chain is a four bar chain or quadric cycle

chain. It consists of four links, each of them forms a turning pair at A, B, C and D. The four links

may be of different lengths. According to Grashof ’s law for a four bar mechanism, the sum of
the shortest and longest link lengths should not be greater than the sum of the remaining two link

lengths if there is to be continuous relative motion between the two links. A very important

consideration in designing a mechanism is to ensure that the input crank makes a complete

revolution relative to the other links. The mechanism in which no link makes a complete

revolution will not be useful. In a four bar chain, one of the links, in particular the shortest link,

will make a complete revolution relative to the other three links, if it satisfies the Grashof ’s law.

Such a link is known as crank or driver. A D (link 4) is a crank. The link BC (link 2) which

makes a partial rotation or oscillates is known as lever or rocker or follower and the link CD

(link 3) which connects the crank and lever is called connecting rod or coupler. The fixed link A

B (link 1) is known as frame of the mechanism. When the crank (link 4) is the driver, the

mechanism is transforming rotary motion into oscillating motion.

Single slider crank chain: A single slider crank chain is a modification of the basic four bar

chain. It consist of one sliding pair and three turning pairs. It is, usually, found in reciprocating

steam engine mechanism. This type of mechanism converts rotary motion into reciprocating

motion and vice versa. In a single slider crank chain, as shown the links 1 and 2, links 2 and 3,

and links 3 and 4 form three turning pairs while the links 4 and 1 form a sliding pair. The link 1
corresponds to the frame of the engine, which is fixed. The link 2 corresponds to the crank; link

3 corresponds to the connecting rod and link 4 corresponds to cross-head. As the crank rotates,

the cross-head reciprocates in the guides and thus the piston reciprocates in the cylinder.

Double Slider Crank Chain: A kinematic chain which consists of two turning pairs and two

sliding pairs is known as double slider crank chain. We see that the link 2 and link 1 form one

turning pair and link 2 and link 3 form the second turning pair. The link 3 and link 4 form one

sliding pair and link 1 and link 4 form the second sliding pair.

CAM: In machines, particularly in typical textile and automatic machines, many parts need to be

imparted different types of motion in a particular direction. This is accomplished by conversion

of the available motion into the type of motion required. Change of circular motion to translatory

(linear) motion of simple harmonic type and vice-versa and can be done by slider-crank
mechanism as discussed previously. But now the question arises, what to do when circular or

rotary motion is to be changed into linear motion of complex nature or into oscillatory motion.

This job is well accomplished by a machine part of a mechanical member, known as cam.

A cam may be defined as a rotating, reciprocating or oscillating machine part, designed to impart

reciprocating and oscillating motion to another mechanical part, called a follower. A cam and

follower have, usually, a line contact between them and as such they constitute a higher pair. The

contact between them is maintained by an external force which is generally, provided by a spring

or sometimes by the sufficient weight of the follower itself.

Cams are Used For

• Valve actuation in IC engines

• Motion control in machinery

• Force generation

• Precise positioning

• Event timing
Train Ratchet Mechanism

A ratchet is a mechanical device that allows continuous linear or rotary motion in only one

direction while preventing motion in the opposite direction. Ratchets are widely used in

machinery and tools. The word ratchet is also used informally to refer to a ratcheting socket

wrench.

Theory of operation

A ratchet moving in its "forward" direction

A ratchet consists of a round gear or a linear rack with teeth, and a pivoting, spring-loaded finger
called a pawl (or click, in clocks and watches) that engages the teeth. The teeth are uniform
but asymmetrical, with each tooth having a moderate slope on one edge and a much steeper slope
on the other edge.

When the teeth are moving in the unrestricted (i.e. forward) direction, the pawl easily slides up
and over the gently sloped edges of the teeth, with a spring forcing it (often with an audible
'click') into the depression between the teeth as it passes the tip of each tooth. When the teeth
move in the opposite (backward) direction, however, the pawl will catch against the steeply
sloped edge of the first tooth it encounters, thereby locking it against the tooth and preventing
any further motion in that direction.

Because the ratchet can only stop backward motion at discrete points (i.e., at tooth boundaries), a
ratchet does allow a limited amount of backward motion. This backward motion—which is
limited to a maximum distance equal to the spacing between the teeth—is called backlash. In
cases where backlash must be minimized, a smooth, toothless ratchet with a high friction surface
such as rubber is sometimes used. The pawl bears against the surface at an angle so that any
backward motion will cause the pawl to jam against the surface and thus prevent any further
backward motion. Since the backward travel distance is primarily a function of the
compressibility of the high friction surface, this mechanism can result in significantly reduced
backlash.

Uses
Ratchet mechanisms are used in a wide variety of applications, including these:

 Cable ties
 Capstans
 Caulking guns
 Clocks
 Freewheel (overrunning clutch)
 Grease guns
 Handcuffs
 Jacks
 Anti-rollback devices used in roller coasters
 Looms
 Slack lines
 Tie down straps
 Turnstiles
 Typewriters

Lecture 7 Gears and its type, Belt, Bearing

Gears: Gears are machine elements that transmit motion by means of successively engaging

teeth. The gear teeth act like small levers. Gears are mechanisms that mesh together via teeth and
are used to transmit rotary motion from one shaft to another. Gears are defined by two important

items: radius and number of teeth. They are typically mounted, or connected to other parts, via a

shaft or base.

Spur gears have teeth parallel to the axis of rotation and are used to transmit motion from one

shaft to another, parallel, shaft.

Helical gears have teeth inclined to the axis of rotation. Helical gears are not as noisy, because

of the more gradual engagement of the teeth during meshing.

Bevel gears have teeth formed on conical surfaces and are used mostly for transmitting motion

between intersecting shafts.

Worms and worm gears The worm resembles a screw. The direction of rotation of the worm

gear, also called the worm wheel, depends upon the direction of rotation of the worm and upon

whether the worm teeth are cut right-hand or left-hand.

Application:

Gears are devices used throughout industry for a variety of mechanical machines and systems.
Several types of gears are available and employed in a wide range of residential, commercial,
and industrial applications, including:

 Aircrafts
 Automobiles
 Clocks
 Marine systems
 Material handling equipment
 Measuring instrumentation
 Power plants
 Pumps
Type of Gear Common Industries and Applications

Spur  Clocks
 Pumps
 Watering systems
 Household appliances
 Clothes washing and drying machines
 Power plants
 Material handling systems
 Aerospace and aircrafts
 Railways and trains

Helical  Same as spur gears but with greater loads and higher speeds (see
above)
 Automobiles (transmission systems)

Bevel  Pumps
 Power plants
 Material handling systems
 Aerospace and aircrafts
 Railways and trains
 Automobiles

Worm  Instruments
 Lifts and elevators
 Material handling systems
 Automobiles (steering systems)

Rack and Pinion  Weighing scales

 Material handling and transfer systems
 Railways and trains
 Automobiles (steering systems)

Belt: A belt is a loop of flexible material used to link two or more rotating shafts mechanically,
most often parallel. Belts may be used as a source of motion, to transmit power efficiently or to
track relative movement. Belts are looped over pulleys and may have a twist between the
pulleys, and the shafts need not be parallel.
In a two pulley system, the belt can either drive the pulleys normally in one direction (the same if
on parallel shafts), or the belt may be crossed, so that the direction of the driven shaft is reversed
(the opposite direction to the driver if on parallel shafts). As a source of motion, a conveyor
belt is one application where the belt is adapted to carry a load continuously between two points.
The belt drive can also be used to change the speed of rotation, either up or down, by using
different sized pulleys.

In case of belts, friction between the belt and pulley is used to transmit power. In practice, there

is always some amount of slip between belt and pulleys, therefore, exact velocity ratio cannot be

obtained. That is why, belt drive is not a positive drive. Therefore, the belt drive is used where

exact velocity ratio is not required.

Types of Belt:

Flat belt: The flat belt is rectangular in cross-section as shown in Figure (a). The pulley for this

belt is slightly crowned to prevent slip of the belt to one side. It utilizes the friction between the

flat surface of the belt and pulley.

V-belt: The V-belt is trapezoidal in section as shown in Figure (b). It utilizes the force of friction

between the inclined sides of the belt and pulley. They are preferred when distance is

comparative shorter. Several V-belts can also be used together if power transmitted is more.
Circular belt or rope: The circular belt or rope is circular in section as shown in Figure (c).

Several ropes also can be used together to transmit more power.

Application

1.Drives to beaters on conventional blow rooms.

crossed flat-belt transmits drives from cylinder to flat on old cards.

2.Drives in high production cards such as the drive from motor to lickerin and cylinder; drive to
cleaner roller at the delivery side; drive from motor to flat-stripper roller and crossed-flat-belt
drive from cylinder to a pulley from where further drive proceeds through double stage speed
reduction using worm and worm gears and a mechanical clutch to the driving-shaft of flat.

3.Drive to drafting rollers and other rolling elements on a single delivery drawing machine.

4.Drives to opening rollers, friction drums and take-off rollers on friction spinning machine.

5.Drive to rotor on rotor-spinning machine.

6.Main drive on draw-texturing machine.

7.Drive to creel-rollers of a high speed drawing machine.

Bearings: A bearing is machine part, which support a moving element and confines its motion.

The supporting member is usually designated as bearing and the supporting member may be
journal. Since there is a relative motion between the bearing and the moving element, a certain

amount of power must be absorbed in overcoming friction, and if the surface actually touches,

there will be a rapid wear.

Classification: Bearings are classified as follows:

1. Depending upon the nature of contact between the working surfaces:

a) Sliding contact bearings

b) Rolling contact bearings.

a) SLIDING BEARINGS:

 Hydro dynamically lubricated bearings

 Bearings with boundary lubrication

 Bearings with Extreme boundary lubrication.

 Bearings with Hydrostatic lubrication.

b) ROLLING ELEMENT BEARINGS:

 Ball bearings

 Roller bearings
 Needle roller bearings

2. Based on the nature of the load supported:

• Radial bearings - Journal bearings

• Thrust bearings

- Plane thrust bearings

- Thrust bearings with fixed shoes

- Thrust bearings with Pivoted shoes

• Bearings for combined Axial and Radial loads.

Lecture 8: Hydraulic and Pneumatic Actuation Systems: Overview

Actuators: are structures that transmit and support load. A joint is a connection between two or
more links at their nodes and allows some motion between the connected links. Levers, cranks,
connecting rods, pistons, sliders, pulleys, belts, and shafts are all examples of links. A sequence
of joints and links is known as a kinematics chain. For a kinematics chain to transmit motion,
one link must be fixed. The movement of one link produces predictable relative movement of
other links in the chain. For mechatronics system actuation, one can use hydraulic, pneumatic, or
electrical drives with kinematic chains.
Hydraulic and Pneumatic Actuators
The hydraulic actuation is powered by fluids. Fluids usually are pressurized oils. The operation
of hydraulic actuators is generally similar, except in their ability to contain the pressure of the
fluid. Hydraulic systems operate in a pressure range between 60 bars and 200 bars. The main
constituents of a hydraulic system are the power supply unit, hydraulic fluid, direction control
valve, linear and rotary actuators, and interaction components. The power supply unit is the most
important component in a hydraulic pump. The pump drives the hydraulic fluid from a reservoir
(tank) and delivers it through a system of lines in the hydraulic installation against the offering
resistance. Pressure should not build up in the flowing liquid which encounters a resistance. An
oil filtration unit is also often contained in the power supply section. Impurities are often
introduced into a system as a result of mechanical wear. For this reason, filters are installed in
the hydraulic circuit to remove impurities in the form of dirt particles from the hydraulic fluids.
Water and gases in oil can also act as disrupting factors, so special measures must be taken to
remove them. Heaters and coolers are installed for conditioning the hydraulic fluids. The
hydraulic fluid is the working medium that transfers the generated energy from the power supply
unit to the drive section. Hydraulic fluids have a wide range of characteristics. Therefore, care
needs to take to choose a fluid with characteristics that suit the application. Hydraulic fluids on a
mineral oil base are generally used. Such fluids are called hydraulic oils.
Valves are the devices for controlling the energy flow. They can control and regulate the
direction, pressure, and rate of the hydraulic fluid flow. Four types of valves are commonly used:
direction control valves, pressure valves, flow control valves, and non-return valves. Direction
control valves control the direction of flow of hydraulic fluid and thus the direction of motion
and the positioning of the working components. Direction control valves may be actuated
manually, mechanically, electrically pneumatically, or hydraulically. They convert and amplify
signals and form an interface between the power control section and the signal control section.
When labelling direction control valves, it is necessary to specify the number of ports, followed
by the number of switching position. Direction control (DC) valves have at least two switching
positions and two ports. Such a valve is designated as a 2/2 way valve. Pressure valves are used
to influence the pressure in the complete hydraulic system.
There are three main types of pressure control valves:
(1) Pressure regulating valves used to maintain a constant operating pressure in a
circuit.

(2) Pressure sequence valves used to sense the pressure of an external line and
give a signal when it reaches some preset value.

(3) Pressure limiting valves used as safety devices to limit the pressure in a circuit
to below some safe value.
The flow control valve interacts with pressure valves to control the flow rate. They both make it
possible to control or regulate the speed of motion of the power components. If the flow rate is
constant, the division of flow must take place. This is generally achieved through the interaction
of the flow control valve with the pressure valve. Non-return valves block the flow in one
direction and permit free flow in the other direction. As there must not be any leakage from the
closed direction, these valves always have a poppet design. In the case of a non-return valve, a
distinction is made between ordinary non-return valves and piloted non-return valves. In the case
of piloted non-return valves, flow in the blocked direction can be released by a signal. Figure
shows schematic diagrams of various control valves.

Some advantages of hydraulic systems are as follows:

1. High load-carrying capacity
2. Low actuator inertia
3. Simple field design of system
4. High flexibility
5. Indefinite stocking capacity
6. High speed at high load
7. Very good strength
Some disadvantages of hydraulic system are as follows:
1. High cost of servo system
2. Need for high resolution feedback
3. Effect of oil temperature on performance
4. Non-availability of small actuators
5. Leakage
6. Low sensitivity
7. Difficulties in maintenance
8. Requirement of skilled workers to connect the system
9. Less natural frequency when actuator is in full value
Pneumatic Actuators: Pneumatic systems have been used for some considerable time for
carrying out simplest mechanical tasks. In more recent times, such systems have played an
important role in the development of pneumatic technology for automation through mechatronic
systems. A pneumatic system can be broken down into a number of levels representing hardware
and signal flow. Except the energy supply system, all other levels can be represented as in a
hydraulic system. The air supply for a particular pneumatic application should be sufficient and
of adequate quality. The air is compressed to 1/7th of its volume with the help of an air
compressor and is delivered to an air distribution system in factory. To ensure proper quality of
the air, air service equipment is utilized to prepare the air before it is applied to a control system.
As a rule, all pneumatic components are designed for a maximum operating pressure of 8–10
bars. But it is recommended to operate the same between 5 and 6 bars for economic use. An air
receiver is fitted to reduce pressure fluctuations. In normal operations, a compressor is fitted with
the receiver when required, and the receiver is available as a reserve at all the times. This helps
reduce the switching cycle of the compressor. If oil is required for a pneumatic system, then
there should be a separate oil meter using air service unit. An air service unit is a combination of
compressed-air filter, regulator, and lubricator. The compressed-air filter performs the job of
filtering all contamination from the compressed air flowing through it as well as water which has
already condensed. The purpose of the regulator is to keep the operating pressure virtually
constant regardless of any fluctuation in line pressure and air consumption. Different types of
sequence operations can be designed using sequence circuits associated with hydraulic systems.
Pneumatic actuators are very useful and have the following advantages:
1. Compressed air is readily available in most factories.
2. Compressed air can be stored and conveyed easily to larger distances.
3. Compressed air need not be returned to sump.
4. Compressed air is clean.
5. Operation is fast and offers high load-carrying capacity.
6. Digital and logical switches can be prepared using fluidic circuits.
7. Pneumatic elements are simple and reliable.
Lecture 9: Pressure Control Valves

Pressure-control valves are used in hydraulic systems to control actuator force (force = pressure
× area) and to determine and select pressure levels at which certain machine operations must
occur. Pressure controls are mainly used to perform the following system functions:

 Limiting maximum system pressure at a safe level.

 Regulating/reducing pressure in certain portions of the circuit.

 Unloading system pressure.

 Assisting sequential operation of actuators in a circuit with pressure control.

 Any other pressure-related function by virtue of pressure control.

 Reducing or stepping down pressure levels from the main circuit to a lower pressure in a sub-
circuit.

Pressure-control valves are often difficult to identify mainly because of the many descriptive
names given to them. The function of the valve in the circuit usually becomes the basis for its
name. The valves used for accomplishing the above-mentioned system functions are therefore
given the following names:
 Pressure-relief valve.

 Pressure-reducing valve.

 Unloading valve

 Counterbalance valve.

 Pressure-sequence valve.

 Brake valve

Pressure-Relief Valves: Pressure-relief valves limit the maximum pressure in a hydraulic circuit
by providing an alternate path for fluid flow when the pressure reaches a preset level. All fixed-
volume pump circuits require a relief valve to protect the system from excess pressure. Fixed-
volume pumps must move fluid when they turn. When a pump unloads through an open-center
circuit or actuators are in motion, fluid movement is not a problem. A relief valve is essential
when the actuators stall with the directional valve still in shifted position.

Unloading Valves: Unloading valves are pressure-control devices that are used to dump excess
fluid to the tank at little or no pressure. A common application is in high-low pump circuits
where two pumps move an actuator at a high speed and low pressure. The circuit then shifts to a
single pump providing a high pressure to perform work. Another application is sending excess
flow from the cap end of an oversize-rod cylinder to the tank as the cylinder retracts. This makes
it possible to use a smaller, less-expensive directional control valve while keeping pressure drop
low.

Directional control valves: Directional control valves are essentially used for distribution of
energy in a fluid power system. They establish the path through which a fluid traverses a given
circuit. For example they control the direction of motion of a hydraulic cylinder or motor. These
valves are used to control the start, stop and change in direction of flow of pressurized fluid.

As the name implies directional control valves are used to control the direction of flow in a
hydraulic circuit. They are used to extend, retract, position or reciprocate hydraulic cylinder and
other components for linear motion. Valves contains ports that are external openings for fluid to
enter and leave via connecting pipelines, The number of ports on a directional control valve
(DCV ) is usually identified by the term “ way”. For example, a valve with four ports is named
as four-way valve.

Directional control valves can be classified in a number of ways:

1. According to type of construction :

• Poppet valves
• Spool valves
2. According to number of working ports:
• Two- way valves
• Three – way valves
• Four- way valves
3. According to number of Switching position:
• Two – position
• Three - position
4. According to Actuating mechanism:
• Manual actuation
• Mechanical actuation
• Solenoid (Electrical) actuation
• Hydraulic (Pilot) actuation
• Pneumatic actuation
• Indirect actuation

Cylinders:

Lecture 10: Rotary Actuators, Accumulators

Rotary Actuators: A rotary actuator is an actuator that produces a rotary motion or torque.

The simplest actuator is purely mechanical, where linear motion in one direction gives rise to
rotation. The most common actuators are electrically powered; others may be
powered pneumatically or hydraulically, or use energy stored in springs.

The motion produced by an actuator may be either continuous rotation, as for an electric motor,
or movement to a fixed angular position as for servomotors and stepper motors. A further form,
the torque motor, does not necessarily produce any rotation but merely generates a precise torque
which then either causes rotation or is balanced by some opposing torque.

Electric actuators

Stepper motors are a form of electric motor that has the ability to move in discrete steps of a
fixed size. This can be used either to produce continuous rotation at a controlled speed or to
move by a controlled angular amount. If the stepper is combined with either a position
encoder or at least a single datum sensor at the zero position, it is possible to move the motor to
any angular position and so to act as a rotary actuator.

Servomotors

A servomotor is a packaged combination of several components: a motor (usually electric,

although fluid power motors may also be used), a gear train to reduce the many rotations of the
motor to a higher torque rotation, a position encoder that identifies the position of the output
shaft and an inbuilt control system. The input control signal to the servo indicates the desired
output position. Any difference between the position commanded and the position of the encoder
gives rise to an error signal that causes the motor and geartrain to rotate until the encoder reflects
a position matching that commanded.
A simple low-cost servo of this type is widely used for radio-controlled models.

Other types

A recent, and novel, form of ultra-lightweight actuator uses memory wire. As a current is
applied, the wire is heated above its transition temperature and so changes shape, applying a
torque to the output shaft. When power is removed, the wire cools and returns to its earlier
shape.[1]

Fluid power actuator

Both hydraulic and pneumatic power may be used to drive an actuator, usually the larger and
more powerful types. As their internal construction is generally similar (in principle, if not in
size) they are often considered together as fluid power actuators.[2] Fluid power actuators are of
two common forms: those where a linear piston and cylinder mechanism is geared to produce
rotation (illustrated), and those where a rotating asymmetrical vane swings through a cylinder of
two different radii. The differential pressure between the two sides of the vane gives rise to an
unbalanced force and thus a torque on the output shaft.[2] Vane actuators require a number of
sliding seals and the joints between these seals have tended to cause more problems with leakage
than for the piston and cylinder type.

Vacuum actuators

Where a supply of vacuum is available, but not pneumatic power, rotary actuators have even
been made to work from vacuum power. The only common instance of these was for early
automatic windscreen wipers on cars up until around 1960. These used the manifold vacuum of a
petrol engine to work a quarter-turn oscillating vane actuator. Such windscreen wipers worked
adequately when the engine was running under light load, but they were notorious that when
working hard at top speed or climbing a hill, the manifold vacuum was reduced and the wipers
slowed to a crawl.[3]

Applications

Rotary actuators are used in a vast range of applications. These require actuators of all sizes,
power and operating speed. These can range from zero power actuators that are only used as
display devices, such as air core gauges. Others include valve actuators that operate pipeline and
process valves in the petrochemical industry, through to actuators for large civil engineering
projects such as sluice gates and dams. Examples are... Car wiper

Accumulators: Accumulators make it possible to store useable volumes of almost non-

compressible hydraulic fluid under pressure. A hydraulic accumulator is a pressure storage
reservoir in which an incompressible hydraulic fluid is held under pressure that is applied by an
external source of mechanical energy. The external source can be an engine, a spring, a
raised weight, or a compressed gas. An accumulator enables a hydraulic system to cope with
extremes of demand using a less powerful pump, to respond more quickly to a temporary
demand, and to smooth out pulsations. It is a type of energy storage device.

Accumulator types

No separator: Some original accumulators were high-pressure containers with a sight glass to
show fluid level. They were filled approximately half with oil and half with nitrogen gas -- with
no separation barrier between them. Before stopping the pump, a shut off valve at the
accumulator discharge port was closed to prevent fluid and gas from escaping. This type of
accumulator is not used on new circuits today, but there still are many in service.

Gas-charged bladder: Many accumulators now use a rubber bladder to separate the gas and
liquid. A poppet valve in the discharge port keeps the bladder from extruding when the pump is
off. The original design was the bottom-repair style, shown on the left in Figure 16-1. It is still
offered by most manufacturers. The top-repair style on the right is now available and makes
bladder replacement simple and fast.
Gas-charged piston: The gas-charged piston accumulator has a free-floating piston with seals to
separate the liquid and gas. It operates and performs similarly to the bladder type, but has some
advantages in certain applications. A gas-charged piston accumulator can cost twice as much as
an equal-sized bladder type.

Spring-loaded piston: A spring-loaded piston accumulator is identical to a gas-charged unit,

except that a spring forces the piston against the liquid. Its main advantage is that there is no gas
to leak. A main disadvantage is that this design is not good for high pressure and large volume.

Weight loaded: All gas-charged accumulators lose pressure as fluid discharges. This is because
the nitrogen gas was compressed by incoming fluid from the pump and the gas must expand to
push fluid out. The weight-loaded accumulator in Figure 16-1 does not lose pressure until the
ram bottoms out. Thus 100% of the fluid is useful at full system pressure. The major drawback to
weight-loaded accumulators is their physical size. They take up a lot of space and are very heavy
if much volume is required. They work well in central hydraulic systems because there usually is
room for them in the power unit area. However, central hydraulic systems are falling out of
favor, so only a few facilities use weight-loaded accumulators. (Rolling mills are one application
where space to place large items is not a problem.) Note that there is often a long dwell time to
fill these monsters.

Diaphragm accumulators: There are also diaphragm accumulators with resilient or metal
diaphragms. They are used where the stored volume is small.

Why are accumulators used?

To supplement pump flow: The most common use for accumulators is to supplement pump flow.
Some circuits require high-volume flow for a short time and then use little or no fluid for an
extended period. Generally speaking, when half or more of the machine cycle is not using pump
flow, the application is a likely candidate for an accumulator circuit.
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT

QUESTION BANK

Fundamental of Mechanical Engineering and Mechatronics

KME-101T/ KME-201T
BY

MANISH SANSERWAL
Assistant Professor
ME-Department
GCET, GREATER NOIDA
Unit 1
Q1. Define stress and strain with their classification?
Q2. State Hooke’s law.
Q3. Define Poisson’s ratio.
Q4. Define different elastic constants.
Q5. State the relationship between Young’s Modulus, Modulus of Rigidity and Bulk
Modulus.
Q6. Draw stress-strain curve for mild steel?
Q7. Define Factor of safety.
Q8. A steel rod 500mm long and 20mm x10mm in cross-section is subjected to axial pull of
300 KN. If modulus of elasticity is 2x105 N/mm2. Calculate the elongation of the rod.
Also calculate strain induced in the bar.
Q9. A bar 500mm long and 22mm in diameter is elongated by 1.2mm under the effect of
axial pull of 105 KN. Calculate stress, strain and modulus of elasticity.
Q10. A material has Young's Modulus of 2.1x105 N/mm2 and Poisson’s ratio 0.29. Calculate
the Bulk modulus and modulus of rigidity.
Q11. For a certain material E=2.8K. Calculate the Poisson’s ratio. Also calculate the ratio of
modulus of elasticity to modulus of rigidity.
Q.12. Define beam and classify it based on different criteria.
Q13. Describe various loads on beam with neat sketch.
Q14. Define statically determinate beam with examples?
Q15. Define shear force and bending moment?
Q16.What is the significance of SFD and BMD?
Q17. Write down the relationship between load intensity, shear force and bending moment.
Q18.What is maximum bending moment in a simply supported beam of span ‘L’subjected to
UDL of ‘w’ over entire span?
Q19. Draw Shear force and Bending moment diagram for loading shown below:
Q 20.Draw bending moment and shear force diagram of a cantilever beam having AB 4
meters long having its fixed end at A and loaded with a uniformly distributed load of 1 kN/m
up to 2 meters from A and with a concentrated load of 2 kN at 1 m from B.
Q 21.Draw S.F.D. and B.M.D. for a beam whose left support is hinge and right support is
roller. The beam has following details:

(i) Span = 8 m
(ii) U.D.L. of 20 kN/m at 4 m from left support.
(iii) A point load of 120 kN at a distance of 6 m from LHS.

Q 22.Draw Shear force and bending moment diagram

Unit 2
Q1. What is IC engine? Give classification of IC engines (any six)?
Q2. Explain working of Four Stroke SI (Petrol) Engine. What is the difference between 2-
stroke and 4-stroke IC engine?

Q3. Compare SI and CI engine on the basis of i) fuel used, ii) Compression ratio, iii) Weight,
iv) Noise and vibration. What are the applications of IC engine?

Q4. Draw p-v and T-S diagram for Diesel cycle. Name the processes involved in it.
Q5. What are the advantages of lubrication in IC engine?
Q6. Name the fuel used by IC engines? Differentiate supercharging and turbocharging in I.C.
engine.
Q7. What are the measures of IC engine performance?
Q8. What is ‘Scavenging’? List any two types of ‘scavenging’.

Q9. Define electric and hybrid vehicle. Also, differentiate between them.

Q10. An engine of diameter 250 mm and 375 mm stroke works on otto cycle. The clearance
volume is 0.00263 m3, find the air standard efficiency of cycle also sketch the cycle on P-V
plane.
Q11. What is refrigeration? Explain the principle of refrigeration?
Q12. Classify the different refrigeration systems? What are the basic units of mechanical
refrigeration systems?
Q13. What is one tonne of refrigeration and co-efficient of performance?
Q14. Explain the working of simple vapour absorption refrigeration system.

Q15. Draw a neat block diagram of vapour compression cycle. Show the direction of flow of
refrigerant.
Q16. Differentiate between the refrigeration and heat pump?
Q17. There are 4,000 kg of new apples arriving each day at a temperature of 5°C and a
specific heat capacity of 3.65 kJ/kg°C. Find out the cooling load.
Q18. In this cold room evaporator will be using 3 fans rated at 200W each and estimate heat
dissipated by running for 14 hours per day.
Q19. A cold room uses an electric heating element rated at 1.2 kW, it runs for 30 minutes 3
times per day and the estimate cooling load, when 30% of all the energy it consumes is just
transferred into the cold room.
Q20. Find the capacity of vapour compression refrigeration system to be used for the bulk
milk cooler from the following data.
i. Capacity of the bulk cooler: 1000 liters
ii. Initial temperature of supply milk: 37 ºC
iii. Temperature to which milk is to be cooled: 2 ºC
iv. Time for cooling: 3.5 hour. (Make necessary assumptions and indicate them clearly.)

Q21. What Is Air Conditioners? Give classification of air conditioning system

Q22. Explain the following terms: i) Daltons law of partial pressures ii) Relative humidity
Q23. Differentiate between C.O.P. and efficiency.

Q24. Draw only a neat labelled sketch of window air-conditioner. Name different types of
expansion valve.

Q25. Compare between window air conditioner and split air conditioner.

Q26. Differentiate vapour compression and vapour absorption refrigeration system.

Q27. Distinguish between central A/C and unitary A/C systems with respect to following
parameters: (i) vibration (ii) noise (iii) power consumption (iv) operating cost (v) ducting (vi)
failure problem (vii) initial cost (viii) maintenance cost.
Q28. What is important of psychometric? Define: i) WBT ii) DPT iii) DBT iv) Degree of
saturation.

Q29. Represent following processes on Psychrometric chart. i) Heating with humidification

ii) Sensible heating. iii) Sensible cooling iv) Evaporative cooling.
Q30. A Carnot refrigerator system has working temperature of -300C and 400C. What is the
maximum C.O.P possible? If the actual C.O.P is 75% of maximum, calculate the actual
refrigeration effect produced per kWh and capacity of system
Unit 3
Q1. Define the term fluid. Write down the various applications of Fluid Mechanics.
Q2. Explain the fluid properties in brief. Also, Differentiate between: Dynamic and
Kinematic Viscosity.
Q3. Explain the terms: surface tension, Newton’s law of viscosity and Pascal's Law with a
suitable example.
Q4. Derive the continuity Equation and mention their applications.
Q5. Derive Bernaulli's Equation and mentioned their assumptions. Write the applications of
Bernaulli's Equation.
Q6. Water from a pipe is coming at a rate of 100 litres per minute. If the radius of the pipe is
5 cm, the Reynolds number for the flow is of the order (density of water = 1000 kg/m3,
coefficient of viscosity of water = 1 mPa s).
Q7. The top of a water tank is open to the air and its water level is maintained. It is giving out
0.74 m3 water per minute through a circular opening of 2 cm radius in its wall. Find out the
depth of the centre of the opening from the level of water in the tank.
Q8. A 2mm space between two parallel plates is filled with viscous fluid. One plate is
moving with velocity 1m/s. Find the mean velocity of the flow between the plates and the
flow rate if plates width is 20cm.
Q9. Water enters a typical garden hose of diameter 1.6cm with a velocity of 3 m/s. Calculate
the exit velocity of water from garden hose when a nozzle of diameter 0.5 cm is attached to
the end of the hose.
Q10. Calculate the velocity if 10 m3/h of water flows through a 100 mm inside diameter pipe.
If the pipe is reduced to 80 mm inside diameter.
Q11. Water is flowing through a pipe having diameter 300mm and 200 mm at the bottom and
upper end respectively. The intensity of pressure at the end is 24.525 N/cm2 and the pressure
at the upper end is 9.81 N/cm2. Determine the difference in datum head if the rate of flow
through pipe is 40 lit/s.

Q12. What are the instruments used to measure the discharge, velocity, specific gravity, and
humidity?

Q13. What are the different types of flows in a circular pipe, parallel plate, open channel, and
over a sphere (through soil/earth)?
Q14. Explain the working principle of hydraulic turbine. Mentioned the different types of
head.
Q15. Explain the different types of Turbine in brief. Also, differentiate between Impulse
turbine and reaction turbine.
Q16. Explain the working principle of hydraulic pump. Mentioned the different types of
head.
Q17. Explain the different types of pump in brief. Also, differentiate between centrifugal
pump and reciprocating pump.
Q20. Explain the working principle of accumulators and hydraulic lift. Write their
applications.
Q21. Explain the types of hydraulic lift with neat sketch.
Q22. Explain the elements of hydraulic turbine and hydraulic pump with neat sketch.

Unit 4
Q1 Define measurement, and its significance with basic characteristics of measuring
instrument.
Q2. What are the different types of errors possible while doing the measurement operations?
Q3. Define calibration and discuss about the need of calibrations required for measuring
instrument.
Q4. Differentiate between accuracy and precision.
Q5. What are the methods for the pressure measurement, define any one.
Q6. Explain the working and application of U-tube manometer and bourdon tube.
Q7. Classify the temperature measurement techniques and explain any one with its
constructional features and neat diagram.
Q8. Differentiate between thermocouple and thermistors.
Q9. What are the non contact temperature measurement techniques, define pyranometers.
Q10. Discuss about the flow measurement techniques, its types and corresponding advantage
and disadvantages.
Q11. Explain rotameter, its working principle, and limitations with neat diagram.
Q12. What are the obstruction type flowmeters, discuss any one with neat diagram.
Q13. Define the strain gauges with its working principle and applications, draw neat diagram
also.
Q14. Discuss about the different aspects and techniques for strain and torque measurement.
Q15. Define displacement measurement and suitable instrument with its constructional
feature and appropriate diagram.
Q16. What do you understand by loadcell? Differentiate between hydraulic load cell and
pneumatic load cell.
Q17. Explain hydraulic load cell with working principle and applications. Draw neat diagram
also.
Q18. Write a short note on the following: a). accuracy b). precision c). resolution
Q19. Differentiate between repeatability and reproducibility; unilateral and bilateral system.
Q20. A meter reads 115.50 V and the true value of the voltage is 115.44 V. Determine the
static error, and the static correction for this instrument.
Q21. A thermometer is calibrated for the range of 100°C to 150°C. The accuracy is specified
within 0.25 percent. What is the maximum static error?
Q22. An analogue indicating instrument with a scale range of 0 - 2.50 V shows a voltage of
1.46 V. A voltage has a true value of 1.50 V. What are the values of absolute error and
correction? Express the error as a fraction of the true value and the full scale deflection
Q23. Determine the resolution of a voltmeter which has a range readout scale with 100
divisions and a full-scale reading of 100 V. If one tenth of a scale division can be read
certainty, determine the resolution of the voltmeter.
Q24. Define the different terminology used in the limit and fit.
Q25. Discuss about the different types of fits with neat diagram.
Q26. What are the different types of gauges, explain any one. Also, define the gauge design
principle.
Q27. A shaft of 25 mm basic size is written as 25 + 0.02. Find upper limit, lower limit, and
tolerance.
Q28. What are the control systems and its basic elements of control systems?
Q29. What are the basic requirements of a measurement system and related instruments in
control systems?
Q30. Differentiate between the open and closed loop control systems.

Unit 5
Q1: Identify mechanics, informatics, and electronic systems of the (a) washing Machine, (b)
jet engine, (c) bread toaster, and (d) automatic camera.
Q2: Identify the areas where mechatronic systems can be used.
Q3. What are the advantages and disadvantages of a mechatronic system?
Q4: Explain the objectives of mechatronics.
Q5: Write a short note on evolution in mechatronics system.
Q6: Identify the different mechatronic systems used in automobiles.
Q7: What do you understand by Autotronics. Explain in details.
Q8: write a notes on: (i) Bionics (ii) Avonics
Q9: Write down the applications fields of Autotronics, bionics, Avonics.
Q10: Explain, with an example, the static characteristic parameter of a sensor.
Q11: What is a proximity sensor? Explain the working of an eddy current proximity sensor.
Q12: What do you understand by Sensors. Write down the characteristics of Sensors.
Q13: What do you understand by Transducer. Write down the characteristics of Transducer.
Q14: Explain ratchet and pawl mechanisms.
Q15: Where are belt drives used? List the types of belts
Q16: What is called pneumatic system?) List the various components of pneumatic system?
Q17: List different control valves?
Q18: Write a short note on following mechanical actuation system Gears, CAM, Bearing
Q19: What do you understand by kinematic chain? Explain different type of kinematics
chain.
Q20: What do you understand by hydraulic actuation system?
Q21: What do you understand by Pneumatic actuation system?
Q22: List out the symbols of different elements used in hydraulic and pneumatic Systems.
Q23: Write a short note on Pressure Control Valves.
Q24: Write a short note on Cylinders, Direction Control Valves.
Q25: what do you understand by Rotary Actuators? Explain in details.
Q26: what do you understand by Accumulators? Explain in details.
Q27: what do you understand by Amplifiers? Explain in details.
Q28: Discuss the simple mechanisms used in mechatronic systems.
Q29: Define kinematic chain? What is the relationship between number of pairs and number
of links?
Q30: Write a short note on (a) transducer (b) Cam and its application
ASSIGNMENT No.1

Q1. A load of 5KN is to be raised with the help of a steel wire. FInd the minimum diameter of
wire if stress is not to exceed 100 MPa.

Q2 A brass rod 1.5 m long and 20mm diameter was found to deform by 1.9mm under tensile
load of 40KN. Calculate the modulus of elasticity

Q3. A copper bar shown in figure is subjected to a tensile load of 30 KN. Determine elongation
of the bar if E=100GPa. Also find maximum stress induced.

Q4. A material has Young's Modulus of 2.1 105 N/mm2 and Poisson’s ratio 0.29. Calculate the
Bulk modulus and modulus of rigidity.

Q5.A metal rod 20 mm diameter and 2 m long is subjected to a tensile force of 60 kN, it showed
and elongation of 2 mm and reduction of diameter by 0.006 mm. Calculate the Poisson's ratio
and three moduli of elasticity.

Q6. A cantilever beam ABCD is fixed at A and free at D ,such that AB=1 m, BC= 2m, CD= 3.5
m. It carries an udl of 150 kN/m from B and D along with a point load of 500 kN at point C.
Draw shear force and bending moment diagram for this beam.
ASSIGNMENT No.2

Q1. What Is Air Conditioners? Give classification of air conditioning system

Q2. Explain the following terms: i) Daltons law of partial pressures ii) Relative humidity iii)
electric and iv) hybrid vehicle

Q3. There are 4,000 kg of new apples arriving each day at a temperature of 5°C and a specific
heat capacity of 3.65 kJ/kg°C. Find out the cooling load.

Q4. Q20. Find the capacity of vapour compression refrigeration system to be used for the bulk
milk cooler from the following data.
i. Capacity of the bulk cooler: 1000 liters
ii. Initial temperature of supply milk: 37 ºC
iii. Temperature to which milk is to be cooled: 2 ºC
iv. Time for cooling: 3.5 hour. (Make necessary assumptions and indicate them clearly.)
ASSIGNMENT NO 3
Q1. If 5 m3 of certain oil weighs 45 kN calculate the specific weight, specific gravity and mass
density of the oil.

Q2.A plate (2m x 2m), 0.25 mm distant apart from a fixed plate, moves at 40 cm/s and requires a
force of 1 N. Determine the dynamic viscosity of the fluid in between the plates.

Q3. A tape of 0.015 cm thick and 1.00 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a clearance of
0.01cm on each side. A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0.021 Ns/m2 completely fills the gap for a
length of 80 cm along the tape. If the tape can withstand a maximum tensile force of 7.5 N
calculate the maximum speed with which it can be drawn through the gap.

Q4.Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 0.88 respectively.
They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric liquid having a specific gravity
of 1.25. If the manometric liquid in the limb connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the
other find the pressure difference in two pipes.

Q5.In a normal adult, the average speed of the blood through the aorta (radius r = 0.8 cm) is
0.33 m/s. From the aorta, the blood goes into major arteries, which are 30 in number, each of
radius 0.4 cm. Calculate the speed of the blood through the arteries.

Q6.Water is flowing in a fire hose with a velocity of 1.0 m/s and a pressure of 200000 Pa. At the
nozzle the pressure decreases to atmospheric pressure (101300 Pa), there is no change in height.
Use the Bernoulli equation to calculate the velocity of the water exiting the nozzle. (Hint: The
density of water is 1000 kg/m3 and gravity g is 9.8 m/s2.
ASSIGNMENT No.4
Q1. Define the different terminology used in the limit and fit. Discuss about the different types of
fits with neat diagram.

Q2. What are the control systems and its basic requirements of a measurement system and
related instruments in control systems?

Q3. Write a short note on the following: a). accuracy b). precision c). resolution d). repeatability
e). reproducibility; unilateral and bilateral system.

Q4. An analogue indicating instrument with a scale range of 0 - 2.50 V shows a voltage of 1.46
V. A voltage has a true value of 1.50 V. What are the values of absolute error and correction?
Express the error as a fraction of the true value and the full scale deflection
ASSIGNMENT No.5
Q1. Write a short note on Pressure Control, Cylinders, and Direction Control Valves.

Q2. Define kinematic chain? What is the relationship between number of pairs and number of
links?

Q3. What do you understand by hydraulic and pneumatic actuation system? Also, List out the
symbols of different elements used in hydraulic and pneumatic Systems.

Q4. What do you understand by Amplifiers, transducer, Cam and its application? Explain in
details.
Galgotias College of Engineering and Technology
1, Knowledge Park II, Greater Noida – 201 306 (UP) India

Department of ……………………………………………………
Subject Name with Code : Fundamental of Mechanical Engineering and Mechatronics
Name of the Course Coordinator : Manish Sanserwal
Name of other course teachers : Ashish Yadav, Ashok Kumar, Naveen Kumar, Rasmi Maheswari,
Krishna kumar, Niranjan Sahoo

Links of Video Lectures

Lecture Unit
COx Topic to be discussed Link of Video Lecture Type
No. No
1 1 Normal and shear Stress, strain, https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording
Hookes’ law .com/video/30044438-
1.
7b80-447f-afe0-
4ccb9d8c7613

1 1 Poisson’s ratio, elastic, constants https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

and their relationship, .com/video/da8934b5-
2.
4194-4ae5-9d42-
b1b9067afdb9

1 1 stress-strain diagram for ductile https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

3. and brittlematerials, factor of safety .com/video/888f3f1c-53f5-
4de1-82ca-2451edd14f52

1 1 Basic Numerical problems https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

4 .com/video/41deafea-df0c-
4932-a43e-68f0297332cc

1 1 Basic Numerical problems https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

5 .com/video/b9e2ce1a-5aa8-
45c6-9e7d-727ad264ded6

1 1 Types of beams under various https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

6 loads, Statically Determinate .com/video/ddda81f0-b9d8-
Beams 4b77-8921-0671b5e2a2a3

1 1 Shearforce and bending moment in https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

7 beams .com/video/b57fb055-8185-
40cd-85cc-4e9d6120fda7

1 1 Shear force and bending https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

8 momentdiagrams .com/video/79dc1605-5c08-
498a-8227-5cb6090e69db

1 1 Relationships between load, shear https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

9 and bending moment .com/video/625c078e-f6da-
45ff-938d-a32b1c083ded

1 1 Basic Numerical problems https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

10 .com/video/1a792f8d-6ab0-
4051-ac8e-7881e93c1692

1 1 Basic Numerical problems https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

11 .com/video/3e8f5f1c-e7cf-
44a9-9ea5-91d87993c250

2 2 IC Engine: Basic Components, https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

12 Construction and Working of Two .com/video/a6671786-67c3-
stroke and four stroke SI engine 4c29-b999-4aee7adfc902
Galgotias College of Engineering and Technology
1, Knowledge Park II, Greater Noida – 201 306 (UP) India

Department of ……………………………………………………
2 2 Construction and Working of Two https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording
stroke and four stroke CI engine .com/video/02a5a7a6-
13
263a-48e2-bf64-
24dd02488a6f

2 2 merits and demerits, scavenging https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

14 process .com/video/317f651a-1236-
4d9d-a3c0-bcae64ce9b3c

2 2 Introduction to electric, and hybrid https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

electric vehicles .com/video/281d3953-
15
dae7-48b5-89f8-
da1158e8f251

2 2 Refrigeration: Its meaning and https://web.microsoftstream Board Teaching

16 application .com/video/f49cc38b-f190-
4cb3-80a1-e4a9a1f7e076

2 2 unit of refrigeration, Coefficient of https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

17 performance, methods of .com/video/6641f46c-ea2b-
refrigeration 4e0d-80e9-f5b971e1100a

2 2 construction andworking of https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

18 domestic refrigerator .com/video/3c1ba272-7509-
4bde-a9d4-334a29b794fd

2 2 concept of heat pump, numerical https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

19 problems .com/video/bc7f2267-6b25-
4bed-a2b6-5ee621ca212e

2 2 Formula basednumerical problems https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

20 on cooling load .com/video/d7df6382-b3af-
4293-b0b5-c7e52cef10bc

2 2 Air-Conditioning: Its meaning and https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

21 application .com/video/0638477c-956c-
4d7d-9ddc-e3cc3a09a147

2 2 humidity, dry bulb, wetbulb, and https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

22 dew point temperatures, comfort .com/video/44fe7bfe-25e8-
conditions 4097-87db-8e115fdb43ae

2 2 construction and working of https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

23 window air conditioner .com/video/2f41f7ec-ba63-
4e5d-8531-55bddce19702

3 3 Introduction to Fluid Mechanics https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

24 and Applications .com/video/c98afbd5-9c01-
4a29-b4a4-f5457627d5a0

3 3 Fluids properties, pressure, https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

25 density, dynamicand kinematic .com/video/d1398229-ff26-
viscosity,specific gravity 4c3d-95f4-d1e413e956f5

3 3 Newtonian and Non- https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

26 Newtonianfluid .com/video/a04dffdc-79c0-
48bd-82c6-8c74b8ba87ee
Galgotias College of Engineering and Technology
1, Knowledge Park II, Greater Noida – 201 306 (UP) India

Department of ……………………………………………………
3 3 Pascal’s Law, Continuity Equation https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording
27 .com/video/028ecd0b-62fd-
4eb0-8b27-51eef7c5bcbf

3 3 Bernaulli’s Equation and https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

28 itsapplications .com/video/9ea1c45c-0a1b-
4fc0-8807-97090f92eced

3 3 Basic Numerical problems https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

29 .com/video/7fcf2c7a-7a0d-
49d1-9bc6-fc1f176604b2

3 3 Basic Numerical problems https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

30 .com/video/077272e3-55f0-
4b3a-86fd-726150ad6fc5

3 3 Working principles of hydraulic https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

31 turbinesand their classifications .com/video/dfe76464-6b95-
4f21-98b8-f08e0bbf4ecb

3 3 Working principles of hydraulic https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

32 pumpsand their classifications .com/video/cc91dde5-e32b-
48f8-b237-93766ef9972a

3 3 hydraulic accumulators, hydraulic https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

33 liftand their applications .com/video/316ed5aa-a1fb-
4777-8be0-b14c80a890a5

4 4 Concept of Measurement, Error in https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

34 measurements, Calibration .com/video/e9d8c7cd-6d3f-
4de6-852e-f5658aa6fef4

4 4 measurements of pressure, https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

temperature, massflow rate .com/video/a6ae770b-
35
7222-411d-9237-
0bd61d58f818

4 4 measurements of strain, force and https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

36 torques .com/video/9ba824f2-0ea9-
4e99-bdf3-6328cb2d350f

4 4 Concept of accuracy, precision https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

37 andresolution .com/video/791ed3d3-9c51-
4604-a258-e2f66b8c86a7

4 4 Basic Numerical problems https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

.com/video/30b08b10-
38
7ed5-4fe1-ae42-
59d528ad4aa7

4 4 Basic Numerical problems https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

39 .com/video/e7c6ca58-34de-
41f2-9209-ba214b181eec

4 4 System of Geometric Limit, Fit https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

40 .com/video/4d92abe5-05ef-
4532-9747-b470faf0bdba
Galgotias College of Engineering and Technology
1, Knowledge Park II, Greater Noida – 201 306 (UP) India

Department of ……………………………………………………
4 4 System of Geometric Tolerance https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording
41 and gauges .com/video/ad7db99e-faf1-
4042-8f93-f338b47a8b4e

4 4 Basic Numericalproblems. https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

42 .com/video/aa0b7c0a-0196-
4af7-a959-40a7acfe660f

4 4 Introduction to Control Systems, https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

Elements ofcontrol system .com/video/e1960205-
43
4eb4-41bd-b710-
972064a858d9

4 4 Basic of open and closed loop https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

44 control with example. .com/video/6a57f5c3-3a04-
4ffb-8474-8bf714b9425f

5 5 Introduction to Mechatronics: https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

45 Evolution, Scope, Advantages .com/video/c3b2fb90-b793-
anddisadvantages of Mechatronics 45de-a2a6-8dfbb9c92a28

5 5 Industrial applications of https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

46 Mechatronics .com/video/b4066402-cc57-
41f4-aa43-aaefdd94a2a9

5 5 Introduction to autotronics, bionics, https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

47 and avionics and their applications .com/video/c076d54b-e771-
46b7-be49-ffaace6d77cf

5 5 Sensors and Transducers: Types https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

48 of sensors, and their .com/video/0e7d4acf-64b5-
characteristics 4b95-8bfd-c8ea64218525

5 5 types of transducers and their https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

49 characteristics .com/video/fe19a537-7a26-
4cac-aa0a-ee2fa588b464

5 5 Overview of Mechanical Actuation https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

50 System – Kinematic Chains, .com/video/7e74e3cd-843f-
Cam,Train Ratchet Mechanism 4df6-b11c-4f0ddcdf78c6

5 5 Gears and its type, Belt, Bearing https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

51 .com/video/87e18769-f741-
4988-8936-abcb251cd70e

5 5 Hydraulic and Pneumatic Actuation https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

52 Systems: Overview .com/video/a065851a-c6a5-
497f-b548-47a922913de4

5 5 PressureControl Valves, Cylinders, https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

Direction Control Valves .com/video/85878be5-
53
8933-4631-a3a8-
d744ec3fa583

5 5 Rotary Actuators,Accumulators https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording

54 .com/video/8747d9cb-1d1d-
4d56-bca0-aed0581e04e4
Galgotias College of Engineering and Technology
1, Knowledge Park II, Greater Noida – 201 306 (UP) India

Department of ……………………………………………………
5 5 Amplifiers, and Pneumatic https://web.microsoftstream PPT Recording
55 Sequencing Problems .com/video/8747d9cb-1d1d-
4d56-bca0-aed0581e04e4
Galgotias College of Engineering and Technology, Greater Noida
Summary of Students' Attendance / Online Classes and Progress of Syllabus ## B Tech - I Sem : 2020-21

Course : Fundamental of mechanical engineering and technology Faculty : Manish Sanserwal

S. Lecture Lecture Class Descripton Topic Delivered / Contents Taught Total Present
Date AT %
No. No Timing (Branch / Sem / Section) (concerned with Teaching Plan) Students Student

1 08-12-2020 1 12:00 - 12:50 CE / I / B Normal and shear Stress, strain, Hookes’ law 35 15 42.9
2 09-12-2020 2 13:40-14:30 CE / I / B Poisson’s ratio, elastic, constants and their relationship, 35 16 45.7
3 10-12-2020 3 09:30-10:20 CE / I / B stress-strain diagram for ductile and brittlematerials, factor of safety 35 17 48.6
4 11-12-2020 4 14:30-15:20 CE / I / B Basic Numerical problems 35 15 42.9
5 14/12/2020 5 14:30-15:20 CE / I / B Basic Numerical problems 35 17 48.6
6 14/12/2020 6 15:20-16:10 CE / I / B Types of beams under various loads, Statically Determinate Beams 35 15 42.9
7 15/12/2020 7 12:00 - 12:50 CE / I / B Shearforce and bending moment in beams 35 16 45.7
8 16/12/2020 8 13:40-14:30 CE / I / B Shear force and bending momentdiagrams 35 18 51.4
9 17/12/2020 9 09:30-10:20 CE / I / B Relationships between load, shear and bending moment 35 19 54.3
10 18/12/2020 10 14:30-15:20 CE / I / B Basic Numerical problems 35 18 51.4
11 21/12/2020 11 14:30-15:20 CE / I / B Basic Numerical problems 19 35 54.3
12 21/12/2020 12 15:20-16:10 CE / I / B IC Engine: Basic Components, Construction and Working of Two stroke and four stroke
35 SI engine
19 54.3
13 22/12/2020 13 12:00 - 12:50 CE / I / B Construction and Working of Two stroke and four stroke CI engine 35 22 62.9
14 23/12/2020 14 13:40-14:30 CE / I / B merits and demerits, scavenging process 35 20 57.1
15 24/12/2020 15 09:30-10:20 CE / I / B Introduction to electric, and hybrid electric vehicles 35 23 65.7
16 28/12/2020 16 14:30-15:20 CE / I / B Refrigeration: Its meaning and application 35 21 60.0
17 28/12/2020 17 15:20-16:10 CE / I / B unit of refrigeration, Coefficient of performance, methods of refrigeration 35 20 57.1
18 29/12/2020 18 12:00 - 12:50 CE / I / B construction andworking of domestic refrigerator 35 24 68.6
19 30/12/2020 19 13:40-14:30 CE / I / B concept of heat pump, numerical problems 35 16 45.7
20 31/12/2020 20 09:30-10:20 CE / I / B Formula basednumerical problems on cooling load 35 22 62.9
21 04-01-2021 21 14:30-15:20 CE / I / B Air-Conditioning: Its meaning and application 35 23 65.7
22 04-01-2021 22 15:20-16:10 CE / I / B humidity, dry bulb, wetbulb, and dew point temperatures, comfort conditions 35 23 65.7
23 04-01-2025 23 12:00 - 12:50 CE / I / B construction and working of window air conditioner 35 23 65.7
24 06-01-2021 24 13:40-14:30 CE / I / B Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Applications 35 22 62.9
25 07-01-2021 25 09:30-10:20 CE / I / B Fluids properties, pressure, density, dynamicand kinematic viscosity,specific gravity 35 19 54.3
26 18/01/2021 26 14:30-15:20 CE / I / B Newtonian and Non-Newtonianfluid 35 21 60.0
27 18/01/2021 27 15:20-16:10 CE / I / B Pascal’s Law, Continuity Equation 35 21 60.0
28 19/01/2021 28 12:00 - 12:50 CE / I / B Bernaulli’s Equation and itsapplications 35 24 68.6
29 20/01/2021 29 13:40-14:30 CE / I / B Basic Numerical problems 35 23 65.7
30 21/01/2021 30 09:30-10:20 CE / I / B Basic Numerical problems 35 26 74.3
31 22/01/2021 31 14:30-15:20 CE / I / B Working principles of hydraulic turbinesand their classifications 35 20 57.1
32 25/01/2021 32 14:30-15:20 CE / I / B Working principles of hydraulic pumpsand their classifications 35 18 51.4
33 25/01/2021 33 15:20-16:10 CE / I / B hydraulic accumulators, hydraulic liftand their applications 35 18 51.4
34 27/01/2021 34 13:40-14:30 CE / I / B Concept of Measurement, Error in measurements, Calibration 35 18 51.4
35 28/01/2021 35 09:30-10:20 CE / I / B measurements of pressure, temperature, massflow rate 35 11 31.4
36 29/01/2021 36 14:30-15:20 CE / I / B measurements of strain, force and torques 35 22 62.9
37 01-02-2021 37 14:30-15:20 CE / I / B Concept of accuracy, precision andresolution 35 18 51.4
38 01-02-2021 38 15:20-16:10 CE / I / B Basic Numerical problems 35 18 51.4
39 02-02-2021 39 12:00 - 12:50 CE / I / B Basic Numerical problems 35 22 62.9
40 03-02-2021 40 13:40-14:30 CE / I / B System of Geometric Limit, Fit 35 27 77.1
41 04-02-2021 41 09:30-10:20 CE / I / B System of Geometric Tolerance and gauges 35 23 65.7
42 05-02-2021 42 14:30-15:20 CE / I / B Basic Numericalproblems. 35 22 62.9
43 08-02-2021 43 14:30-15:20 CE / I / B Introduction to Control Systems, Elements ofcontrol system 35 17 48.6
44 08-02-2021 44 15:20-16:10 CE / I / B Basic of open and closed loop control with example. 35 17 48.6
45 09-02-2021 45 12:00 - 12:50 CE / I / B Introduction to Mechatronics: Evolution, Scope, Advantages anddisadvantages of Mechatronics
35 17 48.6
46 10-02-2021 46 09:30-10:20 CE / I / B Industrial applications of Mechatronics 35 18 51.4
47 10-02-2021 47 10:20-11:10 CE / I / B Introduction to autotronics, bionics, and avionics and their applications 35 18 51.4
48 10-02-2021 48 11:10-12:00 CE / I / B Sensors and Transducers: Types of sensors, and their characteristics 35 18 51.4
49 10-02-2021 49 13:40-14:30 CE / I / B types of transducersand their characteristics 35 20 57.1
50 10-02-2021 50 18:00-18:50 CE / I / B Overview of Mechanical Actuation System – Kinematic Chains, Cam,Train Ratchet Mechanism
35 6 17.1
51 10-02-2021 51 18:50-19:40 CE / I / B Gears and its type, Belt, Bearing 35 4 11.4
52 11-02-2021 52 09:30-10:20 CE / I / B Hydraulic and Pneumatic Actuation Systems: Overview 35 26 74.3
53 11-02-2021 53 12:50-13:40 CE / I / B PressureControl Valves, Cylinders, Direction Control Valves 35 16 45.7
54 11-02-2021 54 17:00-17:50 CE / I / B Rotary Actuators,Accumulators 35 7 20.0
55 12-02-2021 55 14:30-15:20 CE / I / B Amplifiers, and Pneumatic Sequencing Problems 35 0 0.0
56 #DIV/0!
57 #DIV/0!
58 #DIV/0!
59 #DIV/0!
60 #DIV/0!
61 #DIV/0!
62 #DIV/0!
63 #DIV/0!
64 #DIV/0!
65 #DIV/0!
gineering and Technology, Greater Noida
ne Classes and Progress of Syllabus ## B Tech - I Sem : 2020-21

Link of Stored Meeting (Class) Remarks, if any

Unable to record
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/434367b2-bde4-4daa-a49e-f99e0bf3c24c
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/5d3f70ac-d05d-482b-8ebb-5f942ca9d46c
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/e762185c-f16b-49a0-9702-0cba6585b8b7
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/4d5de10a-727e-485d-a261-d5052f9d3666
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/4d5de10a-727e-485d-a261-d5052f9d3666
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/49a75ad5-e668-4748-8ed1-63eed2f08934
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/7f932f5a-7e44-4084-bc36-fea95b62c80b
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/12354388-61d1-4154-8657-8e6e01bf4d9a
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/0de6a25c-8461-4d8e-8136-3821cf0d65a2
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/eb47a757-ca6d-487c-8b80-283fdd81f0c0
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/b4269122-0886-4203-b09c-5f5604e6aeba
Unable to record
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/3ceab3bf-33f6-4f8f-bb4f-907c863ff20c
Unable to record
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/e17e83f8-cc84-4805-bd15-ef18fe9ba44b
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/e17e83f8-cc84-4805-bd15-ef18fe9ba44b
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/361bd5d2-1b56-4168-9e73-be14c0545463
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/df5c7420-1a0b-4805-b97a-fc44e5ec473d
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/b78289cc-6402-4f67-81bf-cead4d60dbe5
Unable to record
Unable to record
Forgot to record
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/d837567f-06b0-4a70-b0c6-7a70838d53d6
Forgot to record
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/ef658c8c-47df-4aaf-a873-468669d42f8d
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/ef658c8c-47df-4aaf-a873-468669d42f8d
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/cdf15965-57ad-467b-b00b-d66c9203a5e9
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/f90e2829-6953-430a-a4f7-8e1c28624374
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/d546c0d2-cd3a-470d-b505-f4380e7742e7
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/93655d8e-0135-4c40-baa8-d75c3d52be76
Microsoft team problem
Microsoft team problem
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/96ad4a9f-4079-4f09-b941-c58fdf6bd2eb
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/2a57f1c0-2e3a-4438-8bd1-13a9520a3571
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/eb24fa38-1611-4456-9258-d97588e7d246
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/be99cb68-3163-4086-b0ba-c241a4ec2503
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/be99cb68-3163-4086-b0ba-c241a4ec2503
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/1a676f0e-6d6b-4834-adc0-55e9dec75b46
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/e03d3904-6a4f-4631-b311-840420042374
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/d29ab044-5de9-41f5-b19b-69cd8846d63b
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/c0be3ddb-7003-4730-aedf-18b183639c53
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/5dca041e-78d5-4e54-8c7e-effd32f8a74b
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/5dca041e-78d5-4e54-8c7e-effd32f8a74b
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/8c5751e6-9714-4d73-b3e6-f32d2796f6aa
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/7ac444b5-f405-4425-89ef-60131acc9e17
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/7ac444b5-f405-4425-89ef-60131acc9e17
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/7ac444b5-f405-4425-89ef-60131acc9e17
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/d512cc54-f290-405e-ac26-bfba234b40b2
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/427e5217-6193-4e1c-8724-6146dbe62cea
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/427e5217-6193-4e1c-8724-6146dbe62cea
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/eade8db6-7c40-43d4-ac88-b945090f7d3c
Microsoft team problem
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/a239e1e7-6536-4516-81cf-291aefa85f49
Galgotias College of Engineering and Technology, Greater Noida
Summary of Students' Attendance / Online Classes and Progress of Syllabus ## B Tech - I Sem

Course : Faculty :
S. Lecture Class Descripton Topic Delivered / Contents Taught Total Present
Date Lecture Timing
No. No (Branch / Sem / Section) (concerned with Teaching Plan) Students Student

1 08-Dec 1 12:00 - 12:50 CE / I / A Normal and shear Stress, strain, Hookes’ law 59 39
2 09-Dec 2 13:40-14:30 CE / I / A Poisson’s ratio, elastic, constants and their relationship, 59 40
3 10-Dec 3 09:30-10:20 CE / I / A stress-strain diagram for ductile and brittlematerials, factor of safety 59 40
4 11-Dec 4 14:30-15:20 CE / I / A Basic Numerical problems 59 39
5 11-Dec 5 14:30-15:20 CE / I / A Basic Numerical problems 59 39
6 14-Dec 6 15:20-16:10 CE / I / A Types of beams under various loads, Statically Determinate Beams 59 45
7 15-Dec 7 12:00 - 12:50 CE / I / A Shearforce and bending moment in beams 59 41
8 16-Dec 8 13:40-14:30 CE / I / A Shear force and bending momentdiagrams 59 44
9 17-Dec 9 09:30-10:20 CE / I / A Relationships between load, shear and bending moment 59 48
10 18-Dec 10 14:30-15:20 CE / I / A Basic Numerical problems 59 47
11 18-Dec 11 14:30-15:20 CE / I / A Basic Numerical problems 40 59
12 21-Dec 12 15:20-16:10 CE / I / A IC Engine: Basic Components, Construction and Working of Two stroke and four stroke59SI engine
42
13 22-Dec 13 12:00 - 12:50 CE / I / A Construction and Working of Two stroke and four stroke CI engine 59 47
14 23-Dec 14 13:40-14:30 CE / I / A merits and demerits, scavenging process 59 50
15 24-Dec 15 09:30-10:20 CE / I / A Introduction to electric, and hybrid electric vehicles 59 40
16 28-Dec 16 14:30-15:20 CE / I / A Refrigeration: Its meaning and application 59 42
17 29-Dec 17 15:20-16:10 CE / I / A unit of refrigeration, Coefficient of performance, methods of refrigeration 59 50
18 30-Dec 18 12:00 - 12:50 CE / I / A construction andworking of domestic refrigerator 59 42
19 31-Dec 19 13:40-14:30 CE / I / A concept of heat pump, numerical problems 59 48
20 4-Jan 20 09:30-10:20 CE / I / A Formula basednumerical problems on cooling load 59 40
21 5-Jan 21 14:30-15:20 CE / I / A Air-Conditioning: Its meaning and application 59 42
22 6-Jan 22 15:20-16:10 CE / I / A humidity, dry bulb, wetbulb, and dew point temperatures, comfort conditions 59 40
23 7-Jan 23 12:00 - 12:50 CE / I / A construction and working of window air conditioner 59 50
24 7Jan 24 13:40-14:30 CE / I / A Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Applications 59 48
25 ######## 25 09:30-10:20 CE / I / A Fluids properties, pressure, density, dynamicand kinematic viscosity,specific gravity 59 42
26 18/01/2021 26 14:30-15:20 CE / I / A Newtonian and Non-Newtonianfluid 59 47
27 18/01/2021 27 15:20-16:10 CE / I / A Pascal’s Law, Continuity Equation 59 50
28 19/01/2021 28 12:00 - 12:50 CE / I / A Bernaulli’s Equation and itsapplications 59 40
29 20/01/2021 29 13:40-14:30 CE / I / A Basic Numerical problems 59 42
30 21/01/2021 30 09:30-10:20 CE / I / A Basic Numerical problems 59 50
31 22/01/2021 31 14:30-15:20 CE / I / A Working principles of hydraulic turbinesand their classifications 59 42
32 25/01/2021 32 14:30-15:20 CE / I / A Working principles of hydraulic pumpsand their classifications 59 48
33 25/01/2021 33 15:20-16:10 CE / I / A hydraulic accumulators, hydraulic liftand their applications 59 40
34 27/01/2021 34 13:40-14:30 CE / I / A Concept of Measurement, Error in measurements, Calibration 59 42
35 28/01/2021 35 09:30-10:20 CE / I / A measurements of pressure, temperature, massflow rate 59 40
36 29/01/2021 36 14:30-15:20 CE / I / A measurements of strain, force and torques 59 50
37 ######## 37 14:30-15:20 CE / I / A Concept of accuracy, precision andresolution 59 48
38 ######## 38 15:20-16:10 CE / I / A Basic Numerical problems 59 42
39 ######## 39 12:00 - 12:50 CE / I / A Basic Numerical problems 59 47
40 ######## 40 13:40-14:30 CE / I / A System of Geometric Limit, Fit 59 50
41 ######## 41 09:30-10:20 CE / I / A System of Geometric Tolerance and gauges 59 40
42 ######## 42 14:30-15:20 CE / I / A Basic Numericalproblems. 59 42
43 ######## 43 14:30-15:20 CE / I / A Introduction to Control Systems, Elements ofcontrol system 59 50
44 ######## 44 15:20-16:10 CE / I / A Basic of open and closed loop control with example. 59 42
45 ######## 45 12:00 - 12:50 CE / I / A Introduction to Mechatronics: Evolution, Scope, Advantages anddisadvantages of Mechatronics
59 48
46 ######## 46 09:30-10:20 CE / I / A Industrial applications of Mechatronics 59 40
47 ######## 47 10:20-11:10 CE / I / A Introduction to autotronics, bionics, and avionics and their applications 59 42
48 ######## 48 11:10-12:00 CE / I / A Sensors and Transducers: Types of sensors, and their characteristics 59 40
49 ######## 49 13:40-14:30 CE / I / A types of transducersand their characteristics 59 50
50 ######## 50 18:00-18:50 CE / I / A Overview of Mechanical Actuation System – Kinematic Chains, Cam,Train Ratchet Mechanism
59 48
51 ######## 51 18:50-19:40 CE / I / A Gears and its type, Belt, Bearing 59 52
52 ######## 52 09:30-10:20 CE / I / A Hydraulic and Pneumatic Actuation Systems: Overview 59 53
53 ######## 53 12:50-13:40 CE / I / A PressureControl Valves, Cylinders, Direction Control Valves 59 54
54 ######## 54 17:00-17:50 CE / I / A Rotary Actuators,Accumulators 59 51
55 ######## 55 14:30-15:20 CE / I / A Amplifiers, and Pneumatic Sequencing Problems 59 48
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
ngineering and Technology, Greater Noida
ne Classes and Progress of Syllabus ## B Tech - I Sem : 2020-21

AT % Link of Stored Meeting (Class) Remarks, if any

66.1 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/434367b2-bde4-4daa-a49e-f99e0bf3c24c
67.8 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/5d3f70ac-d05d-482b-8ebb-5f942ca9d46c
67.8 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/e762185c-f16b-49a0-9702-0cba6585b8b7
66.1 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/4d5de10a-727e-485d-a261-d5052f9d3666
66.1 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/4d5de10a-727e-485d-a261-d5052f9d3666
76.3 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/49a75ad5-e668-4748-8ed1-63eed2f08934
69.5 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/7f932f5a-7e44-4084-bc36-fea95b62c80b
74.6 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/12354388-61d1-4154-8657-8e6e01bf4d9a
81.4 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/0de6a25c-8461-4d8e-8136-3821cf0d65a2
79.7 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/eb47a757-ca6d-487c-8b80-283fdd81f0c0
67.8 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/b4269122-0886-4203-b09c-5f5604e6aeba
71.2
79.7 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/3ceab3bf-33f6-4f8f-bb4f-907c863ff20c
84.7
67.8 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/e17e83f8-cc84-4805-bd15-ef18fe9ba44b
71.2 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/e17e83f8-cc84-4805-bd15-ef18fe9ba44b
84.7 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/361bd5d2-1b56-4168-9e73-be14c0545463
71.2 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/df5c7420-1a0b-4805-b97a-fc44e5ec473d
81.4 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/b78289cc-6402-4f67-81bf-cead4d60dbe5
67.8
71.2
67.8
84.7 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/d837567f-06b0-4a70-b0c6-7a70838d53d6
81.4
71.2 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/ef658c8c-47df-4aaf-a873-468669d42f8d
79.7 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/ef658c8c-47df-4aaf-a873-468669d42f8d
84.7 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/cdf15965-57ad-467b-b00b-d66c9203a5e9
67.8 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/f90e2829-6953-430a-a4f7-8e1c28624374
71.2 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/d546c0d2-cd3a-470d-b505-f4380e7742e7
84.7
71.2 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/bdf2c638-eaca-40df-97f5-a46857cd5444
81.4 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/127ceb24-f0ff-437a-a0fe-d69a008b04d2
67.8 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/906b6365-d4db-46c2-836e-6644855e9d8b
71.2 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/9b6ddfa7-acf5-4eb6-a27c-9e322931f268
67.8 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/baaaf27c-d378-4cc6-ab54-d3196a79aace
84.7 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/baaaf27c-d378-4cc6-ab54-d3196a79aace
81.4
71.2 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/d070ee66-8260-4b61-8bed-d21faaa6df24
79.7 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/b31fd623-e490-4027-ae18-c13d238482fe
84.7 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/b31fd623-e490-4027-ae18-c13d238482fe
67.8 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/ef338efe-ef32-4e7a-b1ca-c5ff7375f80f
71.2 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/9a265733-d423-4d35-a881-cc84f2a601df
84.7 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/d51df557-0c8a-4145-818b-91512bf1f9e2
71.2 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/c365f3fa-9ce7-4582-a08d-f5d9c39656c9
81.4 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/524ec5fe-042a-4466-b804-e75978ebd6f6
67.8 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/524ec5fe-042a-4466-b804-e75978ebd6f6
71.2 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/4e083eb9-b646-4c05-9e5c-f82518e613b1
67.8 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/6db6f7f1-0c77-46be-9d1c-f6de4e44ff71
84.7 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/6db6f7f1-0c77-46be-9d1c-f6de4e44ff71
81.4
88.1 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/fa4f4280-01a3-4f88-b260-f7c03a86c041
89.8 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/fa4f4280-01a3-4f88-b260-f7c03a86c041
91.5 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/62407cc8-4069-41e6-8d4f-dd9b00beca7d
86.4 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/62407cc8-4069-41e6-8d4f-dd9b00beca7d
81.4
#DIV/0!
#DIV/0!
#DIV/0!
#DIV/0!
#DIV/0!
#DIV/0!
#DIV/0!
#DIV/0!
#DIV/0!
#DIV/0!
Galgotias College of Engineering and Technology, Greater Noida
Summary of Students' Attendance / Online Classes and Progress of Syllabus ## B Tech - I Sem : 2020-21

Course : KME101T(FMEM) Faculty : Rashmi Rani Maheshwari

S. Lecture Lecture Class Descripton Topic Delivered / Contents Taught Total Present
Date AT %
No. No Timing (Branch / Sem / Section) (concerned with Teaching Plan) Students Student

1 8-Dec-20 1 1:40-2:30 EC/1/A Introduction+ Normal Stress 66 49 74.2

2 9-Dec-20 2 11:10-12:00 EC/1/A Strain, Young Modulus+numericals 66 54 81.8
3 10-Dec-20 3 2:30-3:20 EC/1/A Shear stress, Modulus of rigidity 66 50 75.8
4 10-Dec-20 4 3:20-4:10 EC/1/A Condition of equilibrium 66 50 75.8
5 11-Dec-20 5 9:30-10:20 EC/1/A Stress-strain diagram 66 60 90.9
6 14-Dec-20 6 12:00-12:50 EC/1/A Relation ship between E,G,K 66 53 80.3
7 16-Dec-20 7 11:10-12:00 EC/1/A Factor of safety+numerical 66 57 86.4
8 17-Dec-20 8 2:30-3:20 EC/1/A Beams & types of Beams 66 58 87.9
9 17-Dec-20 9 3:20-4:10 EC/1/A Loads & Types of load 66 58 87.9
10 18-Dec-20 10 9:30-10:20 EC/1/A Calculation of reactions at the beam end 66 60 90.9
11 21-Dec-20 11 12:00-12:50 EC/1/A Introduction to SFD+BMD 66 58 87.9
12 22-Dec-20 12 1:40-2:30 EC/1/A SFD, BMD of Cantilever Beam 66 58 87.9
13 23-Dec-20 13 11:10-12:00 EC/1/A SFD, BMD of Simply supported Beam 66 61 92.4
14 24-Dec-20 14 2:30-3:20 EC/1/A Simple numerical problem 66 56 84.8
15 24-Dec-20 15 3:20-4:10 EC/1/A Simple numerical problem 66 56 84.8
16 28-Dec-20 16 12:00-12:50 EC/1/A Two stroke engine 66 62 93.9
17 29-Dec-20 17 1:40-2:30 EC/1/A 4stroke engine 66 60 90.9
18 30-Dec-20 18 11:10-12:00 EC/1/A Completion of IC engine 66 60 90.9
19 31-Dec-20 19 2:30-3:20 EC/1/A refrigeration 66 54 81.8
20 31-Dec-20 20 3:20-4:10 EC/1/A refrigeration 66 54 81.8
21 4-Jan-21 21 12:00-12:50 EC/1/A Air conditioning 66 62 93.9
22 5-Jan-21 22 1:40-2:30 EC/1/A Revision 66 59 89.4
23 6-Jan-21 23 11:10-12:00 EC/1/A Revision 66 63 95.5
24 7-Jan-21 24 2:30-3:20 EC/1/A Revision 66 55 83.3
25 7-Jan-21 25 3:20-4:10 EC/1/A Revision 66 55 83.3
26 8-Jan-21 26 9:30-10:20 EC/1/A Revision 66 60 90.9
27 18-Jan-21 27 12:00-12:50 EC/1/A Properties of Fluid 66 57 86.4
28 19-Jan-21 28 1:40-2:30 EC/1/A 66
Newtonian and Non-Newtonianfluid,Pascal’s Law, Continuity Equation 60 90.9
29 20-Jan-21 29 11:10-12:00 66
EC/1/ABernaulli’s Equation and its applications,Basic Numerical problems 62 93.9
30 21-Jan-21 30 2:30-3:20 66
EC/1/A Working principles of hydraulic turbinesand their classifications 57 86.4
31 21-Jan-21 31 3:20-4:10 66
EC/1/A Working principles of hydraulic pumpsand their classifications 57 86.4
32 22-Jan-21 32 9:30-10:20 EC/1/A 66
hydraulic accumulators, hydraulic liftand their applications 60 90.9
33 25-Jan-21 33 12:00-12:50 66
EC/1/A Concept of Measurement, Error in measurements, Calibration 62 93.9
34 27-Jan-21 34 11:10-12:00 EC/1/A measurements of pressure, temperature, massflow rate66 63 95.5
35 28-Jan-21 35 2:30-3:20 EC/1/A measurements of strain, force and torques 66 61 92.4
36 28-Jan-21 36 3:20-4:10 EC/1/A Concept of accuracy, precision andresolution 66 61 92.4
37 29-Jan-21 37 9:30-10:20 EC/1/A Basic Numerical problems 66 62 93.9
38 1-Feb-21 38 12:00-12:50 EC/1/A Basic Numerical problems 66 60 90.9
39 4-Feb-21 39 2:30-3:20 EC/1/A System of Geometric Limit, Fit 66 51 77.3
40 4-Feb-21 40 3:20-4:10 EC/1/A System of Geometric Tolerance and gauges 66 51 77.3
41 5-Feb-21 41 9:30-10:20 EC/1/A Basic Numericalproblems. 66 59 89.4
42 8-Feb-21 42 12:00-12:50
Introduction to Control 66loop control
EC/1/ASystems, Elements ofcontrol system, Basic of open and closed 51 with example.
77.3
43 8-Feb-21 43 8:30-9:15 EC/1/A Revision 66 36 54.5
44 8-Feb-21 44 9:15-10:00 EC/1/A Revision 66 36 54.5
45 9-Feb-21 45 11:10-12:00 EC/1/A 66
Introduction to autotronics, bionics, and avionics and their applications 54 81.8
46 9-Feb-21 46 12:00-12:50 66
EC/1/ASensors and Transducers: Types of sensors, and their characteristics 54 81.8
47 9-Feb-21 47 1:40-2:30 EC/1/A types of transducersand their characteristics 66 42 63.6
48 9-Feb-21 48 8:30-9:15 EC/1/A Revision 66 37 56.1
49 9-Feb-21 49 9:15-10:00 EC/1/A Revision 66 37 56.1
50 10-Feb-21 50 Overview
11:10-12:00
of MechanicalEC/1/A 66 Gears and
Actuation System – Kinematic Chains, Cam,Train Ratchet Mechanism, 44 its type,
66.7
Belt, Bearing
51 10-Feb-21 51 8:30-9:15 EC/1/A Revision 66 23 34.8
52 10-Feb-21 52 9:15-10:00 EC/1/A Revision 66 23 34.8
53 11-Feb-21 53 2:30-3:20
Hydraulic and Pneumatic 66 Direction
EC/1/A Actuation Systems: Overview, PressureControl Valves, Cylinders, 39 Control
59.1
Valves
54 11-Feb-21 54 3:20-4:10 Rotary
EC/1/A 66 programing
Actuators,Accumulators,Amplifiers, and Pneumatic SEQUENCING 39 59.1
55 11-Feb-21 55 8:30-9:15 EC/1/A Revision 66 23 34.8
56 11-Feb-21 56 9:15-10:00 EC/1/A Revision 66 23 34.8
57 #DIV/0!
58 #DIV/0!
59 #DIV/0!
60 #DIV/0!
61 #DIV/0!
62 #DIV/0!
63 #DIV/0!
64 #DIV/0!
65 #DIV/0!
Galgotias College of Engineering and Technology, Greater Noida
ry of Students' Attendance / Online Classes and Progress of Syllabus ## B Tech - I Sem : 2020-21

Link of Stored Meeting (Class) Remarks, if any

https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/9a2c9ac6-17b3-4193-ac69-092e074c0072
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/dece495b-b954-426d-9f1a-f1b5baa1b7b4
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/46efc86f-3b3c-4ea5-ade0-b074eb9b7397
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/0100562a-8bd7-4c90-87d7-772b35796a93
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/f9eb7d51-1213-4efa-91a2-e5d448bfb364
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/9ef316e0-8f76-4898-9613-72c425a5968b
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/d230c3ad-25d2-4f6e-af70-ae9ba0eccd7d
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/485cf4ff-1c0b-4355-87a4-32a71351a3b0
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/485cf4ff-1c0b-4355-87a4-32a71351a3b0
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/79d079e6-83c5-430f-93eb-8a46b7175514
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/0b2b0ec5-da63-4745-81d1-b17c97616cf7
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/6a1abe7d-d2e7-49e1-9f18-2404fb5b0b97
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/42e36df4-df8e-4fc4-a6d8-275a4261f154
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/563fe66b-53f1-4618-8b13-9fc21d6590e8
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/563fe66b-53f1-4618-8b13-9fc21d6590e8
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/e53a513b-278a-4238-84ea-fbb972d60c10
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/1b0e9f44-4941-4120-8219-abb73bba55a1
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/78775f7b-3ba7-4b26-8920-02d5ebfedab8
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/aae60ea9-7a10-4d4d-be7a-357b0f999d75
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/5431577d-59d2-4c55-9950-9d764063c939
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/e8898461-88fd-4768-8c37-5a952fae3e72
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/7a10d8bf-bafa-4f52-a05d-d7bf4a53a142
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/ffafde03-2ce4-45e8-ae03-7a3cfc75b717
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/79380354-4513-491d-9557-f1ee6b75b4b8
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/79380354-4513-491d-9557-f1ee6b75b4b8
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/ace17117-0c30-427e-9429-c13a7af2761d
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/193b31ca-2d97-488b-b3f1-9d2fcea5134b
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/f29b9d66-1d88-497d-ac8d-74d01d2a7e78
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/8b720891-312c-4679-b99f-541cd058bfff
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/bdf2c638-eaca-40df-97f5-a46857cd5444
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/bdf2c638-eaca-40df-97f5-a46857cd5444
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/127ceb24-f0ff-437a-a0fe-d69a008b04d2
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/906b6365-d4db-46c2-836e-6644855e9d8b
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/9b6ddfa7-acf5-4eb6-a27c-9e322931f268
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/baaaf27c-d378-4cc6-ab54-d3196a79aace
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/baaaf27c-d378-4cc6-ab54-d3196a79aace
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/8e857e92-52e6-48a0-bc1d-7183f14ca98c
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/d070ee66-8260-4b61-8bed-d21faaa6df24
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/b31fd623-e490-4027-ae18-c13d238482fe
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/b31fd623-e490-4027-ae18-c13d238482fe
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/ef338efe-ef32-4e7a-b1ca-c5ff7375f80f
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/9a265733-d423-4d35-a881-cc84f2a601df
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/d51df557-0c8a-4145-818b-91512bf1f9e2
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/c365f3fa-9ce7-4582-a08d-f5d9c39656c9
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/524ec5fe-042a-4466-b804-e75978ebd6f6
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/524ec5fe-042a-4466-b804-e75978ebd6f6
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/4e083eb9-b646-4c05-9e5c-f82518e613b1
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/6db6f7f1-0c77-46be-9d1c-f6de4e44ff71
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/6db6f7f1-0c77-46be-9d1c-f6de4e44ff71
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/6a91de63-121e-443a-ba99-c0ba58d03854
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/fa4f4280-01a3-4f88-b260-f7c03a86c041
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/fa4f4280-01a3-4f88-b260-f7c03a86c041
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/62407cc8-4069-41e6-8d4f-dd9b00beca7d
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/62407cc8-4069-41e6-8d4f-dd9b00beca7d
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/9e4e13b5-95c8-4c73-8235-d644a1548753
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/9e4e13b5-95c8-4c73-8235-d644a1548753
Galgotias College of Engineering and Technology, Greater Noida
Summary of Students' Attendance / Online Classes and Progress of Syllabus ## B Tech - I Sem : 2020-21

Course : B.TECH Faculty : NIRANJAN SAHOO

S. Lecture Lecture Class Descripton Topic Delivered / Contents Taught Total Present
Date AT % Link of Stored Meeting (Class) Remarks, if any
No. No Timing (Branch / Sem / Section) (concerned with Teaching Plan) Students Student
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
1 10-12-20 1 4.10-5.00 EC-B INTRODUCTION 64 25 39.1
deo/8d45aabf-6746-44e2-b1d9-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
2 11-12-20 2 1.40-2.30 EC-B INTRODUCTION 64 30 46.9
deo/8398029e-2e5d-4c7c-ad2a-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
3 14-12-20 3 1.40-2.30 EC-B IC ENGINE 64 51 79.7
deo/87e1228e-0629-48d4-88e1-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
4 14-12-20 4 3.20-4.10 EC-B IC ENGINE 64 49 76.6
deo/dfdcea9f-6609-402b-9ff6-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
5 15-12-20 5 12.00-12.50 EC-B IC ENGINE 64 48 75.0
deo/be2243c2-59cc-4847-b763-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
6 16-12-20 6 12.00-12.50 EC-B IC ENGINE 64 49 76.6
deo/5fa09d13-b373-4e80-991d-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
7 17-12-20 7 4.10-5.00 EC-B REFRIGERATION 64 48 75.0
deo/61725df8-42d6-488d-925f-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
8 18-12-20 8 1.40-2.30 EC-B REFRIGERATION 64 47 73.4
deo/967a9798-169d-44ff-bd21-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
9 21-12-20 9 1.40-2.30 EC-B REFRIGERATION 64 43 67.2
deo/cdbc998d-c21f-4f88-ac2a-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
10 21-12-20 10 3.20-4.10 EC-B REFRIGERATION 64 43 67.2
deo/cdbc998d-c21f-4f88-ac2a-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
11 22-12-20 11 12.00-12.50 EC-B MECHANICS OF SOLID 64 49 76.6
deo/90ca3aeb-1509-428c-abfe-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
12 23-12-20 12 12.00-12.50 EC-B MECHANICS OF SOLID 64 49 76.6
deo/179b3e3a-88ba-499e-a685-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
13 24-12-20 13 4.10-5.00 EC-B MECHANICS OF SOLID 64 45 70.3
deo/61725df8-42d6-488d-925f-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
14 28-12-20 14 1.40-2.30 EC-B MECHANICS OF SOLID 64 56 87.5
deo/967a9798-169d-44ff-bd21-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
15 28-12-20 15 3.20-4.10 EC-B MECHANICS OF SOLID 64 56 87.5
deo/cdbc998d-c21f-4f88-ac2a-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
16 29-12-20 16 12.00-12.50 EC-B MECHANICS OF SOLID 64 52 81.3
deo/cdbc998d-c21f-4f88-ac2a-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
17 30-12-20 17 12.00-12.50 EC-B MECHANICS OF SOLID 64 52 81.3
deo/90ca3aeb-1509-428c-abfe-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
18 31-12-20 18 4.10-5.00 EC-B MECHANICS OF SOLID 64 48 75.0
deo/179b3e3a-88ba-499e-a685-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
19 04-01-21 19 1.40-2.30 EC-B MECHANICS OF SOLID 64 52 81.3
deo/cefdf1a2-205f-4bd4-bd73-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
20 04-01-21 20 3.20-4.10 EC-B MECHANICS OF SOLID 64 52 81.3
deo/0a4de362-9a81-4e41-867e-
21 05-01-21 21 12.00-12.50 EC-B MECHANICS OF SOLID 64 57 89.1
22 06-01-21 22 12.00-12.50 EC-B MECHANICS OF SOLID 64 57 89.1
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
23 07-01-21 23 4.10-5.00 EC-B MECHANICS OF SOLID 64 47 73.4
deo/5fa09d13-b373-4e80-991d-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
24 08-01-21 24 1.40-2.30 EC-B MECHANICS OF SOLID 64 57 89.1
deo/61725df8-42d6-488d-925f-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
25 18-01-21 25 1.40-2.30 EC-B MECHANICS OF SOLID 64 52 81.3
deo/967a9798-169d-44ff-bd21-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
26 18-01-21 26 3.20-4.10 EC-B MECHANICS OF SOLID 64 52 81.3
deo/cdbc998d-c21f-4f88-ac2a-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
27 19-01-21 27 12.00-12.50 EC-B MECHANICS OF SOLID 64 58 90.6
deo/cdbc998d-c21f-4f88-ac2a-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
28 20-01-21 28 12.00-12.50 EC-B MECHANICS OF SOLID 64 58 90.6
deo/90ca3aeb-1509-428c-abfe-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
29 21-01-21 29 4.10-5.00 EC-B MECHANICS OF SOLID 64 58 90.6
deo/179b3e3a-88ba-499e-a685-
30 22-01-21 30 1.40-2.30 EC-B MECHANICS OF SOLID 64 58 90.6
31 25-01-21 31 1.40-2.30 EC-B MECHANICS OF SOLID 64 58 90.6
32 25-01-21 32 3.20-4.10 EC-B MECHANICS OF SOLID 64 58 90.6
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
33 27-01-21 33 12.00-12.50 EC-B MECHANICS OF SOLID 64 52 81.3
deo/d14da21c-052e-43df-8127-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
34 28-01-21 34 4.10-5.00 EC-B MECHANICS OF SOLID 64 52 81.3
deo/43a86abc-2068-456d-969d-
35 29-01-21 35 1.40-2.30 EC-B MECHANICS OF SOLID 64 57 89.1
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
36 01-02-21 36 1.40-2.30 EC-B MECHANICS OF SOLID 64 57 89.1
deo/ea662e0d-f0a1-4bfe-997b-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
37 01-02-21 37 3.20-4.10 EC-B MECHANICS OF SOLID 64 47 73.4
deo/ea662e0d-f0a1-4bfe-997b-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
38 02-02-21 38 12.00-12.50 EC-B MECHANICS OF SOLID 64 57 89.1
deo/42b4e53e-db15-44ab-95d4-
39 03-02-21 39 12.00-12.50 EC-B MECHANICS OF SOLID 64 52 81.3
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
40 04-02-21 40 4.10-5.00 EC-B MECHANICS OF SOLID 64 53 82.8
deo/59550e19-ef56-43d6-a3ff-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
41 05-02-21 41 1.40-2.30 EC-B MECHANICS OF SOLID 64 58 90.6
deo/ee819a57-89fa-4b10-84fa-
42 08-02-21 42 1.40-2.30 EC-B MECHANICS OF SOLID 64 58 90.6
43 08-02-21 43 3.20-4.10 EC-B MECHANICS OF SOLID 64 59 92.2
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
44 09-02-21 44 12.00-12.50 EC-B MECHANICS OF SOLID 64 58 90.6
deo/30a3d36d-241a-4ae7-afb2-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
45 09-02-21 45 4.10-5.00 EC-B MECHANICS OF SOLID 64 58 90.6
deo/30a3d36d-241a-4ae7-afb2-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
46 10-02-21 46 12.00-12.50 EC-B MECHANICS OF SOLID 64 59 92.2
deo/d5e683e2-f65f-4845-9991-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
47 10-02-21 47 4.10-5.00 EC-B MECHANICS OF SOLID 64 59 92.2
deo/d5e683e2-f65f-4845-9991-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
48 11-02-21 48 12.00-12.50 EC-B MECHANICS OF SOLID 64 59 92.2
deo/2c77d333-25a4-4d6c-94a5-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
49 11-02-21 49 4.10-5.00 EC-B MECHANICS OF SOLID 64 59 92.2
deo/2c77d333-25a4-4d6c-94a5-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
50 12-02-21 50 12.00-12.50 EC-B MECHANICS OF SOLID 64 59 92.2
deo/e89945b1-3ff5-4a4c-8717-
Galgotias College of Engineering and Technology, Greater Noida
Summary of Students' Attendance / Online Classes and Progress of Syllabus ## B Tech - I Sem : 2020-21

Course : Kme-101T Faculty : Ashok Kumar Singh

S. Lecture Lecture Class Descripton Topic Delivered / Contents Taught Total Present
Date AT % Link of Stored Meeting (Class) Remarks, if any
No. No Timing (Branch / Sem / Section) (concerned with Teaching Plan) Students Student
https://web.microsoftstrea
1 8.12.20 1 2.30-3.20 EC/I/C Introduction 66 49 74.2
m.com/video/491be859-
https://web.microsoftstrea
2 9.12.20 2 12.00-12.50 EC/I/C 66 law 51
Normal and shear stress, strain, Hookes’ 77.3
m.com/video/9b8761b1-
https://web.microsoftstrea
3 10.12.20 3 12.00-12.50 EC/I/C Poisson's Ratio 66 51 77.3
m.com/video/14615a59-
https://web.microsoftstrea
4 11.12.20 4 12.00-12.50 EC/I/C Stress strain curve 66 52 78.8
m.com/video/98ec2222-
https://web.microsoftstrea
5 11.12.20 5 4.10-5.00 EC/I/C Numerical, REMEDIAL CLASS 66 52 78.8
m.com/video/74b8a792-
https://web.microsoftstrea
6 14.12.20 6 9.30-10.20 EC/I/C Numericals 66 56 84.8
m.com/video/3996a3e6-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
7 15.12.20 7 2.30-3.20 EC/I/C Numericals 66 57 86.4
deo/16350369-6a55-4650-926f-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
8 16.12.20 8 12.00-12.50 EC/I/C SFD and BMD 66 58 87.9
deo/b1c5242e-9e7c-4785-9314-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
9 17.12.20 9 12.00-12.50 EC/I/C SFD and BMD 66 60 90.9
deo/c7c4bc2f-2770-4275-847d-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
10 18.12.20 10 12.00-12.50 EC/I/C SFD and BMD 66 59 89.4
deo/bfd655d8-f4ca-46a0-b709-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
11 18.12.21 11 04.10-05.00 EC/I/C SFD and BMD Remedial class 66 59 89.4
deo/bfd655d8-f4ca-46a0-b709-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
12 21.12.20 12 9.30-10.20 EC/I/C Relationship between SF and BM 66 58 87.9
deo/66485415-e0b3-412e-a7ff-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
13 22.12.20 13 2.30-3.20 EC/I/C 4-STROKE SI ENGINE 66 61 92.4
deo/c792b149-148a-44de-bbd9-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
14 23.12.20 14 12.00-12.50 EC/I/C 4-STROKE SI ENGINE 67 61 91.0
deo/c792b149-148a-44de-bbd9-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
15 24.12.20 15 12.00-12.50 EC/I/C CLASS TEST 67 63 94.0
deo/66485415-e0b3-412e-a7ff-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
16 28.12.20 16 9.30-10.20 EC/I/C 2-STROKE SI ENGINE 67 60 89.6
deo/78de9acb-3b8c-40fc-8ac4-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
17 29.12.20 17 2.30-3.20 EC/I/C 4, 2-STROKE CI ENGINE 67 64 95.5
deo/79b0134c-9f72-4b4d-8db5-
https://web.microsoftstream.com/vi
18 30.12.20 18 12-12.50 EC/I/C Electric and hybrid vehicle 67 63 94.0
deo/ea7c7698-3899-4ec0-b011-
19 31.12.20 19 12-12.50 EC/I/C 93.9
Electric and hybrid vehicle https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/2d2b4af9-b931-4d0c-96c9-09b5f18f8878
66 62
20 4.01.2021 20 9.30-10.20 EC/I/C 92.4
Basics of refiregeration https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/8dc12204-a046-4ebd-a34a-7365524dbe9b
66 61
21 5.1.21 21 2.30-3.20 EC/I/C 95.5
Domestic Refrigerator https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/da781dfb-3069-404a-ae61-ebbd933bba14
66 63
22 6.1.2021 22 12.00-12.50 EC/I/C Basics of Heat Pump 92.4
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/3a4566aa-ebfb-4a82-998c-3c9c16141898
66 61
23 7.1.2021 23 12.00-12.50 EC/I/C Psychrometry 66 63 95.5
24 8.1.2021 24 12.00-12.50 EC/I/C Window air conditioner 66 63 95.5
25 8.1.2021 25 12.00-12.50 EC/I/C Window air conditioner 66 63 95.5
26 18.01.21 26 9.30-10.20 EC/I/C DBT, WBT, DPT 93.9
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/9b934767-c82d-492e-a44d-8128a93934c6
66 62
27 19.1.21 27 2.30-3.20 EC/I/C 93.9
Introduction to fluid mechanics and fluidhttps://web.microsoftstream.com/video/4d02b7ef-7c21-430e-a2aa-f6e533aa0be7
properties
66 62
28 20.1.21 28 12.00-12.50 EC/I/C fluid properties 95.5
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/611365e4-8dc1-4137-9efc-6c2a670bf213
66 63
29 21.1.21 29 12.00-12.50 EC/I/C 90.9
Types of fluid and Pascal lawhttps://web.microsoftstream.com/video/f1aba793-a2cf-4ad5-82a3-7f2b76224195
66 60
30 22.1.21 30 12.00-12.50 EC/I/C continuty equation 66 63 95.5
31 22.1.21 31 4.10-5.00 EC/I/C fluid machinary 66 63 95.5
32 25.1.21 32 9.30-10.20 EC/I/C 92.4
aktu data and numericals https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/fc059959-fe80-422b-9308-e8a5d23cda5d
66 61
33 27.1.21 33 12.00-12.50 EC/I/C Bernaulli's equation 97.0
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/47da6aeb-e0f1-4399-8c43-59c09aa74d50
66 64
34 28.1.21 34 12.00-12.50 EC/I/C Bernaulli's equation and numericals 97.0
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/494232ec-1c37-4177-9366-5cc9415e99fb
66 64
35 29.01.21 35 12.00-12.50 EC/IC fundamentals of measurement 95.5
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/cae07297-ed24-4e45-9a01-e3c54387f8bd
66 63
36 29.01.21 36 12.00-12.50 EC/IC 95.5
error, calibration, manometerhttps://web.microsoftstream.com/video/87fab1e7-02c7-434d-b8c5-725735f0dc93
66 63
37 1.2.21 37 9.30-10.20 EC/IC Fluid flow, load, strain measurement 93.9
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/44c78eec-be6e-49ca-bc64-b01287123fab
66 62
38 2.2.21 38 2.30-3.20 EC/IC Limit Fit Tolerance 97.0
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/24716f33-225e-446f-bc46-c8687b3d8225
66 64
39 3.2.21 39 12.00-12.50 EC/IC Gauge design and control system 97.0
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/e76824bf-9a9e-4771-95e5-a857556f0bbc
66 64
40 4.2.21 40 12.00-12.50 EC/IC System of Geometric Limit, https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/94a6a815-6f3e-4ef7-9611-b014d9f42a20
Fit 66 65 98.5
41 4.2.21 41 1.40-2.30 EC/IC System of Geometric Tolerance and gauges 98.5
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/94a6a815-6f3e-4ef7-9611-b014d9f42a20
66 65 Lab class converted in lecture class
42 4.2.21 42 2.30-3.20 EC/IC Basic Numerical problems. https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/94a6a815-6f3e-4ef7-9611-b014d9f42a20
66 65 98.5 Lab class converted in lecture class
43 4.2.21 43 3.20-4.10 EC/IC Introduction to Control Systems, Elements of control
98.5 system
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/94a6a815-6f3e-4ef7-9611-b014d9f42a20
66 65 Lab class converted in lecture class
44 4.2.21 44 4.10-5.00 EC/IC Basic of open and closed-loop control with example.
98.5
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/94a6a815-6f3e-4ef7-9611-b014d9f42a20
66 65 Extra class in continuation with previo
45 5.2.21 45 12.00-12.50 EC/IC Introduction to Mechatronics: Evolution, Scope, Advantages,
98.5 and disadvantages of Mechatronics
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/977fb1db-223a-4527-813f-bd6826504cb7
66 65
46 5.2.21 46 4.10-5.00 EC/IC Industrial applications of Mechatronics 98.5
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/977fb1db-223a-4527-813f-bd6826504cb7
66 65
47 8.2.21 47 9.30-10.20 EC/IC Introduction to autotronics, bionics,66and avionics and their applications
87.9
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/0a743098-1344-4822-83d8-f83b881361fc
58
48 9.2.21 48 2.30-3.20 EC/IC Sensors and Transducers: Types of sensors,
65 and their characteristics
98.5
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/afc8f468-c602-4e6a-9303-05308121d9de
66
49 10.2.21 49 12.00-12.50 EC/IC types of transducers and their characteristics 98.5
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/4610b2d4-1999-480b-aedb-ecb1df334a64
66 65
50 11.2.21 50 12.00-12.50 EC/IC Overview of Mechanical Actuation 66System65– Kinematic
98.5 Chains, Cam, Train Ratchet Mechanism
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/f4c32db9-6b6a-4e9e-87e6-8a25c988f1e7
51 11.2.21 51 12.50-1.40 EC/IC Gears and its type, Belt, Bearing 98.5
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/f4c32db9-6b6a-4e9e-87e6-8a25c988f1e7
66 65 Extra class in continuation with previo
52 11.2.21 52 1.40-2.30 EC/IC Hydraulic and Pneumatic Actuation 66 Systems:
65 Overview
98.5
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/f4c32db9-6b6a-4e9e-87e6-8a25c988f1e7
Lab class converted in lecture class
53 11.2.21 53 2.30-3.20 EC/IC Pressure Control Valves, Cylinders, 66 Direction
65 Control
98.5 Valves
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/f4c32db9-6b6a-4e9e-87e6-8a25c988f1e7
Lab class converted in lecture class
54 11.2.21 54 3.20-4.10 EC/IC Rotary Actuators, Accumulators 98.5
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/ba220e58-1a35-4c27-b269-b9a06fedf028
66 65 Lab class converted in lecture class
55 11.2.21 55 4.10-5.00 EC/IC Amplifiers, and Pneumatic Sequencing Problems 98.5
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/ba220e58-1a35-4c27-b269-b9a06fedf028
66 65 Extra class in continuation with previo
56 #DIV/0!
57 #DIV/0!
58 #DIV/0!
59 #DIV/0!
60 #DIV/0!
61 #DIV/0!
62 #DIV/0!
63 #DIV/0!
64 #DIV/0!
65 #DIV/0!
Lab class converted in lecture class
Lab class converted in lecture class
Lab class converted in lecture class
Extra class in continuation with previoue class

Extra class in continuation with previoue class

Lab class converted in lecture class
Lab class converted in lecture class
Lab class converted in lecture class
Extra class in continuation with previoue class
Galgot
Summary of Stud

Course : FMEM

S. Lecture Class Descripton

Date Lecture Timing
No. No (Branch / Sem / Section)

1 10-Dec 1 10:20-11:10 AM EE
2 11-Dec 2 11:10-12:00 PM EE
3 14-Dec 3 2:30-3:20 PM EE
4 15-Dec 4 11:10-12:00 PM EE
5 15-Dec 5 04:10-5:00 PM EE
6 16-Dec 6 10:20-11:10 AM EE
7 17-Dec 7 10:20-11:10 AM EE
8 18-Dec 8 11:10-12:00 PM EE
9 21-Dec 9 2:30-3:20 PM EE
10 22-Dec 10 11:10-12:00 PM EE
11 22-Dec 11 04:10-5:00 PM EE
12 23-Dec 12 10:20-11:10 AM EE
13 24-Dec 13 10:20-11:10 AM EE
14 28-Dec 14 2:30-3:20 PM EE
15 29-Dec 15 11:10-12:00 PM EE
16 29-Dec 16 04:10-5:00 PM EE
17 30-Dec 17 10:20-11:10 AM EE
18 31-Dec 18 10:20-11:10 AM EE
19 03-Jan 19 2:30-3:20 PM EE
20 05-Jan 20 11:10-12:00 PM EE
21 05-Jan 21 04:10-5:00 PM EE
22 06-Jan 22 10:20-11:10 AM EE
23 07-Jan 23 10:20-11:10 AM EE
24 08-Jan 24 11:10-12:00 PM EE
25 18-Jan 25 2:30-3:20 PM EE
26 19-Jan 26 11:10-12:00 PM EE
27 19-Jan 27 04:10-5:00 PM EE
28 20-Jan 28 10:20-11:10 AM EE
Galgot
Summary of Stud

Course : FMEM

S. Lecture Class Descripton

Date Lecture Timing
No. No (Branch / Sem / Section)

29 21-Jan 29 10:20-11:10 AM EE
30 22-Jan 30 11:10-12:00 PM EE
31 25-Jan 31 2:30-3:20 PM EE
32 27-Jan 32 10:20-11:10 AM EE
33 28-Jan 33 10:20-11:10 AM EE
34 01-Feb 34 2:30-3:20 PM EE
35 02-Feb 35 11:10-12:00 PM EE
36 02-Feb 36 04:10-5:00 PM EE
37 03-Feb 37 10:20-11:10 AM EE
38 04-Feb 38 10:20-11:10 AM EE
39 05-Feb 39 11:10-12:00 PM EE
40 08-Feb 40 2:30-3:20 PM EE
41 08-Feb 41 6:30-7:20 PM EE
42 08-Feb 42 7:20-7:45 PM EE
43 09-Feb 43 2:30-3:20 PM EE
44 09-Feb 44 11:10-12:00 PM EE
45 09-Feb 45 6:30-7:20 PM EE
46 09-Feb 46 7:20-7:45 PM EE
47 10-Feb 47 10:20-11:10 AM EE
48 10-Feb 48 12-12:50 PM EE
49 10-Feb 49 6:30-7:20 PM EE
50 10-Feb 50 7:20-7:45 PM EE
51 11-Feb 51 10:20-11:10 AM EE
52 11-Feb 52 6:30-7:20 PM EE
53 11-Feb 53 7:20-7:45 PM EE
54 12-Feb 54 11:10-12:00 PM EE
55
56
Galgot
Summary of Stud

Course : FMEM

S. Lecture Class Descripton

Date Lecture Timing
No. No (Branch / Sem / Section)

57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
Galgotias College of Engineering and Technology, Greater Noida
Summary of Students' Attendance / Online Classes and Progress of Syllabus ## B Tech - I Sem : 2020-21

Faculty : Rahul Khurana

Topic Delivered / Contents Taught Total Present

AT %
(concerned with Teaching Plan) Students Student

Normal and shear Stress, strain, Hookes’ law 53 40 75.5

Poisson’s ratio, elastic, constants and their relationship, 53 41 77.4
stress-strain diagram for ductile and brittle materials, factor of safety 53 45 84.9
Basic Numerical problems 53 41 77.4
Types of beams under various loads, Statically Determinate Beams 53 40 75.5
Shear force and bending moment in beams 53 45 84.9
Shear force and bending moment diagrams 53 44 83.0
Relationships between load, shear and bending moment 53 46 86.8
Basic Numerical problems 53 47 88.7
IC Engine: Basic Components, Construction and Working of Two stroke and four stroke SI engine 53 49 92.5
Construction and Working of Two stroke and four stroke CI engine, merits and demerits, scavenging process 53 45 84.9
Introduction to electric, and hybrid electric vehicles 53 50 94.3
Refrigeration: Its meaning and application, unit of refrigeration, Coefficient of performance, methods of refrigeration 53 49 92.5
construction and working of domestic refrigerator 53 48 90.6
concept of heat pump, numerical problems 53 50 94.3
Air-Conditioning: Its meaning and application, humidity, dry bulb, wet bulb, and dew point temperatures, comfort conditions 53 48 90.6
construction and working of window air conditioner 53 48 90.6
Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Applications 53 47 88.7
Fluids properties, pressure, density, dynamic and kinematic viscosity, specific gravity 53 35 66.0
Newtonian and Non-Newtonian fluid 53 50 94.3
Pascal’s Law, Continuity Equation 53 47 88.7
Bernaulli’s Equation and its applications 53 50 94.3
Basic Numerical problems 53 50 94.3
Working principles of hydraulic turbines and their classifications 53 47 88.7
Working principles of hydraulic pumps and their classifications 53 48 90.6
hydraulic accumulators, hydraulic lift and their applications 53 49 92.5
Concept of Measurement, Error in measurements, Calibration 53 47 88.7
measurements of pressure, temperature, mass flow rate 53 48 90.6
Galgotias College of Engineering and Technology, Greater Noida
Summary of Students' Attendance / Online Classes and Progress of Syllabus ## B Tech - I Sem : 2020-21

Faculty : Rahul Khurana

Topic Delivered / Contents Taught Total Present

AT %
(concerned with Teaching Plan) Students Student

measurements of strain, force and torques 53 49 92.5

Concept of accuracy, precision and resolution, Basic Numerical problems 53 48 90.6
System of Geometric Limit, Fit, System of Geometric Tolerance and gauges 53 48 90.6
Basic Numerical problems. 53 49 92.5
Introduction to Control Systems, Elements of control system 53 46 86.8
Basic of open and closed loop control with example. 53 47 88.7
Introduction to Mechatronics: Evolution, Scope, Advantages and disadvantages of Mechatronics 53 47 88.7
Industrial applications of Mechatronics 53 47 88.7
Introduction to autotronics, bionics, and avionics and their applications 53 48 90.6
Sensors and Transducers: Types of sensors, and their characteristics 53 47 88.7
types of transducers and their characteristics 53 45 84.9
Overview of Mechanical Actuation System – Kinematic Chains, Cam, Train Ratchet Mechanism 53 41 77.4
Gears and its type, Belt, Bearing 53 21 39.6
Hydraulic and Pneumatic Actuation Systems: Overview 53 21 39.6
Pressure Control Valves, Cylinders, Direction Control Valves 53 44 83.0
Rotary Actuators, Accumulators 53 36 67.9
Amplifiers, and Pneumatic Sequencing Problems 53 19 35.8
Problem and revision classes 53 19 35.8
Problem and revision classes 53 41 77.4
Problem and revision classes 53 36 67.9
Problem and revision classes 53 16 30.2
Problem and revision classes 53 16 30.2
Problem and revision classes 53 38 71.7
Problem and revision classes 53 9 17.0
Problem and revision classes 53 9 17.0
Problem and revision classes 53 24 45.3
Galgotias College of Engineering and Technology, Greater Noida
Summary of Students' Attendance / Online Classes and Progress of Syllabus ## B Tech - I Sem : 2020-21

Faculty : Rahul Khurana

Topic Delivered / Contents Taught Total Present

AT %
(concerned with Teaching Plan) Students Student
ogy, Greater Noida
labus ## B Tech - I Sem : 2020-21

Link of Stored Meeting (Class) Remarks, if any

https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/5d6f7c10-681f-4f2f-aa85-58f8acb9bac1
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/09e258e0-cb25-49a0-bd7f-688bb79ba44f
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/427b923e-e0f5-4681-aa89-bac3fe87f9a6
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/86bb18a5-a149-4adb-9230-5bf7e1f60e47
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/de6bc2be-c38c-4c56-a59f-138af90bf1a9
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/e12794f0-f0c0-4ef8-9018-f1cf9baf5997
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/dee2eb6d-0e04-4026-a772-47a9d2159159
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/38fc280e-4d67-4ac4-a57f-3cfd110c6248
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/b5fae290-eb8b-4734-bd3c-2efef9a72683
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/d49f701a-8af1-4e65-89f4-d1c23eb1b0ce
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/c07714c3-7216-4fa8-b316-043fbc129cd5
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/5691172d-44e2-413e-8ff0-dd282284d46f
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/d37ae413-a771-48db-a2e3-cf303248135e
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/64ee8411-fca5-4642-9d8d-fb1fbf027d53
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/3bc1a6da-f64e-4c3d-8cc3-5410247e9fe1
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/ce0044ab-c4c1-41f0-9155-11bd868c732c
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/fc2c8fd0-6dfb-4e92-b8c5-dff3afe00ba3
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/d93421d5-1099-4de6-b95e-6191218b576d
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/a0dcd7e1-8999-4405-a38a-e373a8ba8adb
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/11078f7d-96c0-453f-8132-97b8c3a882dd
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/7290c6c3-f3aa-4936-8613-5d54a7692dbe
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/f1a74238-ccec-4f2e-97e4-19a253393a2c
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/4918c648-63c9-4fc5-a894-38ffe1874f0d
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/35394944-cb4e-4371-ae73-a6ed50ef5797
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/585469d1-2a22-4ebf-a963-672dab440827
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/b329a7bb-f736-4764-bb71-c8d68f208497
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/e8e50128-997a-4763-8a6f-a0bb1e3d96ab
ogy, Greater Noida
labus ## B Tech - I Sem : 2020-21

Link of Stored Meeting (Class) Remarks, if any

https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/59df0935-87dc-4fea-950a-c68fb881dca9
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/e1ebf1c8-5643-4acb-8e0d-e95bbc6beb51
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/59df0935-87dc-4fea-950a-c68fb881dca9
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/931af240-b0a0-4d55-8e1e-159ca567e1c6
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/433afeb5-071c-40ea-89ac-4fb487129e3a
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/67d3f5c8-2acc-4b0c-bfb5-b53e4de6bdba
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/3cc3ba23-8ac7-4923-bd47-e2dbd2d01378
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/8b2e5c6f-ac1f-4443-a70d-8085b08327f0
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/67d3f5c8-2acc-4b0c-bfb5-b53e4de6bdba
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/3cc3ba23-8ac7-4923-bd47-e2dbd2d01378
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/8b2e5c6f-ac1f-4443-a70d-8085b08327f0
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/a75020ce-c8bc-46fc-b5d3-e56059594939
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/1eec95ec-88d3-4b3e-80e5-1c0a5e5fb3f7
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/1eec95ec-88d3-4b3e-80e5-1c0a5e5fb3f7
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/5ab61dc7-442d-470d-9b45-e5fc36ffeaa6
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/e346dbe1-6e44-4f59-b493-1a39c324bbb1
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/9d3f8836-e194-4594-b850-5cf73cbd474d
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/9d3f8836-e194-4594-b850-5cf73cbd474d
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/7a3dba1a-03b0-4a3d-b47a-68f50fb90f8b
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/12e3a681-df77-4a5c-9fac-408661083433
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/463a57d2-bde6-4e27-8b3c-3eb4ed3b42dd
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/463a57d2-bde6-4e27-8b3c-3eb4ed3b42dd
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/b4d33320-8586-4592-95ce-79801a05a38e
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/d464dfc1-3e98-434a-8cf9-fdb825e7be36
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/d464dfc1-3e98-434a-8cf9-fdb825e7be36
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/3167f0c3-02fb-4b0a-8bc7-c030fc4c248a
ogy, Greater Noida
labus ## B Tech - I Sem : 2020-21

Link of Stored Meeting (Class) Remarks, if any

Summary of Students' Attendance / Online Classes and Progress of Syllabus ## B Tech - I Sem : 2020-21

Course : KME101 Faculty : Mr. Naveen Kumar

S. Lecture Class Descripton Topic Delivered / Contents Taught Total Present
Date Lecture Timing AT % Link of Stored Meeting (Class)
No. No (Branch / Sem / Section) (concerned with Teaching Plan) Students Student

1 8-12 1 11:10 -12:00 EEE A Normal and shear Stress, strain, Hookes’ law 58 51 87.9 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/e444c8c2-edbc-4033-959d-bc2ddbf0dd95
2 9-12 2 13:40-14:30 EEE A Poisson’s ratio, elastic, constants and their relationship, 58 51 87.9 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/5694a007-8d1b-4357-8cf5-9d2e8a363acd
3 10-12 3 11:10 -12:00 EEE A stress-strain diagram for ductile and brittlematerials, factor of safety 58 52 89.7 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/2e6220e9-44d9-4556-b2f1-55bf0b88abf9
6 10-12 4 15:20-16:10 EEE A Types of beams under various loads, Statically Determinate Beams 58 50 86.2 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/2c3ed9d8-6973-479a-8665-33164829a553
7 11-12 5 11:10 -12:00 EEE A Shearforce and bending moment in beams 58 49 84.5 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/94351253-5401-48d8-922c-8155ee931124
8 14/12 6 12:00-12:50 EEE A Shear force and bending momentdiagrams 58 54 93.1 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/6fcc6a84-e978-415c-8429-8814a67d811f
9 15/12 7 11:10 -12:00 EEE A Relationships between load, shear and bending moment 58 54 93.1 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/5cba99f5-b80b-4bf2-952c-3f84d626e40e
12 16/12 8 13:40-14:30 EEE A IC Engine: Basic Components, Construction and Working of Two stroke and four stroke
58SI engine
55 94.8 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/d62c8d91-cffd-41d5-aa33-81833807eaf0
13 17/12 9 11:10 -12:00 EEE A Construction and Working of Two stroke and four stroke CI engine 58 52 89.7 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/a8ac25dd-e9b2-4090-8073-ad29085d66c2
14 17/12 10 15:20-16:10 EEE A merits and demerits, scavenging process 58 50 86.2 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/a8ac25dd-e9b2-4090-8073-ad29085d66c2
15 18/12 11 11:10 -12:00 EEE A Introduction to electric, and hybrid electric vehicles 58 56 96.6 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/94351253-5401-48d8-922c-8155ee931124
16 21/12 12 12:00-12:50 EEE A Refrigeration: Its meaning and application 58 57 98.3 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/05316633-db3d-41b8-9332-6b73e0251d42
17 22/12 13 11:10 -12:00 EEE A unit of refrigeration, Coefficient of performance, methods of refrigeration 58 56 96.6 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/6fcc6a84-e978-415c-8429-8814a67d811f
18 23/12 14 13:40-14:30 EEE A construction andworking of domestic refrigerator 58 54 93.1 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/5cba99f5-b80b-4bf2-952c-3f84d626e40e
19 24/12 15 11:10 -12:00 EEE A concept of heat pump, numerical problems 58 53 91.4 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/be6b5e6e-f9dd-4578-9230-3f181e37ae06
20 24/12 16 15:20-16:10 EEE A Formula basednumerical problems on cooling load 58 55 94.8 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/be6b5e6e-f9dd-4578-9230-3f181e37ae06
21 28/12 17 12:00-12:50 EEE A Air-Conditioning: Its meaning and application 58 53 91.4 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/8575270c-d7f2-42b6-a6e2-425fef950ea4
22 29/12 18 11:10 -12:00 EEE A humidity, dry bulb, wetbulb, and dew point temperatures, comfort conditions 58 57 98.3 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/94351253-5401-48d8-922c-8155ee931124
23 30/12 19 13:40-14:30 EEE A construction and working of window air conditioner 58 51 87.9 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/5cba99f5-b80b-4bf2-952c-3f84d626e40e
24 31/12 20 11:10 -12:00 EEE A Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Applications 58 53 91.4 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/ae61f65b-82db-4f80-a703-93f41d77baaa
25 4-1 21 12:00-12:50 EEE A Fluids properties, pressure, density, dynamicand kinematic viscosity,specific gravity 59 52 88.1 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/ca7fd7bd-7296-4414-bd1b-eaff3c06ca50
26 5-1 22 11:10 -12:00 EEE A Newtonian and Non-Newtonianfluid 59 52 88.1 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/5694a007-8d1b-4357-8cf5-9d2e8a363acd
27 6-1 23 13:40-14:30 EEE A Pascal’s Law, Continuity Equation 60 55 91.7 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/d62c8d91-cffd-41d5-aa33-81833807eaf0
28 7-1 24 11:10 -12:00 EEE A Bernaulli’s Equation and itsapplications 60 51 85.0 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/2c3ed9d8-6973-479a-8665-33164829a553
29 7-1 25 15:20-16:10 EEE A Basic Numerical problems 60 56 93.3 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/5cba99f5-b80b-4bf2-952c-3f84d626e40e
30 8-1 26 11:10 -12:00 EEE A Basic Numerical problems 60 53 88.3 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/be6b5e6e-f9dd-4578-9230-3f181e37ae06
31 18/1 27 12:00-12:50 EEE A Working principles of hydraulic turbinesand their classifications 60 53 88.3 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/6fcc6a84-e978-415c-8429-8814a67d811f
32 19/1 28 11:10 -12:00 EEE A Working principles of hydraulic pumpsand their classifications 60 52 86.7 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/94351253-5401-48d8-922c-8155ee931124
33 20/1 29 13:40-14:30 EEE A hydraulic accumulators, hydraulic liftand their applications 60 55 91.7 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/94351253-5401-48d8-922c-8155ee931124
34 21/1 30 11:10 -12:00 EEE A Concept of Measurement, Error in measurements, Calibration 60 56 93.3 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/96ad4a9f-4079-4f09-b941-c58fdf6bd2eb
35 21/1 31 15:20-16:10 EEE A measurements of pressure, temperature, massflow rate 60 58 96.7 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/2a57f1c0-2e3a-4438-8bd1-13a9520a3571
36 22/1 32 11:10 -12:00 EEE A measurements of strain, force and torques 60 56 93.3 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/eb24fa38-1611-4456-9258-d97588e7d246
37 25/1 33 12:00-12:50 EEE A Concept of accuracy, precision andresolution 60 52 86.7 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/be99cb68-3163-4086-b0ba-c241a4ec2503
38 27/1 34 13:40-14:30 EEE A Basic Numerical problems 60 56 93.3 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/8575270c-d7f2-42b6-a6e2-425fef950ea4
39 28/1 35 13:40-14:30 EEE A Basic Numerical problems 60 54 90.0 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/94351253-5401-48d8-922c-8155ee931124
40 28/1 36 15:20-16:10 EEE A System of Geometric Limit, Fit 60 57 95.0 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/5cba99f5-b80b-4bf2-952c-3f84d626e40e
41 29/1 37 11:10 -12:00 EEE A System of Geometric Tolerance and gauges 60 53 88.3 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/d62c8d91-cffd-41d5-aa33-81833807eaf0
42 1-2 38 12:00-12:50 EEE A Basic Numericalproblems. 60 51 85.0 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/a8ac25dd-e9b2-4090-8073-ad29085d66c2
43 2-2 39 11:10 -12:00 EEE A Introduction to Control Systems, Elements ofcontrol system 60 47 78.3 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/94351253-5401-48d8-922c-8155ee931124
44 3-2 40 13:40-14:30 EEE A Basic of open and closed loop control with example. 60 54 90.0 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/6fcc6a84-e978-415c-8429-8814a67d811f
45 4-2 41 11:10-12:00 EEE A Introduction to Mechatronics: Evolution, Scope, Advantages anddisadvantages of Mechatronics
60 38 63.3 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/8575270c-d7f2-42b6-a6e2-425fef950ea4
46 4-2 42 14:30-15:20 EEE A Industrial applications of Mechatronics 60 49 81.7 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/94351253-5401-48d8-922c-8155ee931124
47 4-2 43 15:20-16:10 EEE A Introduction to autotronics, bionics, and avionics and their applications 60 49 81.7 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/5cba99f5-b80b-4bf2-952c-3f84d626e40e
48 5-2 44 11:10-12:00 EEE A Sensors and Transducers: Types of sensors, and their characteristics 60 37 61.7 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/ae61f65b-82db-4f80-a703-93f41d77baaa
49 5-2 45 12:00-12:50 EEE A types of transducersand their characteristics 60 50 83.3 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/a8ac25dd-e9b2-4090-8073-ad29085d66c2
50 8-2 46 12:00-12:50 EEE A Overview of Mechanical Actuation System – Kinematic Chains, Cam,Train Ratchet Mechanism
60 49 81.7 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/427e5217-6193-4e1c-8724-6146dbe62cea
51 9-2 47 11:10:12:00 EEE A Gears and its type, Belt, Bearing 60 45 75.0 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/427e5217-6193-4e1c-8724-6146dbe62cea
52 9-2 48 12:00-12:50 EEE A Hydraulic and Pneumatic Actuation Systems: Overview 60 42 70.0 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/eade8db6-7c40-43d4-ac88-b945090f7d3c
53 10-2 49 13:40-14:30 EEE A PressureControl Valves, Cylinders, Direction Control Valves 60 56 93.3 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/8575270c-d7f2-42b6-a6e2-425fef950ea4
54 11-2 50 11:10-12:00 EEE A Rotary Actuators,Accumulators 60 57 95.0 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/94351253-5401-48d8-922c-8155ee931124
55 11-2 51 15:20-16:10 EEE A Amplifiers, and Pneumatic Sequencing Problems 60 56 93.3 https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/5cba99f5-b80b-4bf2-952c-3f84d626e40e
56 12-2 52 11:10-12:00 EEE A Doubt clear 60 54 90.0
57 #DIV/0!
58 #DIV/0!
59 #DIV/0!
60 #DIV/0!
61 #DIV/0!
62 #DIV/0!
63 #DIV/0!
64 #DIV/0!
65 #DIV/0!
/ Online Classes and Progress of Syllabus ## B Tech - I Sem : 2020-21

Remarks, if any
Galgo
Summary of Stu

Course : FMEM

S. Lecture Class Descripton

Date Lecture Timing
No. No (Branch / Sem / Section)

1 15-Dec 1 9:30-10:20 AM EEE-B

2 16-Dec 2 2:30-3:20 PM EEE-B
3 16-Dec 3 3:20-4:10 PM EEE-B
4 17-Dec 4 12-12:50 PM EEE-B
5 18-Dec 5 2:30-3:20 PM EEE-B
6 21-Dec 6 10:20-11:10 AM EEE-B
7 22-Dec 7 9:30-10:20 AM EEE-B
8 23-Dec 8 2:30-3:20 PM EEE-B
9 23-Dec 9 3:20-4:10 PM EEE-B
10 24-Dec 10 12-12:50 PM EEE-B
11 28-Dec 11 10:20-11:10 AM EEE-B
12 29-Dec 12 9:30-10:20 AM EEE-B
13 30-Dec 13 2:30-3:20 PM EEE-B
14 30-Dec 14 3:20-4:10 PM EEE-B
15 31-Dec 15 12-12:50 PM EEE-B
16 03-Jan 16 2:30-3:20 PM EEE-B
17 05-Jan 17 9:30-10:20 AM EEE-B
18 06-Jan 18 2:30-3:20 PM EEE-B
19 06-Jan 19 3:20-4:10 PM EEE-B
20 07-Jan 20 12-12:50 PM EEE-B
21 08-Jan 21 2:30-3:20 PM EEE-B
22 18-Jan 22 10:20-11:10 AM EEE-B
23 19-Jan 23 9:30-10:20 AM EEE-B
24 20-Jan 24 2:30-3:20 PM EEE-B
25 21-Jan 25 12-12:50 PM EEE-B
26 22-Jan 26 2:30-3:20 PM EEE-B
27 25-Jan 27 10:20-11:10 AM EEE-B
28 27-Jan 28 2:30-3:20 PM EEE-B
Galgo
Summary of Stu

Course : FMEM

S. Lecture Class Descripton

Date Lecture Timing
No. No (Branch / Sem / Section)

29 27-Jan 29 3:20-4:10 PM EEE-B

30 28-Jan 30 12-12:50 PM EEE-B
31 01-Feb 31 10:20-11:10 AM EEE-B
32 02-Feb 32 9:30-10:20 AM EEE-B
33 03-Feb 33 2:30-3:20 PM EEE-B
34 03-Feb 34 3:20-4:10 PM EEE-B
35 04-Feb 35 12-12:50 PM EEE-B
36 05-Feb 36 2:30-3:20 PM EEE-B
37 08-Feb 37 10:20-11:10 AM EEE-B
38 08-Feb 38 6:30-7:20 PM EEE-B
39 08-Feb 39 7:20-7:45 PM EEE-B
40 09-Feb 40 9:30-10:20 AM EEE-B
41 09-Feb 41 6:30-7:20 PM EEE-B
42 09-Feb 42 7:20-7:45 PM EEE-B
43 10-Feb 43 2:30-3:20 PM EEE-B
44 10-Feb 44 3:20-4:10 PM EEE-B
45 10-Feb 45 6:30-7:20 PM EEE-B
46 10-Feb 46 7:20-7:45 PM EEE-B
47 11-Feb 47 12-12:50 PM EEE-B
48 11-Feb 48 6:30-7:20 PM EEE-B
49 11-Feb 49 7:20-7:45 PM EEE-B
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
Galgo
Summary of Stu

Course : FMEM

S. Lecture Class Descripton

Date Lecture Timing
No. No (Branch / Sem / Section)

57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64 64
65 65
Galgotias College of Engineering and Technology, Greater Noida
Summary of Students' Attendance / Online Classes and Progress of Syllabus ## B Tech - I Sem : 2020-21

Faculty : Rahul Khurana

Topic Delivered / Contents Taught Total Present

AT %
(concerned with Teaching Plan) Students Student

Normal and shear Stress, strain, Hookes’ law 62 52 83.9

Poisson’s ratio, elastic, constants and their relationship, 62 52 83.9
stress-strain diagram for ductile and brittle materials, factor of safety 62 52 83.9
Basic Numerical problems 62 53 85.5
Types of beams under various loads, Statically Determinate Beams 62 54 87.1
Shear force and bending moment in beams 62 56 90.3
Shear force and bending moment diagrams 62 58 93.5
Relationships between load, shear and bending moment 62 51 82.3
Basic Numerical problems 62 51 82.3
IC Engine: Basic Components, Construction and Working of Two stroke and four stroke SI engine 62 56 90.3
Construction and Working of Two stroke and four stroke CI engine, merits and demerits, scavenging process 62 56 90.3
Introduction to electric, and hybrid electric vehicles 62 56 90.3
Refrigeration: Its meaning and application, unit of refrigeration, Coefficient of performance, methods of refrigeration 62 55 88.7
construction and working of domestic refrigerator 62 55 88.7
concept of heat pump, numerical problems 62 54 87.1
Air-Conditioning: Its meaning and application, humidity, dry bulb, wet bulb, and dew point temperatures, comfort conditions 62 36 58.1
construction and working of window air conditioner 62 55 88.7
Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Applications 62 58 93.5
Fluids properties, pressure, density, dynamic and kinematic viscosity, specific gravity 62 58 93.5
Newtonian and Non-Newtonian fluid 62 54 87.1
Pascal’s Law, Continuity Equation 62 55 88.7
Bernaulli’s Equation and its applications 62 57 91.9
Basic Numerical problems 62 58 93.5
Working principles of hydraulic turbines and their classifications 62 59 95.2
Working principles of hydraulic pumps and their classifications 62 59 95.2
hydraulic accumulators, hydraulic lift and their applications 62 59 95.2
Concept of Measurement, Error in measurements, Calibration 62 59 95.2
measurements of pressure, temperature, mass flow rate 62 59 95.2
Galgotias College of Engineering and Technology, Greater Noida
Summary of Students' Attendance / Online Classes and Progress of Syllabus ## B Tech - I Sem : 2020-21

Faculty : Rahul Khurana

Topic Delivered / Contents Taught Total Present

AT %
(concerned with Teaching Plan) Students Student

measurements of strain, force and torques 62 59 95.2

Concept of accuracy, precision and resolution, Basic Numerical problems 62 60 96.8
System of Geometric Limit, Fit, System of Geometric Tolerance and gauges 62 56 90.3
Basic Numerical problems. 62 55 88.7
Introduction to Control Systems, Elements of control system 62 57 91.9
Basic of open and closed loop control with example. 62 57 91.9
Introduction to Mechatronics: Evolution, Scope, Advantages and disadvantages of Mechatronics 62 61 98.4
Industrial applications of Mechatronics 62 53 85.5
Introduction to autotronics, bionics, and avionics and their applications 62 58 93.5
Sensors and Transducers: Types of sensors, and their characteristics 62 36 58.1
types of transducers and their characteristics 62 36 58.1
Overview of Mechanical Actuation System – Kinematic Chains, Cam, Train Ratchet Mechanism 62 55 88.7
Gears and its type, Belt, Bearing 62 21 33.9
Hydraulic and Pneumatic Actuation Systems: Overview 62 21 33.9
Pressure Control Valves, Cylinders, Direction Control Valves 62 49 79.0
Rotary Actuators, Accumulators 62 49 79.0
Amplifiers, and Pneumatic Sequencing Problems 62 23 37.1
Problems and revision class 62 23 37.1
Problems and revision class 62 52 83.9
Problems and revision class 62 16 25.8
Problems and revision class 62 16 25.8
Galgotias College of Engineering and Technology, Greater Noida
Summary of Students' Attendance / Online Classes and Progress of Syllabus ## B Tech - I Sem : 2020-21

Faculty : Rahul Khurana

Topic Delivered / Contents Taught Total Present

AT %
(concerned with Teaching Plan) Students Student
ogy, Greater Noida
labus ## B Tech - I Sem : 2020-21

Link of Stored Meeting (Class) Remarks, if any

https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/58f0da3a-b76a-4f95-9088-9acedebbd924
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/e076d20e-badd-43ff-8c37-955278e3accd
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/e076d20e-badd-43ff-8c37-955278e3accd
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/4caad294-9b50-4781-b7c2-98743c36097f
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/5fbf3848-de34-4fc9-8b26-1b23aaad8ddb
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/b117f128-60f9-45b3-ae81-244d96a86fba
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/4ee97877-58af-4ac5-a10e-f763c40f1ec2
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/0a75ba4b-7135-4942-9963-d265731ba341
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/0a75ba4b-7135-4942-9963-d265731ba341
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/5d7969e0-f333-4906-8f2e-696afb66642f
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/fc86fd69-1bad-453b-9b9a-9e3375c99a35
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/a3573efb-3783-40ba-80eb-38d9bdd85b6e
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/bf4b17f8-2fe0-4689-b950-23ccd314ff97
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/bf4b17f8-2fe0-4689-b950-23ccd314ff97
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/10ef76b6-c5c0-4f46-94dd-154701737791
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/13a6a3cb-f533-4948-b443-5fce535653f4
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/3b9a40d8-8964-49a5-aed4-5fd6a1a1c2bc
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/2ec46221-86f8-4d18-abbe-ff2512697d74
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/2ec46221-86f8-4d18-abbe-ff2512697d74
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/b6d6189c-2c7e-4a3e-85bc-4a54a2aba281
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/bdbe7d5c-156e-408d-a5b3-cc7b09854ecc
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/2099064d-469b-42a8-b781-762c6bf549e3
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/5185b766-cdba-458b-be3a-43c2582a93d1
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/0ea782ba-5cc8-41c9-bfce-86e7986b39ca
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/70705c33-3220-422f-b193-2fffa73870ef
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/36ed28ba-4c82-4466-8167-532c9812e8c6
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/70705c33-3220-422f-b193-2fffa73870ef
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/ea7a6728-8d7c-41c1-b5b9-0702e89f53a0
ogy, Greater Noida
labus ## B Tech - I Sem : 2020-21

Link of Stored Meeting (Class) Remarks, if any

https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/ea7a6728-8d7c-41c1-b5b9-0702e89f53a0
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/a76cd1d1-3daf-470f-91f5-1fb22a9c078c
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/4e8b0564-1752-4b34-9630-bb69aa5e5b52
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/1ddb248b-7dfb-454e-9061-83cd8a38f245
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/1ddb248b-7dfb-454e-9061-83cd8a38f245
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/1ddb248b-7dfb-454e-9061-83cd8a38f245
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/1ddb248b-7dfb-454e-9061-83cd8a38f245
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/4e8b0564-1752-4b34-9630-bb69aa5e5b52
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/43a8a3ff-ed54-4986-bb27-bc7254146919
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/1eec95ec-88d3-4b3e-80e5-1c0a5e5fb3f7
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/1eec95ec-88d3-4b3e-80e5-1c0a5e5fb3f7
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/83a7853c-b802-4aa1-97c0-94172010c3cd
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/9d3f8836-e194-4594-b850-5cf73cbd474d
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/9d3f8836-e194-4594-b850-5cf73cbd474d
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/8bc67055-36da-4b3a-930d-50dbcf019e92
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/8bc67055-36da-4b3a-930d-50dbcf019e92
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/463a57d2-bde6-4e27-8b3c-3eb4ed3b42dd
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/463a57d2-bde6-4e27-8b3c-3eb4ed3b42dd
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/ce2464ff-445f-4ae1-acd1-c96d53ed522e
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/d464dfc1-3e98-434a-8cf9-fdb825e7be36
https://web.microsoftstream.com/video/d464dfc1-3e98-434a-8cf9-fdb825e7be36
ogy, Greater Noida
labus ## B Tech - I Sem : 2020-21

Link of Stored Meeting (Class) Remarks, if any

Remedial_Quiz_CO1_FMEM(KME201T)_2S_2020-21
Timing: 02:40 pm to 03:00 pm
Max. Marks: 20

* Required

Student's Details
Student is required to fill all the mandatory fields.

1. Name *

2. AKTU Roll No. *

The value must be a number

9/2/2021
3. Branch *

IT

CSE

ME

CS-AI

CS-DS

4. SEMESTER *

II

5. SECTION *

9/2/2021
CO1: Understand the concept of stress and strain, the factor of safety, beams
Note:1.Attempt all questions.
2.Select the most appropriate choice from the options.

6. The slope of the stress-strain curve in the elastic deformation region is *

(1 Point)

Elastic modulus

Poisson’s ratio

Plastic modulus

None of the mentioned

7. Which point on the stress-strain curve occurs after yield plateau? *

(1 Point)

lower yield point

Upper yield point

Ultimate point

Breaking point

9/2/2021
8. The law which states that within elastic limits strain produced is proportional to the stress-producing it is known as _____________ *

(1 Point)

Bernoulli’s law

Hooke’s law

Stress law

Poisson’s law

9. Elastic limit is the point *

(1 Point)

up to which stress is proportional to strain At which elongation takes place without

At which elongation takes place without application of additional load

Up to which if the load is removed, original volume and shapes are regained

None of the mentioned

9/2/2021
10. What is tensile strain? *
(1 Point)

The ratio of change in length to the original length

The ratio of original length to the change in length

The ratio of tensile force to the change in length

The ratio of change in length to the tensile force applied

11. Find the strain of a brass rod of length 250mm which is subjected to a tensile load of 50kN when the extension of rod is equal to
0.3mm? *
(1 Point)

0.025

0.0012

0.0046

0.0014

9/2/2021
12. Where is the necking region? *
(1 Point)

The area between lower yield point and upper yield point

The area between the plastic limit and elastic limit

The area between the ultimate point and initial point

The area between the ultimate point and rupture

13. . Find the elongation of a steel rod of 100mm length when it is subjected to a tensile strain of
0.005? *
(1 Point)

0.2mm

0.3mm

0.5mm

0.1mm

9/2/2021
14. The stress induced in a body, when subjected to two equal and opposite forces which are acting tangentially across the resisting
section resulting the shearing of the body across its section is called *
(1 Point)

Bending stress

Compressive stress c.

Shear stress

Shear strain

15. For a given material, the modulus of rigidity is 100 GPa and the Poisson’s ratio is 0.25. The value of modulus of elasticity in GPa is
*
(1 Point)

12.5

150

200

250

9/2/2021
16. The slope of linearly elastic portion of stress strain diagram is a measure of---- *
(1 Point)

Modulus of elasticity

Modulus of rigidity

Elastic limit

Bulk modulus

17. A simply supported beam of length 4m and carrying a point load of 15N at mid span will have a maximum bending moment of
—*
(1 Point)

10 N-m

15 N-m

20 N-m

25 N-m

9/2/2021
18. If a simply supported beam carries a UDL on entire length, the shear force *
(1 Point)

has a maximum value at the mid-point

has a linear variation along entire length

is constant at all sections

is not zero at any section of the beam

19. A cantilever beam of length 3m is carrying a point load of 10 kN at its free end and a UDL of 12 kN/m over its entire span. The
value of moment acting at fixed end of the beam is *
(1 Point)

80 KN-m

82 KN-m

84 KN-m

86 KN-m

9/2/2021
20. If a simply supported beam carries a UVL on the entire span, the bending moment *
(1 Point)

has a maximum value at the mid span

has a parabolic variation along the span

is zero at the ends of beam

is constant along the beam

21. Simple support offers only _______ reaction normal to the axis of the beam. *
(1 Point)

Horizontal

Vertical

Inclined

Moment

9/2/2021
22. ________ support develops support moment. *
(1 Point)

Hinged

Simple

Fixed

Joint

23. Hinged supports offers vertical and ________ reaction. *

(1 Point)

Horizontal

Moment

Rotation

Couple

9/2/2021
24. A simply supported beam is subjected to a couple at mid-point, the variation of shear force along the entire beam will be *
(1 Point)

Constant

linear

Parabolic

Cubic

25. Which of the following are statically determine beams? *

(1 Point)

only simply supported beams

Cantilever, simply supported and overhanging beams

Fixed beams

Continuous beams

This content is neither created nor endorsed by Microsoft. The data you submit will be sent to the form owner.

9/2/2021 Microsoft Forms

Remedial_Quiz_CO2_(Air-
Conditioning)FMEM(KME201T)_2S_2020-21
Timing: 11:10 am to 11:20 am
Max. Marks: 10

* Required

Student's Details
Student is required to fill all the mandatory fields.

1. Name *

2. AKTU Roll No. *

The value must be a number

9/2/2021
3. Branch *

IT

CSE

ME

CS-AI

CS-DS

4. SEMESTER *

II

5. SECTION *

9/2/2021
CO2: Understand the basic component and working of AC
Note:1.Attempt all questions.
2.Select the most appropriate choice from the options.

6. At any point on the saturation curve in psychometric chart, the dry bulb temperature is always
(1 Point)

less than the corresponding wet bulb temperature

more than the corresponding wet bulb temperature

equal to the corresponding wet bulb temperature

cannot predict

7. The horizontal line in psychrometric chart joining the change of state of air represents
(1 Point)

humidification

sensible cooling or heating

sensible cooling or heating with humidification

sensible cooling or heating with dehumidification

9/2/2021
8. Relative humidity on the saturation curve has value of _________% at various DBT
(1 Point)

50

10

100

9. What is the perfect condition for the dehumidification of air?

(1 Point)

air is heated above its dew point temperature

air is cooled up to its dew point temperature

air is heated below its dew point temperature

air is cooled below its dew point temperature

9/2/2021
10. Which of the following does not mainly a factor of dependency for the degree of warmth or cold?
(1 Point)

Relative humidity

DBT

Air velocity

WBT

11. At 100% relative humidity, the wet bulb temperature is

(1 Point)

lower than the dew point temperature

higher than the dew point temperature

equal to the dew point temperature

none of the above

9/2/2021
12. In vapour compression refrigeration cycle,the condition of refrigerant is saturated liquid.......
(1 Point)

Before entering the expansion valve

Before entering the compressor

After passing through the condenser

Before passing through the condenser

13. In vapour compression refrigeration cycle,the condition of refrigerant is high pressure saturated liquid ....
(1 Point)

Before entering the expansion valve

Before entering the compressor

After passing through the condenser

Before passing through the condenser

9/2/2021
14. In vapour compression refrigeration cycle,the condition of refrigerant is dry saturated vapour.......
(1 Point)

Before entering the expansion valve

Before entering the compressor

After passing through the condenser

Before passing through the condenser

15. In vapour compression refrigeration cycle is somewhat like.......

(1 Point)

Carnot cycle

Reversed carnot cycle

Reversed rankine cycle

E.None of the above

This content is neither created nor endorsed by Microsoft. The data you submit will be sent to the form owner.

9/2/2021 Microsoft Forms

Remedial_Quiz_CO3_Fluid
Machinery_FMEM(KME201T)_2S_2020-21
Timing : 03:10 pm to 03:20 pm
Max. Marks : 20

* Required

Student's Details
Student is required to fill all the mandatory fields.

1. Name *

2. AKTU Roll No. *

The value must be a number

9/2/2021
3. Branch *

IT

CSE

ME

CS-AI

CS-DS

4. SEMESTER *

II

5. SECTION *

9/2/2021
CO3: Understand hydraulic machinery used in real life
Note:1.Attempt all questions.
2.Select the most appropriate choice from the options.

6. Hydraulic (pelton) turbine converts the available water energy into

(1 Point)

potential energy

kinetic energy

pressure energy

pressure and kinetic energy

7. Name the fixed blade axial flow turbine

(1 Point)

Kaplan turbine

propeller turbine

inward francis turbine

outward francis turbine

9/2/2021
8. Name the turbine implies low specific speed
(1 Point)

Turbine having axial flow

Turbine having radial and axial flow

Turbine having tangential flow

Any one of the above

9. illustrate the use of draft tube in reaction turbine

(1 Point)

To transport water downstream

For the conversion of kinetic energy to flow energy

For safety working of turbine

For increasing flow rate

9/2/2021
10. Without creating jet interference in turbine, maximum possible no. of jet generally employed
(1 Point)

11. Pump having medium specific speed

(1 Point)

Pump Flow experience centrifugal force

Pump having radial and axial flow

Pump having flow along the axis

Any one of the above

9/2/2021
12. Pump suitable for high rise building with small discharge
(1 Point)

Centrifugal pump

Reciprocating pump

Axial flow pump

Mixed flow pump

13. In a centrifugal pump, Vacuum generated at which position

(1 Point)

on the runner edge

At the entry point of pipe

At the eye of impeller

in between runner and casing

9/2/2021
14. For getting maximum efficiency in pump, which blades arrangement is utilized
(1 Point)

Straight or flat

Forward curved

Radial

Curved in backward direction

15. A hydraulic press is a device used

(1 Point)

To work on larger load by utilizing comparatively very smaller force

To increase the intensity of pressure of water by means of energy available from a large quantity of water at a low pressure

To lift and store pressure energy which may be supplied to a machine later on

All of the above

This content is neither created nor endorsed by Microsoft. The data you submit will be sent to the form owner.

9/2/2021 Microsoft Forms

Remedial_Quiz_CO4_FMEM(KME201T)_2S_2020-21
Timing : 10:10 am to 10:20 am
Max. Marks : 10

* Required

Student's Details
Student is required to fill all the mandatory fields.

1. Name *

2. AKTU Roll No. *

The value must be a number

9/2/2021
3. Branch *

IT

CSE

ME

CS-AI

CS-DS

4. SEMESTER *

II

5. SECTION *

9/2/2021
CO4: Understand the working principle of different measuring instrument with the knowledge
Note:1.Attempt all questions.
2.Select the most appropriate choice from the options.

6. What do you understand by measurement

(1 Point)

it is an act of comparison of a known quantity (whose accuracy may be known or may not be known) with another quantity

it is an act of comparison of an unknown quantity with a predefined acceptable standard which is accurately known

it is an act of comparison of an unknown quantity with any quantity or standard quantity which is accurately unknown

none of the above

7. Error of measurement =
(1 Point)

True value – Measured value

Precision – True value

Measured value – Precision

None of the above

9/2/2021
8. How can you detect the hysteresis error in the calibration of an instrument
(1 Point)

Comparing the instrument against a known standard that is free from any hysteresis

Comparing accuracy at certain points both going up and down the calibration scale

Measuring error before and after turning the “deadband” adjustment screw

Checking for calibration drift at certain points over long periods of time

9. A person frequently carries an complicated experiment in a chemistry lab must have

(1 Point)

Accuracy

Precision but low accuracy

Precision

Sensitivity

9/2/2021
10. systematic error occur in a mechanical system
(1 Point)

When a loading is done considering friction

When a inertial type of loading is done

When considering backlash

All of these

11. What do you understand by resolution

(1 Point)

True and measured value ( of a process variable) difference

output values comes only when there is a considerable change in input

Output values obtained for even a smallest change in input

All of these

9/2/2021
12. If a tape (going to be used for measurement) is too long as when compared to standard one, the error will be known as
(1 Point)

Instrumental error

Natural error

Superficial error

Manufacturing error

13. For a product if maximum allowable limit of a measurement may vary from its true value is know as
(1 Point)

error that can be permit

Range of error or Least error

error under safe condition

Expected error

9/2/2021
14. Systematic error can be removed from an instrument by
(1 Point)

Buying a brand new instrument

correcting the instrument by breaking it

correcting the instrument by servicing (after opening it)

by sending it for the calibration

15. A measurement which is providing same value upon continuous repetition

(1 Point)

Accurate measurement

Precise measurement

Average measurement

Estimated measurement

This content is neither created nor endorsed by Microsoft. The data you submit will be sent to the form owner.

9/2/2021 Microsoft Forms

Remedial_Quiz_CO5_FMEM(KME201T)_2S_2020-21
Timing : 10:00 am to 10:20 am
Max. Marks : 20

* Required

* This form will record your name, please fill your name.

Student's Details
Student is required to fill all the mandatory fields.

1. Name *

9/2/2021
2. AKTU Roll No. *

The value must be a number

3. Branch *

IT

CSE

ME

CS-AI

CS-DS

4. SEMESTER *

II

9/2/2021
5. SECTION *

9/2/2021
CO5: Understand concept of mechatronics with its advantages, scope and Industrial applicat
Note:1.Attempt all questions.
2.Select the most appropriate choice from the options.

6. Where was the word Mechatronics invented?

(1 Point)

Japan

England

Europe

USA

7. Statement not true regarding “Mechatronic system”?

(1 Point)

Its initial cost of setup is high

Require low skilled labours

More output in less time

It provides flexibility in production

9/2/2021
8. Name the part of mechatronics system, which generate the feedback
(1 Point)

I/P sensor

Comparator

Mechanical actuators

O/P sensor

9. Type of system in which process is not affected by output

(1 Point)

Open loop system

Closed loop system

Both a and b

None of these

9/2/2021
10. What do you understand by transducer
(1 Point)

They convert power from one form to another

They convert work from one form to another

They convert work to power

They convert one foam of energy from into another

11. For Air conditioning system, Which system is utilized for maintaining same temperature inside the room
(1 Point)

Open loop system

Closed loop system

Both a and b

None of the above

9/2/2021
12. Which equation represents Grubler’s equation? (where “F”represents Degrees of freedom, n represents number of links, l
represents Number of lower pairs, h represents Number of higher pairs)
(1 Point)

F = 3(n-1)-2l-h

F = 2(n-1)-2l-h

F = 2(n-1)-3l-h

F = 3(n-1)-2l-2h

13. Examples of Autotronics

(1 Point)

ABS System in automobile

Engine controlling system

Both a and b

None of the above

9/2/2021
14. Name the mechanism used in steering system of automobile
(1 Point)

Spur gear

Rack and pinion gear

Helical gear

Internal gear

15. Example of Avionics

(1 Point)

Aviation system

Weather radar system

Neuro electronic interface

Cockpit instrumentation

9/2/2021
16. Name the parameter on the basis of which sensor can be classified
(1 Point)

Functions

Performance

Output

All of the above

17. Examples of transducer

(1 Point)

Thermocouple

Photoelectric cell

Pneumatic cylinder

All of the above

9/2/2021
18. At least how many links and turning pairs required by a mechanism to become a kinematic chain
(1 Point)

2 links and 3 turning pairs

3 links and 4 turning pairs

4 links and 4 turning pairs

5 links and 4 turning pairs

19. Number of links required to be fixed for becoming a kinematic chain a mechanism
(1 Point)

None of the link is fixed

One of the links is fixed

Two of the links are fixed

None of these

9/2/2021
20. When a Ratchet attached to a shaft, pawl is used for which type of motion
(1 Point)

It allows one direction motion of shaft

It allows two directional motion of shaft

It is used to create additional friction force for the shaft

It does not allow motion of shaft

21. Following type of gear has inclined teeth?

(1 Point)

Spur gear

Helical gear

Spiral gear

All of the above

9/2/2021
22. Name the bearing having No rolling element in it
(1 Point)

Thrust bearing

Linear bearing

Plain bearings

All of the above

23. Use of actuator is

(1 Point)

For producing motion

Detect I/P

Detect O/P

Detect the state of the system

9/2/2021
24. Gas utilized in charging of accumulator?
(1 Point)

Oxygen

Nitrogen

Carbon dioxide

All the above

25. Which of the following statements are true

(1) Accumulators stores fluid with pressure
(2) Accumulators stores fluid without anypressure
(3) Accumulators stores compressible liquid
(4) Spring is used as an external source to keep the fluid under hydraulic pressure

(1 Point)

1,3 & 4

1&4

2, 3 & 4

2& 3

9/2/2021
This content is neither created nor endorsed by Microsoft. The data you submit will be sent to the form owner.

Microsoft Forms

9/2/2021